alpm: don't download files from local servers

This causes file:// servers to be treated as if they were cache dirs
when checking if a package needs to be downloaded/read.

.editorconfig

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+# EditorConfig configuration for pacman
+# http://EditorConfig.org
+
+# Top-most EditorConfig file
+root = true
+
+# Unix-style newlines without trailing whitespaces, but with a newline
+# ending every file, utf-8 charset, set indent to tabs
+[*]
+end_of_line = lf
+insert_final_newline = true
+trim_trailing_whitespace = true
+charset = utf-8
+indent_style = tab
+
+[{NEWS,HACKING}]
+indent_style = space
+
+[meson.build]
+indent_style = space
+indent_size = 2
+
+[*.py]
+indent_style = space

.gitignore

@@ -1,21 +1,3 @@
 *~
 *.o
-aclocal.m4
-autom4te.cache
-config.h
-config.h.in
-config.log
-config.status
-config.status.lineno
-configure
-configure.lineno
-cscope.in.out
-cscope.out
-cscope.po.out
-libtool
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
 pacman-*.tar.gz
-root
-stamp-h1
-tags

.gitlab-ci.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+variables:
+  MAKEFLAGS: "-j10"
+  VERBOSE: 1
+
+default:
+  after_script:
+    - build-aux/print-failed-test-output build/meson-logs/testlog.json
+
+.arch-test:
+  image: archlinux:base-devel
+  before_script:
+    - >
+      pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm
+      git
+      gpgme libarchive curl
+      python
+      fakeroot fakechroot
+      meson
+
+arch:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-debug:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-docs:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm asciidoc
+    - meson -Ddoc=enabled build
+    - ninja -C build
+
+arch-clang:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm clang
+    - CC=clang meson build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-valgrind:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - pacman -Syu --needed --noconfirm valgrind
+    - meson build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - PACTEST_VALGRIND=1 fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-nettle:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson -Dcrypto=nettle --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-no-gpg:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson -Dgpgme=disabled --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-no-curl:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson -Dcurl=disabled --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+arch-no-nls:
+  extends: .arch-test
+  script:
+    - meson -Di18n=false --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+debian:
+  image: debian:bullseye
+  before_script:
+    - apt update
+    - >
+      apt -y install --no-install-recommends
+      git pkg-config meson gcc libtool
+      libgpgme-dev libarchive-dev libcurl4-openssl-dev libssl-dev curl
+      gettext python3 python3-setuptools dash gawk ca-certificates
+      fakeroot fakechroot
+  script:
+    - meson --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build
+
+fedora:
+  image: fedora
+  before_script:
+    - >
+      dnf -y install
+      git findutils patch sed
+      meson gcc libtool bsdtar
+      gpgme-devel libarchive-devel libcurl-devel openssl-devel gettext-devel
+      asciidoc python3 dash gawk
+      fakeroot fakechroot
+      perl-Module-Load-Conditional
+  script:
+    - meson --buildtype=debug build
+    - ninja -C build
+    - fakechroot meson test -C build

.mailmap

@@ -3,18 +3,24 @@ Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
 Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <mcrae_allan at hotmail.com>
 Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org> <allan.mcrae@qimr.edu.au>
 Andres P <aepd87@gmail.com> <stderr@mail.com>
+Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
+Barbu Paul - Gheorghe <barbu.paul.gheorghe@gmail.com>
 Bryan Ischo <bryan@ischo.com> <bji-keyword-pacman.3644cb@www.ischo.com>
 Christos Nouskas <nous@archlinux.us> <nouskas@gmail.com>
 Daenyth Blank <daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com>
-Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+Arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
+Daenyth Blank <Daenyth+arch@gmail.com> <Daenyth+git@gmail.com>
+Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org> <d@falconindy.com>
 甘露(Gan Lu) <rhythm.gan@gmail.com>
 Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org> <linuxmania@gmail.com>
+Jan Steffens <jan.steffens@gmail.com>
 Jaroslaw Swierczynski <swiergot@gmail.com> <swiergot@juvepoland.com>
+Jonathan Conder <j@skurvy.no-ip.org> <jonno.conder@gmail.com>
 Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar>
 Juan Pablo González Tognarelli <lord_jotape@yahoo.com.ar> <jotapesan@gmail.com>
 Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org> <manutortosa@gmail.com>
 Marc - A. Dahlhaus <mad@wol.de>
 Matthias Gorissen <matthias@archlinux.de> <siquame@web.de>
+morganamilo <morganamilo@archlinux.org> <morganamilo@gmail.com>
 Laszlo Papp <djszapi@archlinux.us> <djszapi2@gmail.com>
 Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba@petra.hos.u-szeged.hu>
 Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu> <ngaba at bibl.u-szeged.hu>
@@ -23,6 +29,7 @@ Roman Kyrylych <roman@archlinux.org> <roman.kyrylych@gmail.com>
 Sebastian Nowicki <sebnow@gmail.com> <xilonmu@gmail.com>
 Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> <vogo@seznam.cz>
 Vojtěch Gondžala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com> Vojtech Gondzala <vojtech.gondzala@gmail.com>
+William Giokas <1007380@gmail.com>
 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <chantry.xavier@gmail.com>
 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com> <xav@chantry.homelinux.org>

.tx/config

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 [main]
-host = https://www.transifex.net
+host = https://www.transifex.com
 
 [archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot]
 file_filter = lib/libalpm/po/<lang>.po
@@ -7,7 +7,12 @@ source_file = lib/libalpm/po/libalpm.pot
 source_lang = en
 
 [archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot]
-file_filter = po/<lang>.po
-source_file = po/pacman.pot
+file_filter = src/pacman/po/<lang>.po
+source_file = src/pacman/po/pacman.pot
+source_lang = en
+
+[archlinux-pacman.pacman-scripts-pot]
+file_filter = scripts/po/<lang>.po
+source_file = scripts/po/pacman-scripts.pot
 source_lang = en
 

.ycm_extra_conf.py

@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: Unlicense
+#
+# Based on the template file provided by the 'YCM-Generator' project authored by
+# Reuben D'Netto.
+# Jiahui Xie has re-reformatted and expanded the original script in accordance
+# to the requirements of the PEP 8 style guide and 'systemd' project,
+# respectively.
+#
+# The original license is preserved as it is.
+#
+#
+# This is free and unencumbered software released into the public domain.
+#
+# Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or
+# distribute this software, either in source code form or as a compiled
+# binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any
+# means.
+#
+# In jurisdictions that recognize copyright laws, the author or authors
+# of this software dedicate any and all copyright interest in the
+# software to the public domain. We make this dedication for the benefit
+# of the public at large and to the detriment of our heirs and
+# successors. We intend this dedication to be an overt act of
+# relinquishment in perpetuity of all present and future rights to this
+# software under copyright law.
+#
+# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+# EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+# MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+# IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+# OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+# ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+# OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+#
+# For more information, please refer to <http://unlicense.org/>
+
+"""
+YouCompleteMe configuration file tailored to support the 'meson' build system
+used by the 'systemd' project.
+"""
+
+import glob
+import os
+import ycm_core
+
+
+SOURCE_EXTENSIONS = (".C", ".cpp", ".cxx", ".cc", ".c", ".m", ".mm")
+HEADER_EXTENSIONS = (".H", ".h", ".hxx", ".hpp", ".hh")
+
+
+def DirectoryOfThisScript():
+    """
+    Return the absolute path of the parent directory containing this
+    script.
+    """
+    return os.path.dirname(os.path.abspath(__file__))
+
+
+def GuessBuildDirectory():
+    """
+    Guess the build directory using the following heuristics:
+
+    1. Returns the current directory of this script plus 'build'
+    subdirectory in absolute path if this subdirectory exists.
+
+    2. Otherwise, probes whether there exists any directory
+    containing '.ninja_log' file two levels above the current directory;
+    returns this single directory only if there is one candidate.
+    """
+    result = os.path.join(DirectoryOfThisScript(), "build")
+
+    if os.path.exists(result):
+        return result
+
+    result = glob.glob(os.path.join(DirectoryOfThisScript(),
+                                    "..", "..", "*", ".ninja_log"))
+
+    if not result:
+        return ""
+
+    if 1 != len(result):
+        return ""
+
+    return os.path.split(result[0])[0]
+
+
+def TraverseByDepth(root, include_extensions):
+    """
+    Return a set of child directories of the 'root' containing file
+    extensions specified in 'include_extensions'.
+
+    NOTE:
+        1. The 'root' directory itself is excluded from the result set.
+        2. No subdirectories would be excluded if 'include_extensions' is left
+           to 'None'.
+        3. Each entry in 'include_extensions' must begin with string '.'.
+    """
+    is_root = True
+    result = set()
+    # Perform a depth first top down traverse of the given directory tree.
+    for root_dir, subdirs, file_list in os.walk(root):
+        if not is_root:
+            # print("Relative Root: ", root_dir)
+            # print(subdirs)
+            if include_extensions:
+                get_ext = os.path.splitext
+                subdir_extensions = {
+                    get_ext(f)[-1] for f in file_list if get_ext(f)[-1]
+                }
+                if subdir_extensions & include_extensions:
+                    result.add(root_dir)
+            else:
+                result.add(root_dir)
+        else:
+            is_root = False
+
+    return result
+
+
+_project_src_dir = os.path.join(DirectoryOfThisScript(), "src")
+_include_dirs_set = TraverseByDepth(_project_src_dir, frozenset({".h"}))
+flags = [
+    "-x",
+    "c"
+    # The following flags are partially redundant due to the existence of
+    # 'compile_commands.json'.
+    #    '-Wall',
+    #    '-Wextra',
+    #    '-Wfloat-equal',
+    #    '-Wpointer-arith',
+    #    '-Wshadow',
+    #    '-std=gnu99',
+]
+
+for include_dir in _include_dirs_set:
+    flags.append("-I" + include_dir)
+
+# Set this to the absolute path to the folder (NOT the file!) containing the
+# compile_commands.json file to use that instead of 'flags'. See here for
+# more details: http://clang.llvm.org/docs/JSONCompilationDatabase.html
+#
+# You can get CMake to generate this file for you by adding:
+#   set( CMAKE_EXPORT_COMPILE_COMMANDS 1 )
+# to your CMakeLists.txt file.
+#
+# Most projects will NOT need to set this to anything; you can just change the
+# 'flags' list of compilation flags. Notice that YCM itself uses that approach.
+compilation_database_folder = GuessBuildDirectory()
+
+if os.path.exists(compilation_database_folder):
+    database = ycm_core.CompilationDatabase(compilation_database_folder)
+else:
+    database = None
+
+
+def MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute(flags, working_directory):
+    """
+    Iterate through 'flags' and replace the relative paths prefixed by
+    '-isystem', '-I', '-iquote', '--sysroot=' with absolute paths
+    start with 'working_directory'.
+    """
+    if not working_directory:
+        return list(flags)
+    new_flags = []
+    make_next_absolute = False
+    path_flags = ["-isystem", "-I", "-iquote", "--sysroot="]
+    for flag in flags:
+        new_flag = flag
+
+        if make_next_absolute:
+            make_next_absolute = False
+            if not flag.startswith("/"):
+                new_flag = os.path.join(working_directory, flag)
+
+        for path_flag in path_flags:
+            if flag == path_flag:
+                make_next_absolute = True
+                break
+
+            if flag.startswith(path_flag):
+                path = flag[len(path_flag):]
+                new_flag = path_flag + os.path.join(working_directory, path)
+                break
+
+        if new_flag:
+            new_flags.append(new_flag)
+    return new_flags
+
+
+def IsHeaderFile(filename):
+    """
+    Check whether 'filename' is considered as a header file.
+    """
+    extension = os.path.splitext(filename)[1]
+    return extension in HEADER_EXTENSIONS
+
+
+def GetCompilationInfoForFile(filename):
+    """
+    Helper function to look up compilation info of 'filename' in the 'database'.
+    """
+    # The compilation_commands.json file generated by CMake does not have
+    # entries for header files. So we do our best by asking the db for flags for
+    # a corresponding source file, if any. If one exists, the flags for that
+    # file should be good enough.
+    if not database:
+        return None
+
+    if IsHeaderFile(filename):
+        basename = os.path.splitext(filename)[0]
+        for extension in SOURCE_EXTENSIONS:
+            replacement_file = basename + extension
+            if os.path.exists(replacement_file):
+                compilation_info = \
+                    database.GetCompilationInfoForFile(replacement_file)
+                if compilation_info.compiler_flags_:
+                    return compilation_info
+        return None
+    return database.GetCompilationInfoForFile(filename)
+
+
+def FlagsForFile(filename, **kwargs):
+    """
+    Callback function to be invoked by YouCompleteMe in order to get the
+    information necessary to compile 'filename'.
+
+    It returns a dictionary with a single element 'flags'. This element is a
+    list of compiler flags to pass to libclang for the file 'filename'.
+    """
+    if database:
+        # Bear in mind that compilation_info.compiler_flags_ does NOT return a
+        # python list, but a "list-like" StringVec object
+        compilation_info = GetCompilationInfoForFile(filename)
+        if not compilation_info:
+            return None
+
+        final_flags = MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute(
+            compilation_info.compiler_flags_,
+            compilation_info.compiler_working_dir_)
+
+    else:
+        relative_to = DirectoryOfThisScript()
+        final_flags = MakeRelativePathsInFlagsAbsolute(flags, relative_to)
+
+    return {
+        "flags": final_flags,
+        "do_cache": True
+    }

AUTHORS

@@ -1,16 +1 @@
-Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
-Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
-Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
-Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
-
-Miklós Vajna <vmiklos@frugalware.org>
-Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
-Josh Wheeler <deltalima@gmail.com>
-David Kimpe <DNAku@frugalware.org>
-James Rosten <seinfeld90@gmail.com>
-Roman Kyrylych <Roman.Kyrylych@gmail.com>
-Andrew Fyfe <andrew@neptune-one.net>
-Chantry Xavier <shiningxc@gmail.com>
-Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
-Nathan Jones <nathanj@insightbb.com>
-Allan McRae <mcrae_allan@hotmail.com>
+Use `git shortlog -s` for a list of contributors.

ChangeLog.proto

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-2007-12-01 Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
-
-	* pkgver-pkgrel :
-	new upstream release.
-	Reason we changed stuff.
-	Another reason we changed stuff.
-
-	* gcc-4.1.patch :
-	Removed, no longer needed.
-
-2007-11-01 Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
-
-	* 1.0-5 :
-	added ChangeLog.
-	the last line should end with just one newline.
-	you can cat the file to check it displays fine.

HACKING

@@ -6,16 +6,13 @@ concerns when hacking on pacman. If you are interested in contributing, please
 read link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] and
 link:translation-help.html[translation-help] as well.
 
-Coding style
+Coding Style
 ------------
 
 1.  All code should be indented with tabs. (Ignore the use of only spaces in
-    this file) By default, source files contain the following VIM modeline:
-+
-[source,C]
--------------------------------------------
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
--------------------------------------------
+    this file.) A tab size of two spaces is used when calculating line widths,
+    which should be a maximum of 80 characters. An EditorConfig file is used
+    to set this project-wide default.
 
 2.  When opening new blocks such as 'while', 'if', or 'for', leave the opening
     brace on the same line as the beginning of the codeblock. The closing brace
@@ -35,7 +32,7 @@ while(it) {
   if(fn) {
     fn(it->data);
   } else {
-    return(1);
+    return 1;
   }
   free(it);
   it = ptr;
@@ -67,21 +64,13 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
        NOT
     // This is a comment
 
-5.  Return statements should be written like a function call.
+5.  Return statements should *not* be written like function calls.
 
-    return(0);
-       NOT
     return 0;
-
-6.  The sizeof() operator should accept a type, not a value. (TODO: in certain
-    cases, it may be better- should this be a set guideline? Read "The Practice
-    of Programming")
-
-    sizeof(alpm_list_t);
        NOT
-    sizeof(*mylist);
+    return(0);
 
-7.  When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
+6.  When using strcmp() (or any function that returns 0 on success) in a
     conditional statement, use != 0 or == 0 and not the negation (!) operator.
     It reads much cleaner for humans (using a negative to check for success is
     confusing) and the compiler will treat it correctly anyway.
@@ -90,6 +79,61 @@ alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
        NOT
     if(!strcmp(a, b))
 
+7.  Use spaces around almost all arithmetic, comparison and assignment
+    operators and after all ',;:' separators.
+
+	foobar[2 * size + 1] = function(a, 6);
+	   NOT
+	foobar[2*size+1]=function(a,6);
+
+	for(a = 0; a < n && n > 0; a++, n--) {}
+	   NOT
+	for(a=0;a<n&&n>0;a++,n--) {}
+
+8.  Declare all variables at the start of the block.
+[source,C]
+-------------------------------------------
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
+{
+  char *newurl, *vdata = NULL;
+
+  newurl = url;
+  if(!newurl) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  ...
+
+  if(vdata) {
+    ...
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+-------------------------------------------
+
+    NOT
+
+[source,C]
+-------------------------------------------
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_db_remove_server(alpm_db_t *db, const char *url)
+{
+  char *newurl = url;
+
+  if(!newurl) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  char *vdata = NULL;
+
+  if(vdata) {
+    ...
+  }
+
+  return 1;
+}
+-------------------------------------------
+
 
 Other Concerns
 --------------
@@ -103,8 +147,6 @@ general pattern, including blank lines:
 
 [source,C]
 -------------------------------------------
-#include "config.h"
-
 #include <standardheader.h>
 #include <another.h>
 #include <...>
@@ -133,19 +175,4 @@ For pacman:
 #include "anythingelse.h"
 -------------------------------------------
 
-GDB and Valgrind Usage
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-When using GDB or valgrind on pacman, you will want to run it on the actual
-binary rather than the shell script wrapper produced by libtool. The actual
-binary lives at `src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman`, and will exist after running
-`./src/pacman/pacman` at least once.
-
-For example, to run valgrind:
-
-    ./src/pacman/pacman
-    valgrind --leak-check=full -- src/pacman/.libs/lt-pacman -Syu
-
-/////
-vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
-/////
+Never directly include config.h. This will always be added via Makefiles.

INSTALL

@@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
-Installation Instructions
-*************************
-
-Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
-unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-
-Basic Installation
-==================
-
-You will need to build and install two libraries before you can
-properly build pacman.
-
-libarchive
-http://code.google.com/p/libarchive/
-
-libfetch
-ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/net/libfetch/README.html
-
-Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
-configure, build, and install this package.  The following
-instructions are generic. Run `./configure --help` for specific
-options.
-
-   The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
-various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
-those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
-It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
-definitions.  Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
-you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
-file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
-debugging `configure').
-
-   It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
-and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
-the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
-disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
-cache files.
-
-   If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
-to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
-diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
-be considered for the next release.  If you are using the cache, and at
-some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
-may remove or edit it.
-
-   The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
-`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
-you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
-of `autoconf'.
-
-The simplest way to compile this package is:
-
-  1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
-     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
-
-     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
-     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
-
-  2. Type `make' to compile the package.
-
-  3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
-     the package.
-
-  4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
-     documentation.
-
-  5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
-     source code directory by typing `make clean'.  To also remove the
-     files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
-     a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'.  There is
-     also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
-     for the package's developers.  If you use it, you may have to get
-     all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
-     with the distribution.
-
-Compilers and Options
-=====================
-
-Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
-`configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help' for
-details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
-
-   You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
-by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
-is an example:
-
-     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
-
-   *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
-
-Compiling For Multiple Architectures
-====================================
-
-You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
-same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
-directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
-the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
-source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
-
-   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
-architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
-installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
-reconfiguring for another architecture.
-
-Installation Names
-==================
-
-By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
-`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
-can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
-`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
-
-   You can specify separate installation prefixes for
-architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
-pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
-PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
-
-   In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
-kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
-you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
-
-   If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
-with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
-option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
-
-Optional Features
-=================
-
-Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
-`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
-They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
-is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
-`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
-package recognizes.
-
-   For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
-find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
-you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
-`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
-
-Specifying the System Type
-==========================
-
-There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
-but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
-Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
-architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
-message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
-`--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
-type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
-
-     CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
-
-where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
-
-     OS KERNEL-OS
-
-   See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field.  If
-`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
-need to know the machine type.
-
-   If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
-use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
-produce code for.
-
-   If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
-platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
-"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
-eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
-
-Sharing Defaults
-================
-
-If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
-can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
-values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
-`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
-`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
-`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
-A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
-
-Defining Variables
-==================
-
-Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
-environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
-configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
-variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
-them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
-
-     ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
-
-causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
-overridden in the site shell script).
-
-Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
-an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
-
-     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
-
-`configure' Invocation
-======================
-
-`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
-
-`--help'
-`-h'
-     Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
-
-`--version'
-`-V'
-     Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
-     script, and exit.
-
-`--cache-file=FILE'
-     Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
-     traditionally `config.cache'.  FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
-     disable caching.
-
-`--config-cache'
-`-C'
-     Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
-
-`--quiet'
-`--silent'
-`-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
-     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
-     messages will still be shown).
-
-`--srcdir=DIR'
-     Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
-     `configure' can determine that directory automatically.
-
-`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.  Run
-`configure --help' for more details.
-

Makefile.am

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-SUBDIRS = lib/libalpm src/util src/pacman scripts etc po test/pacman test/util contrib
-if WANT_DOC
-SUBDIRS += doc
-endif
-
-ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 --install
-
-# Make sure we test and build manpages when doing distcheck
-DISTCHECK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS = --enable-doc --disable-git-version
-
-# Some files automatically included, so they aren't specified below:
-#   AUTHORS, COPYING, NEWS, README
-EXTRA_DIST = HACKING
-
-# Sample makepkg prototype files
-pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
-dist_pkgdata_DATA = PKGBUILD.proto PKGBUILD-split.proto proto.install ChangeLog.proto
-
-# run the pactest test suite and vercmp tests
-check-local: test/pacman test/util src/pacman src/util
-	$(PYTHON) $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/pactest.py --debug=1 \
-		--test $(top_srcdir)/test/pacman/tests/*.py \
-		-p $(top_builddir)/src/pacman/pacman
-	rm -rf $(top_builddir)/root
-	$(SH) $(top_srcdir)/test/util/vercmptest.sh \
-		$(top_builddir)/src/util/vercmp
-
-# create the pacman DB and cache directories upon install
-install-data-local:
-	for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/lib/pacman" "$(DESTDIR)$(localstatedir)/cache/pacman/pkg"; do \
-	  test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
-	done
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,872 @@
 VERSION         DESCRIPTION
 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+6.0.1         - Prevent download error pages ending up in package files
+                (FS#71083)
+              - Give -U downloads a random .part file name if needed
+                (FS#71464)
+              - Fix downloading signatures with redirecting URLs (FS#71148)
+              - Fix double free when importing PGP keys (FS#71107)
+              - Ensure signature files are named after original file
+                following redirects (FS#71274)
+              - Order downloads by size - largest to smallest (FS#70172)
+              - Fix reproducibility of man pages (FS#71154)
+              - makepkg:
+                - Fix stripping debug symbols with binutils 2.37 (FS#71722)
+                - Export PYTHONHASHSEED for reproducible python packages
+              - pacman-key:
+                - Quieten trust db checks.
+6.0.0         - internal downloader can retrieve files in parallel (FS#20056)
+              - an additional progress bar is added to track total download
+                progress.  This replaces the previous TotalDownload option.
+              - fix download rates becoming negative
+              - skip mirror servers with too many errors (FS#29293)
+              - package signatures are always retrieved even if signature is
+                embedded in repo database or package is in cache (FS#33992)
+              - detached package signatures found in CacheDir can be used to
+                verify packages if signature is not in the database. Also
+                verify packages checksums from repo db when using detached
+                signatures.
+              - add support for multiple 'Architecture' values
+              - -Qkk now validates file checksums in addition to date/size
+              - colored upgrade summary now dulls version numbers for contrast
+              - libalpm frontends can now supply context to callbacks (FS#12721)
+              - support xattr when extracting packages
+              - allow setting --noprogressbar in pacman.conf
+              - fix output alignment for CJK translated text (FS#59229)
+              - fix reading targets from stdin when using --sysroot (FS#68630)
+              - fix deleting signatures for existing databases with -Sc
+              - check for and forbid duplicate download filenames (FS#67850)
+              - -Fx now reports error for invalid regex
+              - remove support for the autotools build system
+              - meson: properly compile internal symbols as hidden
+              - meson: make -uninstalled.pc correct
+              - fix build errors on systems like FreeBSD
+              - makepkg:
+                - add link time optimization support to makepkg
+                - add support for sources using the fossil VCS
+                - allow specifying alternative authentication commands when
+                  running pacman as root (FS#32621)
+                - support zstd decompression for sources
+                - strip: fix removing file attributes such as xattr
+                - switch to CRC as default integrity checksum
+                - record $startdir for reproducible builds
+                - record name of build orchestration tool for reproducible builds
+                - fix signing of source packages
+                - add optional argument support to parseopts
+                - reduce dependency on file for detecting ELF files
+                - remove dependency on GNU sed
+                - avoid trailing whitespace in --printsrcinfo output
+                - libprovides: don't provide both versioned and unversioned
+                  sonames
+                - don't double-layer distcc on ccache
+                - fix detection of source file names for debug packages with
+                  gcc 11
+                - strip: silence warnings emitted by readelf while detecting
+                  source filenames
+                - fix use of spaces in source file renaming (FS#70254)
+              - pacman-key:
+                - --refresh-keys queries WKD before keyserver
+                - be less noisy when populating the keyring (FS#64142)
+                - warn about time taken for master key generation
+              - repo-add:
+                - support the same compression methods as makepkg
+              - zsh completion: add pacman-conf support
+              - various documentation updates
+              - after a decade and a half of promising libalpm.3 documentation
+                "once we get around to doing good Doxygen documentation", it
+                has happened!
+5.2.2         - fix pacman test suite under python 3.8
+              - only prompt to import new keys once in a transaction
+              - fix handling of fully downloaded .part files
+              - increase maximum database size (FS#65197)
+              - fix segfault in alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled
+              - change config parsing warnings to errors to match actual
+                behavior
+              - fix key extraction for signatures with two-octet sub-packet
+                headers
+              - fix documentation typos (FS#67000)
+              - change master signing key to RSA4096
+              - improve error message when building without autoconf-archive
+              - pacman-conf:
+                - allow querying ILoveCandy individually
+                - fix querying NoExtract individually
+              - makepkg:
+                - fix seccmp-related error while stripping binaries (FS#65100)
+                - fix extraction of file:// sources (FS#64648)
+                - allow $pkgname in install and changelog file names (FS#64932)
+                - sort libprovides for reproducibility
+                - strip: don't re-add the same debug source multiple times
+                - error on empty refspecs in git sources
+                - correctly handle missing download clients
+                - fix splitting multi-line error messages across stdout and
+                  stderr
+                - handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
+                - do not accept public-only keys for signing
+              - repo-add:
+                - handle GPGKEY with spaces (FS#66949)
+                - do not accept public-only keys for signing
+5.2.1         - fix segfault on importing PGP keys for -U operations
+              - fix distribution of meson files
+              - fix inode command for darwin/bsd
+              - distribute all documentation files
+              - update bash/zsh completion for -F changes, remove --force
+              - makepkg:
+                - fix calculation of package sizes in presence of hardlinks
+                - do not warn about PACKAGER format if not set
+                - only run --clean when a package is built
+              - repo-add:
+                - fix compression of databases with zstd (FS#64213)
+5.2.0         - completely remove delta support (CVE-2019-18183)
+              - add support to pacman and pacman-key for downloading PGP
+                signing keys using the WKD protocol (FS#63171)
+              - completely remove the --force option
+              - renovate and simplify the UI for -F (FS#47949)
+              - hooks: rename type File to Path, for accuracy
+              - add the meson build system as an alternative to autotools, and
+                distribute it in autotools dist tarballs
+              - switch from system() to exec() when using alternative download
+                agents for XferCommand; this prevents a potential source of
+                shell injection (CVE-2019-18182)
+              - ignore .hook suffix when sorting libalpm hooks
+              - update the minimum requirement of bash to 4.4
+              - scripts: pass on options such as set -x to child processes
+              - show group and installed status during -Fs
+              - user-visible log when validity check fails due to access
+              - port pactest to python3
+              - process --needed before group selection when resolving the
+                dependencies to prompt for (FS#22870)
+              - don't error when a group exists but all packages are ignored
+              - bash completion now completes when it should, and doesn't
+                complete when it shouldn't (FS#59965)
+              - improve error message when gpg support is missing (FS#60880)
+              - don't emit confusing errors when a package is simultaneously
+                replaced and upgraded (FS#50875, FS#55534)
+              - better warning message when skipping duplicate targets
+                (FS#49377)
+              - libalpm: parse {check, make}depends when reading database
+                (FS#60347)
+              - add [ignored] to -Qu output for packages in repos that are not
+                Usage = Upgrade (FS#59854)
+              - prevent 301 redirect loop from hanging libalpm
+              - use standard, consistent units in the download progress
+                (FS#59201)
+              - fix segfault when Usage is specified without a value
+              - include timezones in pacman.log
+              - bash-completion: use POSIX character classes for portability
+              - correctly report a download failiure for 404s
+              - fix handling of signals during SIGSEGV
+              - fix buffer overread in pacman/callback
+              - fix crash when downloading files with a Content-Disposition
+                that has no directory component
+              - pacman-conf, testpkg are now properly localized
+              - when -F returns zero results, set a failing exit code
+              - improve wording for the error message when a package cannot be
+                removed due to dependencies
+              - fix segfaults and other incorrect behavior when using -Qip if
+                pacman was compiled without GPGME support
+              - makepkg:
+                - implement extendable source/signature verification routines
+                  within libmakepkg (FS#49076)
+                - if pacman is in use, wait until it is available before
+                  continuing (FS#28840)
+                - add support for lzip, lz4 and zst compressed packages
+                  (FS#56676, FS#59081)
+                - add new checksum algorithm, b2sum
+                - various improvements to PKGBUILD linting
+                - when signing packages, report package filename on failure
+                - fix pkgver() function not aborting on errors
+                - remove checksum algorithm whirlpoolsum as it has not worked
+                  for a long time
+                - reject PKGBUILDs with both split and non-split package
+                  functions
+                - send status messages to stderr rather than stdout (FS#17173)
+                - ensure debug buildflags are unset when they are supposed to be
+                - buildenv and executable detection, definitions for the
+                  PKGBUILD schema, and makepkg.conf loading are now part of
+                  libmakepkg
+                - fix broken check for the fakeroot binary
+                - improve the error message for invalid dependency versioning
+                - add routine for linting $SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH
+                - fix the error code when no PKGBUILD exists
+                - use --unneeded when removing build deps to allow runtime-only
+                  deps to work well with makepkg -sir (FS#32723)
+                - compute package sizes correctly across different filesystems
+                - use shared clones for git sources to save space when building
+                - fix reporting of invalid archive extensions
+                - correctly handle hg sources with updates on a non-default
+                  branch
+                - install pkg-config file for libmakepkg's library directory
+                - propagate error codes when package failed to sign correctly
+                - be compatible with file 5.37's application/gzip MIME type
+                - forbid non-ASCII pkgname and pkgver (FS#49342)
+                - fix exiting on failure without ensuring dependencies are
+                  prompted for removal (FS#63000)
+                - quiet superfluous warnings for missing debug source files for
+                  artificial symbols
+                - add routine for linting $PACKAGER to check that it has a
+                  valid name and email address, and document the desired format
+                  in makepkg.conf(5)
+                - add rust support for *FLAGS and debug-prefix-map
+                - correctly handle a system file command with seccomp enabled
+                  (FS#58626)
+                - try to more thoroughly clean up logpipe during unusual exit
+                  states such as CTRL-C
+                - when installing packages with -sir, be more robust against
+                  conflicting makedepends by always uninstalling them first
+                - fix exit code when removing deps fails
+                - reproducible builds: suppress filesystem-specific archive
+                  metadata from built packages as they are not needed
+              - pacman-key:
+                - just accept one file to verify, and enforce detached sigs
+                  (FS#52022)
+                - after recent GnuPG updates, ensure the Web of Trust is still
+                  used
+                - clean keys during import to reduce size consumed by unusable
+                  signatures
+              - repo-add:
+                - add support for zst compressed databases
+                - print the name of the database when extracting
+                - do not infinitely loop on malformed arguments with embedded
+                  globs
+                - add option to prevent downgrading (FS#17752)
+              - various documentation updates
+5.1.3         - Sanitize file name received from Content-Disposition header
+                during -U (CVE-2019-9686)
+5.1.2         - pacman-conf: add missing DisableDownloadTimeout support
+              - Include version when checking optdepend install status
+                during -Qi (FS#60106)
+              - Improve error message for unresolvable urls (FS#48285)
+              - Do not raise SIGINT when a downloaded file exceeds the expected
+                size
+              - Fix previous download interruption status carrying over to new
+                downloads
+              - Reset known signal handlers before running install scripts or
+                hooks (FS#56756)
+              - Properly handle signal interrupts while running install scripts
+                or hooks (FS#60396)
+              - Allow explicitly disabling signature checks when compiled
+                without signature support (FS#60880)
+              - makepkg: fix linting error on environment variables (FS#60681)
+5.1.1         - Allow full path including root prefix to be passed to
+                --overwrite
+              - Revert deprecation of --root
+              - Document comment syntax restrictions in pacman.conf
+              - makepkg:
+                - handle pre-existing directories when checking for write
+                  permissions
+                - reduce restrictions on pkgver in depends listings (FS#58776)
+                - permit versioned optdepends
+                - remove unintended chmod of $BUILDDIR (FS#58790)
+                - fix issue when $startdir was not an absolute path (FS#58865)
+                - fix syntax error when $pkgname is empty
+                - fix --nocolor being passed to pacman (FS#58820)
+                - fix issues with trap handling
+                - fix several issues with debug packages (signing, printing of
+                  package names, clearing of global package options, source
+                  file inclusion)
+                - fix --help text for --packagelist
+              - pacman-conf: Fix detection of Usage option
+5.1.0         - Add new --overwrite option and deprecate --force. This accepts a
+                glob pattern with far more control than the widely abused force
+                option which mostly just causes issues (FS#31549)
+              - Add new --sysroot option and deprecate --root. This uses the
+                guest configuration instead of the host configuration, which is
+                what most people erroneously thought --root would do
+              - introduce a 'disable-download-timeout' option
+              - remove contrib - this is now maintained in a separate project
+              - report the owner of an existing file, if any, when erroring out
+                on a file conflict
+              - resolve cyclic dependencies when calculating unneeded dependency
+                trees (FS#41031)
+              - report the needed command to download missing databases for the
+                -F and -S actions
+              - don't error if -Qo cannot find the file it is querying on disk
+                (FS#55856)
+              - support new-style OpenPGP format packets lengths
+              - support EDDSA from gpgme 1.7.0
+              - fix continuously trying to open invalid databases and reporting
+                excessively excessive redundant error messages excessively
+              - fix the download callback erroneously reporting itself too many
+                times with --noprogressbar, or reporting inaccurate times for
+                small files (FS#56408, FS#56468)
+              - fix erroneous negative speed in download progressbar (FS#43434)
+              - parse stdin as newline-separated instead of whitespace-separated
+                (FS#52992)
+              - when printing urls in the package cache, print the file url
+                instead (FS#15868)
+              - add color to group selection dialogs and -{F,Q}o
+              - the -Q option now respects provides (FS#20650)
+              - remove notification of system upgrade when only printing URLs
+              - print replacements when using -Sup (FS#35812)
+              - fix -Qk and -r checking for the root prefix twice (FS#48563)
+              - Do not recognize # as a comment unless it is at the beginning of
+                a line. This allows using it as a value in ini files (FS#48702)
+              - ignore comments when examining INSTALL files (FS#51916)
+              - match multi-byte user input properly (FS#47992)
+              - abort transactions if even one database fails to sync (FS#47599)
+              - do not resolve uid/gid to names when extracting files with -r
+              - --dbonly now properly extracts metadata files (FS#52052)
+              - remove support for internal checksumming implementations, and
+                require at least one of openssl or nettle to exist
+              - consider provides to satisfy optdepends when warning for removal
+                or logging new optdepends during a transaction, as was already
+                the case for -Qi
+              - -Dk now reports if it is successful (FS#50087)
+              - consider version for optdepends (FS#44957)
+              - remove vim modelines in favor of EditorConfig
+              - implement pacman-conf, a new tool to safely parse pacman.conf,
+                and use it in internal scripts
+              - bash completion now completes -Qn
+              - various small documentation updates
+              - makepkg:
+                - Reproducible build support. makepkg now respects environment
+                  SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH when creating package metadata, and unifies
+                  source file timestamps to match
+                - add more info to .BUILDINFO to aid in reproducing the build
+                  environment of a package
+                - it is now possible to check the signature of VCS sources
+                  (currently only git is supported)
+                - use informative exit codes when exiting with errors (FS#54204)
+                - lint_pkgbuild has vastly improved linting of pkgname and
+                  variables that can contain pkgname/pkgver (FS#57833)
+                - implement linting for makepkg.conf
+                - fix using libmakepkg in external scripts without extglob
+                - fix handling of configurable directories e.g. PKGDEST to align
+                  with their documented behavior, and consistently check that
+                  they can be used (FS#43537)
+                - parseopts, srcinfo, and integrity are now part of libmakepkg
+                - consistently use coreutils for checksumming instead of openssl
+                  (which may be replaced by nettle in pacman)
+                - lint build_references now prints affected filenames (FS#31558)
+                - lint_package can now abort on fatal packaging errors
+                - lint_package now checks for filenames with newline characters
+                - lint_package now checks for root-level /.dotfiles
+                - debug packages are now per pkgbase, not per pkgname
+                - debug packages now contain source files to allow the debugger
+                  to step through code
+                - remove optipng and upx support - these can now be plugged into
+                  libmakepkg
+                - fix emptydirs support with newer findutils (FS#48515)
+                - ignore architecture for --printsrcinfo
+                - makepkg --printsrcinfo now correctly lists depends_$CARCH
+                  instead of merging this into depends
+                - fix bug in is_array that broke packages with arch-dependent
+                  sources only (FS#48340)
+                - move package signing outside of fakeroot which is incompatible
+                  with recent gnupg versions (FS#49946)
+                - makepkg --clean now cleans up logfiles (FS#51039)
+                - when using $PKGDEST, do not symlink build artifacts into
+                  current directory
+                - --packagelist now lists the built filenames, rather than all
+                  possible basenames without extensions
+                - fix --geninteg not properly ignoring renamed signature files
+                - use localized date strings
+                - ensure sane umask is set both before and after installing deps
+                - adapt to file(1) changes in order to continue to strip PIE
+                  executables
+              - repo-add:
+                - don't recreate the database when only verifying signature
+                  (FS#48085)
+                - fix error when repo directory path contains spaces (FS#50285)
+              - pacman-key:
+                - reject armored signatures
+                - don't set a default keyserver, deferring to gpg's sane default
+                - disable scdaemon as we don't use it and it breaks --lsign when
+                  a smartcard is plugged into the machine
+              - vercmp:
+                - remove duplicate, undocumented --usage option
+                - fail when the wrong number of arguments are used (FS#49093)
+5.0.2         - fix database file checks with -Qkk and non-standard root
+                (FS#48563)
+              - improve optdepend detection for status messages (FS#44957)
+              - make Y/N prompt multi-byte-character aware (FS#47992)
+              - properly detect dependency cycles with --recursive (FS#41031)
+              - improve free disk space calculation (FS#37402)
+              - extract database files with --dbonly (FS#52052)
+              - repo-add:
+                - do not alter the database if only verifying signature
+                  (FS#48085)
+                - fix error for directories containing whitespace (FS#50285)
+              - makepkg:
+                - fix building packages with only architecture-specific
+                  sources (FS#48340)
+                - ignore PKGBUILD architecture for --printsrcinfo
+                - do not die on non-empty directories under !emptydirs
+                  (FS#48515)
+                - preserve checksum type for architecture-specific sources
+5.0.1         - fix alignment issues with wide character locales (FS#47980)
+              - fix removal of .pacnew files (FS#47993)
+              - fix triggering of Install hooks (FS#47996)
+              - fix handling of stdin scripts called by pacman
+              - hook activity is logged
+              - documentation updates for alpm-hooks (FS#48080)
+              - makepkg:
+                - increase robustness of variable array checks
+                - makepkg -g does not perform current architecture checks
+                - do not run prepare() with --noextract
+                - all directories in the packaging directory are cleared
+                  before each build
+                - fix translations issues (FS#48057, FS#48298)
+              - repo-add:
+                - fix checking for non-existent database
+              - contrib:
+                - zsh_completion: updated makepkg options
+5.0.0         - pacman can run hooks pre- and post-transaction. See the
+                alpm-hooks(5) man page for details and an example hook (FS#2985)
+              - pacman can now sync and read .files databases (-Fy) and do basic
+                searching for files in sync repos (-Fs, -Fo) (FS#23787)
+              - pacman can check the validity of the local and sync databases
+                (-Dk and -Dkk respectively).  This replaces the 'testdb'
+                software (FS#42444)
+              - the package description output (-Si ,-Qi) is now correctly
+                aligned regardless of locale (FS#43983, FS#45997)
+              - ensure internal package version matches database version after
+                downloading (FS#45687)
+              - improved signal handling and lock file removal (FS#45995,
+                FS#46375, FS#47011)
+              - print more information when encountering dependency errors
+              - improved configuration parsing with a new ini parser
+              - handle a symlink to a directory being replaced by a directory
+              - The 'pkgbase' variable is now recorded in the local package db
+              - Remove support for ".pacorig" files.  Instead, packages files
+                are extracted as a ".pacnew" and the original stays in place
+              - prevent install scriptlets using stdin for user interaction
+              - provides are considered when displaying optdepends install
+                status (FS#36412)
+              - always update corrupt database whether or not a newer version
+                is found on the remote server
+              - fix build issues when libarchive was in a non-standard location
+              - Many issues found using Coverity were address (primarily freeing
+                memory on error conditions)
+              - The pactest suite was upgraded to allow parallel testing using
+                the tap.sh library
+              - makepkg:
+                - makepkg is in the process of being split into a library. This
+                  allows various areas to be extended by adding a file into
+                  libmakepkg (e.g. package/PKGBUILD checking, adjusting
+                  files before creating the final package).
+                - PKGBUILD variables checked to be arrays or not as appropriate
+                - pkgver() and prepare() are now run with --noextract (FS#43498,
+                  FS#46800)
+                - the ability to build a single package in a PKGBUILD has been
+                  removed
+                - the output when checking checksums for architecture specific
+                  sources is improved (FS#43444)
+                - improved handling of bazaar sources (FS#43448)
+                - fix source package signing with SRCPKGDIR set
+                - add option to compress png images with optipng
+                - add --packagelist option, which lists all packages build from
+                  a PKGBUILD
+                - add --printsrcinfo flag to print SRCINFO file for a PKGBUILD
+                - record build information in a .BUILDINFO file
+                - add whirlpool to list of hashing options (FS#45859)
+              - makepkg-template:
+                - support multiple --template-dir
+                - added a testsuite
+              - repo-add:
+                - Always generate the .files database
+                - Only update database if the entire operation succeeds
+                - unarmored package signatures are rejected
+              - contrib:
+                - checkupdates: give error when fakeroot is missing
+                - checkupdates: provide packages versions in output
+                - checkupdates: fix failure in some locales (FS#40405)
+                - paccache: Add -q/--quiet
+                - pacdiff: do not require DIFFPROG for -o/--output (FS#46184)
+                - zsh_completion: updated to fix many missing options
+4.2.1         - Remove warnings about incorrect directory ownership until
+                packaging files with dynamic users/groups is improved
+              - Do not require a specific automake version when building from
+                the source tarball (FS#43655)
+              - A number of typos and translation errors have been fixed
+                (FS#43257, FS#43280, FS#43279, FS#43617, FS#43739)
+              - set sane umask in pacman-db-upgrade (FS#43200) and make it
+                more verbose
+              - Use correct permissions when creating the log file
+              - Fix memory management for file list storage
+              - Set package origin when adding to db cache
+              - makepkg:
+                - Fix error when encountering an expired PGP key (FS#43269)
+                - Fix error extracting PKGBUILD attributes (FS#43387)
+                - Fix removal of static libraries when the shared library
+                  uses the absolute path in symbolic links (FS#43395)
+                - Improve Bazaar cloning (FS#43448)
+                - Fix issues with architecture dependent checksum
+                  verification (FS#43192)
+                - Fix .SRCINFO file with architecture dependent fields
+                  (FS#43247)
+                - Fix compatibility with older bash versions
+                - Allow git checkouts to be downloaded into directory ending
+                  with ".git".
+              - contrib:
+                - updpkgsums no longer changes file permissions (FS#43272)
+                - paccache does not remove all packages on libalpm error
+                  (FS#43286)
+4.2.0         - symlinks to directories on the filesystem are no longer
+                treated as directories
+              - pacman-db-upgrade - fix local database for files installed
+                into directory symlinks
+              - added --assume-installed option to help upgrades where not all
+                installed packages have been rebuilt
+              - --unrequired now filters needed optdepends too. Use twice
+                to only filter direct dependencies
+              - improved dependency resolving ensures correct ordering when
+                installing updates (FS#32764)
+              - A new configure keyword Usage can limit what operations a
+                repository is used for
+              - NoExtract and NoUpgrade can use inverted pattern matches
+                (FS#31749)
+              - Group queries can be filtered with --explicit/--deps (FS#19716)
+              - Filesystem checking now only produces a warning for altered
+                backup files (FS#34739)
+              - pacman prints a warning if an installed directory has different
+                permission to that already on the filesystem (FS#34740)
+              - both current and new versions are displayed when querying
+                updates
+              - --print-format now implies --print
+              - package scriptlets are not run when using --dbonly
+              - invalid option combinations cause pacman to abort (FS#20950)
+              - improve output when a package is missing a required signature
+                (FS#28014)
+              - PGP signature key IDs are listed with -Sii (FS#34742)
+              - indicate ignored packages in -Qu output
+              - use appropriate file size units with -Si/-Qi
+              - plugged several memory leaks
+              - read filelists from a packages .MTREE file if possible
+              - ensure packages have all the required metadata before installing
+                (FS#35514)
+              - always remove lock file on exit (FS#35603)
+              - fix overflow in integrity checking progress bar (FS#36608)
+              - ensure downloads use correct filename even if the mirror uses a
+                redirect (FS#36791)
+              - cache PGP key IDs during availability checking (FS#38042)
+              - fix reading responses with leading whitespace (FS#39976)
+              - fix potential issues when handling of UTF8 filenames
+                (FS#40805, FS#40762)
+              - makepkg:
+                - PKGBUILDs can now specify architecture specific sources,
+                  dependencies, etc.
+                - A .SRCINFO file is added to source packages for easy parsing
+                - VCS package building attempts to be incremental (FS#35050)
+                - bzr sources can have a '+' in them (FS#35244)
+                - allow sources containing "::"
+                - add --noprepare option
+                - add -C/--cleanbuild option (FS#17175)
+                - add --noarchive option
+                - remove --asroot and enforce fakeroot usage
+                - all PKGBUILDs require a package() function
+                - PKGBUILDs can no longer be read from stdin
+                - enable make style environmental overrides
+                - Read CARCH environmental variable (FS#35030)
+                - makedepends and checkdepends are installed together (FS#31557)
+                - added support for sha224 checksums (FS#36776)
+                - remove warning when license is not specified in PKGBUILD
+                  (FS#37011)
+                - only remove static libraries if they have a shared version
+                - prevent makepkg creating armored signatures (FS#38503)
+                - support stripping kernel modules
+                - support the kernel.org PGP signing scheme (FS#31592)
+                - sign created source package when using --sign
+                - enforce source signatures to be trusted or have their full
+                  fingerprint listed in the validpgpkeys array of the PKGBUILD
+                - look for configuration in XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf
+                  (FS#43030)
+                - ensure vcs tools are available when source entries require
+                  them
+                - disallow pkgver/pkgrel/epoch overrides in split packages
+                - improve parsing of PKGBUILD variables (FS#40361)
+              - makepkg-template - new package build templating utility
+                (FS#10375)
+              - repo-add:
+                - add option to remove package files from disk
+              - contrib:
+                - checkupdates: rename CHECKUPDATE_DB to CHECKUPDATES_DB
+                - pacdiff: add a "Quit" option, and many other improvements
+                - pacsysclean is removed
+4.1.2         - validate %FILEPATH% when parsing repos to prevent arbitrary
+                file overwrites from malicious databases
+              - makepkg:
+                - restrict package name from starting with a dot
+                - fix BZR source revision support (FS#35281)
+                - Use LOGDEST for log pipe
+                - fix distcc disabling (FS#35741)
+                - correct stat usage on BSD/Darwin (FS#35469)
+              - pacman-key:
+                - Do not reinterpret keys from revoked keyrings
+              - contrib:
+                - paccache: remove broken su privilege escalation (FS#35173)
+                - pacscripts: update for current pacman options
+                - checkupdates: be consistent with naming (FS#35755)
+4.1.1         - fix bug causing negative "Total Installed Size" (FS#34616)
+              - report libalpm version it is pkg-config file (FS#34967)
+              - various translation fixes and updates (FS#34395, FS#34704,
+                FS#34716, FS#35097)
+              - makepkg:
+                - improve SVN VCS PKGBUILD handling (FS#34675, FS#34636)
+                - allow "lp:" URLs for BZR sources (FS#34650)
+                - prevent pkgver() capturing stderr (FS#34974)
+                - fix attempt to remove package twice on failure (FS#34672)
+              - contrib:
+                - fix privilege escalation in paccache (FS#34656)
+4.1.0         - check file properties when using -Qkk (FS#11091)
+              - add color to pacman output - new configuration option "Color"
+              - add informational messages for optdepends installation
+                status (FS#13035, FS#27116)
+              - add number suffix to pacsave files instead of overwriting
+                (FS#24192)
+              - improve needed key importing for Upgrade (FS#26520)
+              - add options to specify require signature level for
+                Upgrade operations (FS#26729)
+              - directory ownership can be queried
+              - allow wildcards in NoUpgrade, NoExtract, IgnorePkg,
+                IgnoreGroup and HoldPkg (FS#20360, FS#18988)
+              - remove -f short option for --force
+              - SyncFirst option has been removed (FS#26445)
+              - offer to delete downloaded packages failing signature check
+                (FS#28014)
+              - configure shell for running install scriptlets (FS#20557)
+              - make path to ldconfig configurable
+              - display repo in VerbosePkgLists output
+              - do not check file conflicts or disk space with --dbonly
+                (FS#25667)
+              - UseDelta takes a ratio for the largest delta to use
+              - track how installed packages were validated (FS#28040)
+              - add pkg-config file for libalpm
+              - avoid false ownership matches for files in / (FS#30388)
+              - only load filesystem space information when needed
+              - allow leading "local/" in query options
+              - allow cleaning only some cachedirs
+              - do not remove source package and package databases from
+                cache (FS#25166)
+              - improve conflict checking with directory symlinks (FS#30681)
+              - remove Cygwin support
+              - add program prefix to pacman log entries
+              - add --native filter to pacman -Q
+              - makepkg:
+                - require bash>=4.0
+                - support for VCS URLs (git, bzr, svn and hg) (FS#7816,
+                  FS#8890, FS#13727, FS#15895, FS#16384, FS#16872, FS#19459,
+                  FS#19476, FS#20841, FS#21098, FS#28605)
+                - split debugging symbols into separate package (FS#10975)
+                - use SKIP in checksums to skip integrity check (FS#19735)
+                - add prepare() function to PKGBUILD (FS#30582)
+                - add pkgver() function to auto-update pkgver/pkgrel
+                - pkgrel must be in decimal format
+                - PKGBUILDs without package() functions are deprecated
+                - support specifying CPPFLAGS in makepkg.conf
+                - support PACKAGER environmental variable
+                - allow source renaming to work on signature files
+                - configurable compression options (FS#27430)
+                - allow multiple packages to be build when using
+                  BUILDDIR (FS#28417)
+                - add makedepends/checkdepends information to .PKGINFO
+                - url can be overridden in split packages
+                - allow wildcards in PURGE_TARGETS
+                - pass --asdep and --needed flags to pacman when installing
+                - use last match in BUILDENV/OPTIONS arrays (FS#26701)
+                - fix "arch" handling in split packages (FS#27204)
+                - add LOGDEST configuration option
+                - install makedepends with --repackage
+              - repo-add:
+                - honor TMPDIR environmental variable
+                - add makedepends/checkdepends information to database
+              - pacman-key:
+                - fix importing keys with quotes in file name (FS#28445)
+                - allow verification of multiple sig files
+                - add zsh completion (FS#29062)
+              - pkgdelta: add ratio and package size limits
+              - pactree: improve output
+              - contrib:
+                - updpkgsums: update checksums in a PKGBUILD
+                - checkupdates: new - safely check for package updates
+                - pacsort: add --files option to support parsing filenames
+                - pacdiff: improve usability
+                - add zsh completion
+4.0.3         - frontend database cleanup enhancements (FS#28714)
+              - frontend package cleanup enhancements (FS#25166)
+              - back out changes related to SyncFirst in 4.0.0
+                - remove recursive/needed automatic flags on SyncFirst
+                - remove poorly implemented `-S --recursive` option
+              - improve error messages on database locking failures
+              - use full delta size as max download size (FS#28345)
+              - improved handling and fix crash after failed downloads
+              - fix key lookup when using gpg 2.X as GPG program
+              - match only full path components in disk space checking
+              - skip disk space checks when using --dbonly
+              - scripts: unset CDPATH bash variable in all scripts
+              - makepkg:
+                - fix syntax error in remove_deps (FS#28448)
+                - small fixes related to multiple libdeps, parsing issues
+                - exit via default handler in trap_exit (FS#28491)
+                - attempt to work around Btrfs file/block size reporting issues
+              - pacman-key:
+                - remove signature verification in --populate
+                - make -e option work as advertised without arguments
+                - exit with correct return codes when verifying signature
+              - pacsysclean: fix description, fix option parsing (FS#28434)
+              - pkgdelta: use bsdtar -q option for better performance
+              - translations: various updates and corrections
+4.0.2         - allow comments after a repository header in pacman.conf
+              - search for and import PGP subkeys if necessary (FS#27612)
+              - fix rare segfault on removal operations (FS#27805, FS#28195)
+              - skip all unknown files when cleaning package cache
+              - restore looking for files in cache before downloading via -U
+              - ensure '[removal]' is displayed in trans confirmation (FS#27981)
+              - implement disk space checking code for Illumos
+              - use TCP keepalive in download to prevent dropped connections
+              - round and show -0.00 values as 0.00 (FS#27924)
+              - makepkg:
+                - ensure all source files are included in --source (FS#26580)
+                - fix locale sort/comm related issues (FS#26580)
+                - abort on missing download agent
+                - restrict flags passed to pacman (FS#28012)
+                - work around certain zipman glob/existence issues
+                - fix non-writable SRCPKGDEST error message (FS#28197)
+                - fix printf interpreting gettext string as arg (FS#28069)
+                - don't abort on non-zero hg return codes (FS#28248)
+                - disable extglob when sourcing BUILDSCRIPT (FS#27780)
+              - pacman-key: improve return codes of operations (FS#26730)
+              - repo-add: enforce maximum signature file size (FS#27453)
+              - contrib/paclist: support --help (FS#27258)
+              - contrib/pacsysclean: new script
+              - contrib/*_completion: fix completion for uncompressed packages
+              - translations: extensive updates and corrections
+4.0.1         - ensure VerbosePkgList table display supports multibyte chars
+              - always use stderr for warning/error messages (FS#26555)
+              - add guidance message for users when public keyring not found
+              - fix edge case in download progress bar rounding (FS#26853)
+              - ensure downloads started as tempfiles have correct umask
+              - ensure unowned symlinks are not overwritten incorrectly
+              - allow -U operation even without sync databases (FS#26899)
+              - update libtool files and update fix for -Wl,-as-needed
+              - fix build when using --disable-static (FS#26652)
+              - pacman-key: add a keyserver timeout value in --init
+              - repo-add: fix race condition around lock file removal
+              - makepkg:
+                - accept changelog= or install= without a value
+                - trim trailing whitespace from sensitive variables
+                - handle PGP signatures with a .sign extension
+                - delay attachment of signal traps (FS#26196)
+              - translations: multiple updates and corrections
+4.0.0         - well-integrated and powerful signed packages and databases
+                support in pacman, the library, and scripts (FS#5331)
+              - over 800 commits to pacman.git since 3.5.4 release
+              - many code cleanup commits across library/binaries/scripts
+              - many performance improvement commits across library/binaries
+              - add new -S --recursive operation to upgrade a full dep chain
+              - report upgrade size on sync operations (FS#12566)
+              - early terminal input is flushed before question prompts
+              - remove duplicate code shared in sync and upgrade operations
+              - remove ShowSize; replaced with VerbosePkgLists (FS#15772)
+              - print callback (warning, error) messages to stderr (FS#25099)
+              - download progress callback has more room for filenames
+              - fix selection entry for long values (FS#25253)
+              - make config parsing two-pass process, enhance error messages
+              - print helpful tips on -Qi <filename> or -S <filename>
+              - replace libfetch with libcurl for backend download library
+                - timeout when mirror is not responding (FS#15369)
+                - full HTTPS protocol support (FS#22435)
+                - support of non-traditional/redirected URLs (FS#22645)
+                - ensure downloads are only resumed if appropriate (FS#23803)
+              - only remove empty directories if no remaining owner (FS#25141)
+              - better cache directory choosing and honor $TMPDIR (FS#25435)
+              - replaces are parsed as dependency-style strings (FS#23410)
+              - split package verification and load stages
+              - sync database reading refactor for performance
+              - use a larger buffer for package checksum validation
+              - file lists now have a dedicated type with metadata
+              - disk space check no longer requires iterating package archives
+              - update and add checksum routines from PolarSSL
+              - validate sync database sha256sum if available
+              - correctly parse sizes in database > 2GiB
+              - API: several type renames from pm* to alpm_* prefix
+              - API: several enum constant renames from PM to ALPM_* prefix
+              - API: several types are now public exposed structs
+              - API: handle is no longer a single global variable
+              - API: more changes than can be mentioned here, see README
+              - much improved API documentation for use by Doxygen
+              - pactest: several performance/checking improvements
+              - scripts:
+                - refactor some common components into shared bash library
+                - split translations into pacman-scripts catalog (FS#15148)
+              - makepkg:
+                - allow signing packages after creation
+                - allow verifying source file signatures (FS#20448)
+                - add auto-versioned libdepends/libprovides support
+                - support UPX compression of executables (FS#17213)
+                - allow usage of an alternate build directory (FS#22308)
+                - cleancache option has been removed; use shell instead
+                - improved variable sanity checking (FS#16004)
+                - better handling of package extensions (.tar.Z or invalid)
+                - allow PKGEXT/SRCEXT environment overrides (FS#19860)
+                - only check for writable PKGDEST if necessary (FS#24735)
+                - check_software function exits early if missing req'd binaries
+                - do source packaging in fakeroot (FS#24330)
+                - be more POSIX-compatible in use of `ln` (FS#24893)
+                - handle spaces with filenames in noextract (FS#25100)
+                - allow epoch-versioned optdepends
+              - pacman-key: new keyring management tool for signed data
+              - pacsort: new utility, sort version numbers as pacman does
+              - pactree: support sync databases with -s option
+              - pkgdelta: add a manpage
+              - repo-add:
+                - handle and include package signatures in databases
+                - verify database signature before modification
+                - sign database after creation/modification
+                - general script cleanup and bash-ification
+                - add sha256sums to database (FS#23103)
+              - contrib/bacman: code cleanups and small bug fixes
+              - contrib/bash_completion: updates for new options/commands
+              - contrib/paccache: new, pacman cache cleanup script
+              - contrib/paclist: rewrite using bash
+              - contrib/paclog-pkglist: new, recover from missing local DB
+              - documentation: extensive updates to all manpages
+              - translations: extensive updates, new languages: lt, zh_TW
+3.5.4         - fix display of lists on non-TTYs and other output fixes
+              - fix group selection entry for large inputs (FS#24253)
+              - fix divide by zero when downloading zero length files
+              - flush terminal input before reading response (FS#20538)
+              - allow files to be replaced by directories (FS#24904)
+              - makepkg: fix filenames with spaces and noextract (FS#25100)
+              - scripts: remove ln -f option for POSIX compliance (FS#24893)
+              - various small documentation updates
+              - minor translation updates: de, fi
+3.5.3         - segfault when creating lock in non-existent dir (FS#24292)
+              - segfault when uninstalling broken backed-up symlink (FS#24230)
+              - --print should not enable --noconfirm (FS#24287)
+              - fix default path substitution in documentation
+              - makepkg: quote variables that may contain spaces (FS#24002)
+              - makepkg: fix creation of source package with -p (FS#24567)
+              - repo-add: include dotfiles in file lists (FS#24534)
+              - minor translation updates: de, fi, fr, sk, zh_CN
+3.5.2         - ensure we show correct missing dependency info (FS#23424)
+              - pacman usage/--help updates (FS#23433, FS#23369)
+              - ensure stdout/stderr are flushed before prompts (FS#23492)
+              - compile/portability fixes for FreeBSD platform
+              - extensive documentation updates for alpm.h interfaces
+              - fix several missing pm_errno error code returns
+              - makepkg:
+                - simplify log redirection and remove sync (FS#23378)
+                - improve parsing for sanity checks (FS#23524)
+                - avoid use of `tr` to avoid locale and other issues
+                - fix GNU-ism in `su` invocation
+              - bacman: update for new local database format (FS#23641)
+              - extensive translation updates and fixes
+3.5.1         - don't error on unknown pacman.conf directives (FS#23055)
+              - only read arguments from stdin if '-' is provided as target
+              - fix case with ignore handling in argument list (FS#23342)
+              - don't show group selection prompt with -Sp (FS#23340)
+              - restore old --debug/--verbose behavior (FS#23370)
+              - ensure repo DBs are saved with sane umask (FS#23343)
+              - fix segfault when a repo includes deltas entries (FS#23314)
+              - fix potential data corruption issue on sync DB read
+              - get zsh completion in a working state (FS#23322)
+              - makepkg: improve optdepends extraction (FS#23307)
+              - translations:
+                - de: fix makepkg fatal error (FS#23315)
+                - sr, sr@latin: new Serbian translation
+                - various other translation updates
+              - build system: ensure libtool respects LDFLAGS (FS#23325)
 3.5.0         - sync DBs read directly from the database tarball
                 (FS#8586, FS#20233)
               - local DB "depends" file has been merged into the "desc" file
@@ -77,7 +944,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - Installing packages with -U can handle installing
                 dependencies, conflict resolution and replacing packages
                 (FS#3492, FS#5798)
-              - can upgrade the system and install a new package using 
+              - can upgrade the system and install a new package using
                 "pacman -Syu <pkg>" (FS#15581)
               - new -D/--database operation for modifying package install
                 reasons (FS#12950)
@@ -89,7 +956,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - allow -Qo to perform a functional 'which' (FS#8798)
               - cache cleaning cleans all directories, not just first
               - cleanupdelta: new utility to help remove unused deltas from
-                a repo database 
+                a repo database
               - bash completion: rewrite for size and performance (FS#16630)
               - repo-add: handle removing the final package from a repo
               - rankmirrors: rewrite using bash
@@ -117,7 +984,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - translations:
                 - zh_CN: fix positional parameter usage in makepkg (FS#16983)
                 - el: fix Y/N response translation (FS#16568)
-3.3.2         - fix infinite filesize download issue (FS#16359)
+3.3.2         - fix infinite file size download issue (FS#16359)
               - fix bogus download size on TotalDownload
               - documentation updates
               - small translation updates
@@ -181,7 +1048,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - repo-add: use openssl instead of md5sum
               - simplify doc building process for ease of development
               - ensure correct handling of syscall interruptions
-              - readd missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
+              - re-add missing newline on -Qi/-Si output (FS#11331)
               - fix TotalDownload regression (FS#11339)
               - makepkg:
                 - replace getopt with an internal function
@@ -371,7 +1238,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - fix overzealous use of macros
                 - entire codebase builds with -pedantic GCC option
               - libalpm-specific changes:
-                - moved location of sync DBs into their own folder to thwart
+                - moved location of sync DBs into their own directory to thwart
                   deletion and remove naming limitations
                 - REQUIREDBY entries are no longer used in local DB but are
                   computed on the fly when needed, which should resolve
@@ -388,7 +1255,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - conflicts checking speedups and fixes
                 - move lockfile location to inside the DB
                 - remove gettext calls from DEBUG messages
-                - remove faulty diskspace checking
+                - remove faulty disk space checking
                 - move functions out of alpm.c to where they belong
                 - rewrite of file extraction code (FS#7484)
               - makepkg-specific changes:
@@ -535,7 +1402,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
               - Makefile fix for nonstandard lib search paths (Kevin Piche)
               - fixed the leftover directories in /tmp
               - speed improvement patches from Tommi Rantala
-2.9.2         - bugfix for 2.9.1 
+2.9.2         - bugfix for 2.9.1
 2.9.1         - --refresh now only downloads fresh packages lists if they've
                 been updated (currently only works with FTP)
 2.9           - Improved -Rs functionality -- pacman now tracks why a package
@@ -627,7 +1494,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 external download utility like wget
               - added a license field to package meta-data
               - add url support to -A and -U operations (download packages)
-              - -Ss now searches thru provides fields
+              - -Ss now searches through provides fields
               - added --dbonly option to -R
 2.7.6         - added --print-uris option
               - fixed an http download bug (FS#667)
@@ -653,7 +1520,7 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 - HTTP/1.1 support
                 - an improved progress bar with transfer rates and ETA
               - cleaned up warning output a bit
-2.7.2         - Supressed "No such file" messages during stripping
+2.7.2         - Suppressed "No such file" messages during stripping
               - Removed extra newlines in /var/log/pacman.log
               - Added a --noextract option to makepkg to skip source extraction
 2.7.1         - Fixed a couple obscure segfaults
@@ -785,5 +1652,3 @@ VERSION         DESCRIPTION
                 backed up, then it will be copied to "file.save"
               - Changed db_find_conflicts() to ignore directories
 1.0           - Initial Release
-
-vim: set et spell spelllang=en_us:

PKGBUILD-split.proto

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-# This is an example of a PKGBUILD for splitting packages. Use this as a
-# start to creating your own, and remove these comments. For more information,
-# see 'man PKGBUILD'. NOTE: Please fill out the license field for your package!
-# If it is unknown, then please put 'unknown'.
-
-# Maintainer: Your Name <youremail@domain.com>
-pkgname=('pkg1' 'pkg2')
-pkgbase=BASE
-pkgver=VERSION
-pkgrel=1
-epoch=
-pkgdesc=""
-arch=()
-url=""
-license=('GPL')
-groups=()
-depends=()
-makedepends=()
-checkdepends=()
-provides=()
-conflicts=()
-replaces=()
-backup=()
-options=()
-install=
-changelog=
-source=($pkgbase-$pkgver.tar.gz)
-noextract=()
-md5sums=() #generate with 'makepkg -g'
-
-build() {
-  cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
-  ./configure --prefix=/usr
-  make
-}
-
-check() {
-  cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
-  make -k check
-}
-
-package_pkg1() {
-  # options and directives that can be overridden
-  pkgver=
-  pkgrel=
-  pkgdesc=""
-  arch=()
-  license=()
-  groups=()
-  depends=()
-  optdepends=()
-  provides=()
-  conflicts=()
-  replaces=()
-  backup=()
-  options=()
-  install=
-  changelog=
-
-  cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
-  make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install-pkg1
-}
-
-package_pkg2() {
-  # options and directives overrides
-  pkgdesc=""
-
-  cd "$srcdir/$pkgbase-$pkgver"
-  make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install-pkg2
-}

README

@@ -52,9 +52,15 @@ library is initialized.
 * logcb: The callback function for "log" operations.
 * dlcb: The callback function for download progress of each package.
 * fetchcb: Callback for custom download function.
-* totaldlcb: The callback function for overall download progress.
-* root: The root directory for pacman to install to (Default: /)
-* dbpath: The toplevel database directory (Default: /var/lib/pacman)
+* eventcb: Callback for transaction messages.
+* questioncb: Callback for selecting amongst choices.
+* progresscb: Callback to handle display of transaction progress.
+* gpgdir: Directory where GnuPG files are stored.
+* arch: Allowed package architecture.
+* checkspace: Check disk space before installing.
+* default_siglevel: Default signature verification level.
+* local_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for local file upgrades.
+* remote_file_siglevel: Signature verification level for remote file upgrades.
 * logfile: The base path to pacman's log file (Default: /var/log/pacman.log)
 * usesyslog: Log to syslog instead of `logfile` for file-base logging.
 
@@ -71,14 +77,10 @@ alpm_option_{get,set}_noupgrades -> alpm_option_{add,remove}_noupgrade.
 
 The following options are read-only, having ONLY alpm_option_get_* functions:
 
-* lockfile: The file used for locking the database
-  (Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
-* localdb: A pmdb_t structure for the local (installed) database
-* syncdbs: A list of pmdb_t structures to which pacman can sync from.
+* root: The root directory for pacman to install to
+* dbpath: The toplevel database directory
+* lockfile: The file used for locking the database (Default: <dbpath>/db.lck)
 
-The following options are write-only, having ONLY alpm_option_set_* functions:
-
-* usedelta: Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible.
 
 [Transactions]
 
@@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ specified error code into a more friendly sentence, and alpm_strerrorlast()
 does the same for the last error encountered (represented by pm_errno).
 
 
-[List - alpm_list_t] 
+[List - alpm_list_t]
 
 The alpm_list_t structure is a doubly-linked list for use with the libalpm
 routines. This type is provided publicly so that frontends are free to use it
@@ -192,8 +194,8 @@ remove.c and sync.c).
 
 The frontend is using a configuration file, usually "/etc/pacman.conf".  Some
 of these options are only useful for the frontend only (mainly the ones used to
-control the output like showsize or totaldownload, or the behavior with
-cleanmethod and syncfirst).  The rest is used to configure the library.
+control the output like verbosepkglist, or the behavior with cleanmethod).
+The rest is used to configure the library.
 
 
 [UPGRADE/REMOVE/SYNC]
@@ -365,3 +367,333 @@ API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.4 AND 3.5
    PM_TRANS_FLAG_NODEPVERSION, PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_START,
    PM_TRANS_EVT_DISKSPACE_DONE, PM_TRANS_CONV_SELECT_PROVIDER,
    PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_DISKSPACE_START, PM_TRANS_PROGRESS_INTEGRITY_START
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 3.5 AND 4.0
+===============================
+
+[REMOVED]
+- error codes:
+    PM_ERR_LIBFETCH, PM_ERR_WRITE
+- alpm_option_set_root(), alpm_option_set_dbpath()
+- alpm_list_first()
+- alpm_grp_get_name(), alpm_grp_get_pkgs()
+- alpm_delta_get_from(), alpm_delta_get_to(), alpm_delta_get_filename(),
+    alpm_delta_get_md5sum(), alpm_delta_get_size()
+- alpm_miss_get_target(), alpm_miss_get_dep(), alpm_miss_get_causingpkg()
+- alpm_dep_get_mod(), alpm_dep_get_name(), alpm_dep_get_version()
+- alpm_conflict_get_package1(), alpm_conflict_get_package2(),
+    alpm_conflict_get_reason()
+- alpm_fileconflict_get_target(), alpm_fileconflict_get_type(),
+    alpm_fileconflict_get_file(), alpm_fileconflict_get_ctarget()
+- alpm_db_get_url()
+
+[CHANGED]
+- PM_ prefixes for enum values are now ALPM_
+- pm prefixes for structs and enums are now alpm_
+- alpm_initialize now has parameters: char *root, char *dbpath,
+    alpm_errno_t *err and returns an alpm_handle_t struct.
+- alpm_release now takes an alpm_handle_t *.
+- alpm_db_register_sync() now requires a extra parameter of a alpm_siglevel_t.
+- alpm_pkg_load() now requires an extra parameter of an alpm_siglevel_t
+- alpm_db_setserver() replaced by alpm_db_set_servers(), alpm_db_add_server(),
+    alpm_db_remove_server()
+- alpm_trans_init() no longer takes callbacks, set those using
+    alpm_option_set_*cb() functions
+- many functions now require a first parameter of an alpm_handle_t *:
+  - alpm_option_get_*
+  - alpm_option_set_*
+  - alpm_option_add_*
+  - alpm_option_remove_*
+  - alpm_trans_*
+  - alpm_add_pkg
+  - alpm_checkconflicts
+  - alpm_checkdeps
+  - alpm_db_register_sync
+  - alpm_db_set_pkgreason
+  - alpm_db_unregister_all
+  - alpm_fetch_pkgurl
+  - alpm_find_dbs_satisfier
+  - alpm_logaction
+  - alpm_pkg_load
+  - alpm_release
+  - alpm_remove_pkg
+  - alpm_sync_sysupgrade
+- several structs are no longer opaque
+  - alpm_conflict_t
+  - alpm_delta_t
+  - alpm_depend_t
+  - alpm_depmissing_t
+  - alpm_depmod_t
+  - alpm_fileconflict_t
+  - alpm_group_t
+  - alpm_pkg_reason_t
+
+[ADDED]
+- option functions:
+    alpm_{get,set}_eventcb(), alpm_option_{get,set}_convcb(),
+	alpm_option_{get,set}_progresscb()
+- package signing functions:
+    alpm_option_get_default_siglevel(), alpm_option_set_default_siglevel(),
+    alpm_option_get_gpgdir(), alpm_option_set_gpgdir(), alpm_db_get_siglevel(),
+    alpm_siglist_cleanup(), alpm_db_check_pgp_signature(), alpm_pkg_check_pgp_signature(),
+    alpm_pkg_get_origin(), alpm_pkg_get_sha256sum(), alpm_pkg_get_base64_sig()
+- list functions:
+    alpm_list_to_array(), alpm_list_previous()
+- structs:
+    alpm_backup_t, alpm_file_t, alpm_filelist_t
+- enums:
+    alpm_siglevel_t, alpm_sigstatus_t, alpm_sigvalidity_t, alpm_pkgfrom_t
+- error codes:
+    ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DB_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_GPGME,
+    ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG, ALPM_ERR_SIG_INVALID,
+    ALPM_ERR_SIG_MISSING
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.0 AND 4.1
+===============================
+
+[REMOVED]
+- alpm_list_getdata()
+
+[CHANGED]
+- alpm_pkgfrom_t members are now prefixed with ALPM_
+- alpm_siglevel_t - added members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
+- alpm_depend_t - additional desc member
+- alpm_filelist_t - additional resolved_path member
+- alpm_pgpkey_t - added members length, revoked, pubkey_algo
+- alpm_logaction - added caller identifier argument
+- function renaming:
+  - alpm_option_get_localdb -> alpm_get_localdb
+  - alpm_option_get_syncdbs -> alpm_get_syncdbs
+  - alpm_db_register_sync -> alpm_register_syncdb
+  - alpm_db_unregister_all -> alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs
+  - alpm_db_readgroup -> alpm_db_get_group
+  - alpm_db_set_pkgreason -> alpm_pkg_set_reason (handle parameter removed)
+- alpm_time_t typedef used for all times
+  - members of alpm_pgpkey_t
+  - return types of alpm_pkg_get_builddate and alpm_pkg_get_installdate
+- delta options now use required ratio rather than on/off
+  - alpm_option_get_usedelta -> alpm_option_get_deltaratio
+  - alpm_option_set_usedelta -> alpm_option_set_deltaratio
+
+[ADDED]
+- tracking of how a package was validated:
+  - alpm_pkgvalidation_t
+  - alpm_pkg_get_validation()
+- adjustable signature verification levels for upgrade operations:
+  - alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
+- sync database usage functions:
+  - alpm_db_usage_t
+  - alpm_db_set_usage()
+  - alpm_db_get_usage()
+- wrapper functions for reading mtree files
+  - alpm_pkg_mtree_open()
+  - alpm_pkg_mtree_next()
+  - alpm_pkg_mtree_close()
+- utility functions
+  - alpm_pkg_find()
+  - alpm_pkg_compute_optionalfor()
+  - alpm_filelist_contains()
+- types
+  - alpm_time_t
+  - alpm_errno_t
+- flags
+   ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REQUIRED, ALPM_EVENT_DATABASE_MISSING,
+   ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_START, ALPM_EVENT_KEYRING_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_START,
+   ALPM_EVENT_KEY_DOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_PROGRESS_KEYRING_START
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.1 AND 4.2
+===============================
+
+[CHANGED]
+- alpm_filelist_t - removed member resolved_path
+- alpm_filelist_contains - now returns alpm_file_t
+- event callback
+   - alpm_event_t renamed to alpm_event_type_t
+   - alpm_event_t union added
+   - alpm_event_cb now takes only an alpm_event_t parameter
+   - alpm_event_any_t, alpm_package_operation_t, alpm_event_package_operation_t,
+     alpm_event_optdep_removal_t, alpm_event_delta_patch_t, alpm_event_scriptlet_info_t,
+     alpm_event_database_missing_t, alpm_event_pkgdownload_t, alpm_event_pacnew_created_t,
+     alpm_event_pacsave_created_t, alpm_event_pacorig_created_t added
+   - ALPM_EVENT_*_START -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_START
+   - ALPM_EVENT_*_DONE -> ALPM_EVENT_PACKAGE_OPERATION_DONE
+- question callback
+   - alpm_question_t renamed to alpm_question_type_t
+   - alpm_question_t union added
+   - alpm_cb_question now takes only an alpm_question_t parameter
+   - alpm_question_any_t, alpm_question_install_ignorepkg_t, alpm_question_replace_t
+     alpm_question_conflict_t, alpm_question_corrupted_t, alpm_question_remove_pkgs_t,
+     alpm_question_select_provider_t, alpm_question_import_key_t added
+
+[ADDED]
+- memory management
+  - alpm_fileconflict_free()
+  - alpm_depmissing_free()
+  - alpm_conflict_free()
+  - alpm_dep_free()
+- database usage
+  - alpm_db_usage_t
+  - alpm_db_set_usage()
+  - alpm_db_get_usage()
+- assume installed
+  - alpm_option_get_assumeinstalled()
+  - alpm_option_add_assumeinstalled()
+  - alpm_option_set_assumeinstalled()
+  - alpm_option_remove_assumeinstalled()
+- using noupgrade/noextract
+  - alpm_option_match_noupgrade()
+  - alpm_option_match_noextract()
+- utility functions
+  - alpm_dep_from_string()
+  - alpm_pkg_should_ignore()
+  - alpm_decode_signature()
+  - alpm_extract_keyid()
+- flags
+  - ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START,
+    ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED, ALPM_EVENT_OPTDEP_REMOVAL,
+    ALPM_EVENT_PACNEW_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACSVAE_CREATED, ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 4.2 AND 5.0
+===============================
+
+[REMOVED]
+- alpm_siglevel_t - removed members ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_SET, ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_TRUST_SET
+- removed .pacorig generation
+  - ALPM_EVENT_PACORIG_CREATED
+  - alpm_event_pacorig_created_t
+  - alpm_event_t.pacorig_created
+
+[ADDED]
+- hook support
+  - alpm_option_get_hookdirs()
+  - alpm_option_set_hookdirs()
+  - alpm_option_add_hookdir()
+  - alpm_option_remove_hookdir()
+  - alpm_event_hook_t, alpm_event_hook_run_t
+  - alpm_hook_when_t
+  - ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_DONE
+  - ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_START, ALPM_EVENT_HOOK_RUN_DONE
+  - ALPM_ERR_TRANS_HOOK_FAILED
+- different database extension support
+  - alpm_option_get_dbext()
+  - alpm_option_set_dbext()
+- pkgbase accessor
+  - alpm_pkg_get_base()
+- transaction events
+  - ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_START, ALPM_EVENT_TRANSACTION_DONE
+- database unlocking
+  - alpm_unlock()
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.0 AND 5.1
+===============================
+
+[CHANGED]
+- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_OK
+- alpm_siglevel_t - value of ALPM_SIG_USE_DEFAULT changed
+- functions using bitfields return/pass an int instead of an enum
+  - alpm_option_get_default_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_set_default_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_get_remote_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_set_remote_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_register_syncdb()
+  - alpm_db_get_siglevel()
+  - alpm_db_set_usage()
+  - alpm_db_get_usage()
+  - alpm_pkg_load()
+  - alpm_pkg_get_validation()
+  - alpm_trans_get_flags()
+  - alpm_trans_init()
+  - alpm_option_get_local_file_siglevel()
+  - alpm_option_set_local_file_siglevel()
+
+[ADDED]
+- overwrite support
+  - alpm_option_get_overwrite_files()
+  - alpm_option_set_overwrite_files()
+  - alpm_option_add_overwrite_file()
+  - alpm_option_remove_overwrite_file()
+- download timeout control
+  - alpm_option_set_disable_dl_timeout()
+- access make/checkdepends info
+  - alpm_pkg_get_checkdepends()
+  - alpm_pkg_get_makedepends()
+- check pacman capabilities
+  - alpm_capabilities()
+- duplicate and add to list
+  - alpm_list_append_strdup()
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.1 AND 5.2
+===============================
+
+[REMOVED]
+- package delta support
+  - alpm_delta_t
+  - alpm_event_delta_patch_t
+  - alpm_event_t union - removed alpm_event_delta_patch_t
+  - ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_INTEGRITY_DONE,
+    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCHES_DONE,
+    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_START, ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_DONE,
+    ALPM_EVENT_DELTA_PATCH_FAILED
+  - ALPM_ERR_DLT_INVALID, ALPM_ERR_DLT_PATCHFAILED
+  - alpm_option_get_deltaratio()
+  - alpm_option_set_deltaratio()
+  - alpm_pkg_get_deltas()
+  - alpm_pkg_unused_deltas()
+- alpm_transflag_t - removed member ALPM_TRANS_FLAG_FORCE
+
+[CHANGED]
+- alpm_errno_t - added member ALPM_ERR_MISSING_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
+- alpm_sync_newversion() replaced with alpm_sync_get_new_version() which
+  does not filter on any ALPM_DB_USAGE_*.
+
+
+API CHANGES BETWEEN 5.2 AND 6.0
+===============================
+
+[REMOVED]
+- ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_START, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_DONE, ALPM_EVENT_PKGDOWNLOAD_FAILED
+- ALPM_ERR_PKG_REPO_NOT_FOUND
+- old TotalDownload implementation
+ - alpm_cb_totaldl
+ - alpm_option_get_totaldlcb()
+ - alpm_option_set_totaldlcb()
+
+[CHANGED]
+- alpm_db_update() now accepts a list of databases rather than a single database.
+- alpm_fetch_pkgurl() accepts a list of packages to download.
+- alpm_db_search() now has an additional parameter and returns success status
+- ALPM_EVENT_RETRIEVE_* -> ALPM_EVENT_DB_RETRIEVE_* and ALPM_EVENT_PKG_RETRIEVE_*
+- alpm_cb_download pass event and data
+- multi architecture support
+ - alpm_option_get_arch() -> alpm_option_get_architectures()
+ - alpm_option_set_arch() -> alpm_option_set_architectures()
+- alpm_db_get_servers() copies parameter data
+
+[ADDED]
+- parallel download support
+ - alpm_option_set_parallel_downloads()
+ - alpm_option_get_parallel_downloads()
+- file download events
+ - alpm_download_event_type_t
+ - alpm_download_event_init_t
+ - alpm_download_event_progress_t
+ - alpm_download_event_completed_t
+- download misc
+ - ALPM_DOWNLOAD_RETRY
+ - alpm_download_event_retry_t
+ - alpm_event_pkg_retrieve_t
+- multiarchitecture support
+ - alpm_option_add_architecture()
+ - alpm_option_remove_architecture()
+- misc
+ - alpm_pkg_get_sig()
+- callbacks add front-end provided context

RELEASE

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+The following checklist should be used for making a pacman release.
+
+- Ensure "ninja dist" succeeds
+- Call a freeze to development.
+- Send translation updates to Transifex at least two weeks before a major
+  release (see below).  At this stage, strings can only be changed for a
+  major issue.
+- Update NEWS and README files
+- Pull translation updates from Transifex
+- Update version in meson.build as described in file
+- Update doc/index.asciidoc
+- Create a signed git tag (git tag -s vX.Y.Z -m "commit message")
+- Create and sign release tarballs (generate with "ninja dist")
+- Update pacman website
+
+Transifex updates are handled using the transifex client. The basic process is:
+- Pull updates from transifex ("tx pull -a -f --minimum-perc 75")
+- Update po files ("./build-aux/update-po")
+- Fix all translation errors found
+- Add any new locales to the relevant LINGUAS file
+- Optional: Make any manual changes needed (e.g. fixing spacing in a string)
+  and update po files again
+- Push updated po files to transifex ("tx push -s -t --skip")

TODO.aaron

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-== This is my custom TODO file ==
-
-* transaction object should contain two package list (install and remove)
-  instead of a single list of syncpkgs - this should allow us to get rid of that
-  type.  This also requires seperate functionality to return a list of
-  "replaces" packages to the front end, so the frontend can handle the QUESTION()
-  stuff in that case
-
-* libalpm -> front end communication needs a work-up.  Both progress functions
-  can be combined into one callback, IFF we adjust it to accept a prefix string
-  for the progress bars, and format it at the lib side.  Question functions
-  should also do the same - create the string at the library side, and simply
-  call some sort of int yes_no = ask_question("Do foo with bar?");
-
-* move logging (alpm_logaction) out of the library.  log files should be
-  written by the app, not the library.  Adding a PM_LOG_* constant that
-  frontends can recognize and send to a file is probably a good idea.
-
-* clear up list allocation/deallocation - some lists need to be free'd, some
-  do not and there is no clear indication WHEN this should happen.
-
-* remove DB entries (directories) on a read error?
-
-* Add a pm_errstr error string, which will allow us to do things like:
-    pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
-    pm_errstr = archive_error_string(archive);
-  or:
-    pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBDOWNLOAD;
-    pm_errstr = downloadLastErrString;
-  This way we don't break abstraction when returning specific errors in
-  cases like the above.
-
-* pacman: A LOT of functions are way too long.  There should be an upper limit of
-  100-200 lines.  _alpm_add_commit is around 600 lines, and is far too complex.
-
-* pacman: fixup doxygen documentation for public interface
-
-* feature for 3.1: package file hooks *
-  I've been planning on this one for some time.  Here's a simple rundown:
-  in /etc/pacman.d/hooks:
-     Hook /usr/include/* : /usr/bin/ctags -R /usr/include/*.h -f /usr/include/systags
-  This will allow us to make "global hooks" to simplify a lot of repetitive
-  install files (scrollkeeper, depmod, etc).  This also allows us to move
-  ldconfig out of pacman entirely.
-  possible: /etc/pacman.hooks/* files for hooks, so packages can add them too
-
-* feature for 3.1: multiple search/match types
-  option: MatchType regex (current way)
-          MatchType fnmatch (use fnmatch to match things like 'pacman -S gnome*')
-          MatchType plain (no matching.  expect plain text).
-
-* feature for 3.1: revamp the autotools system.  I'd LOVE to use a manual system
-  like wmii and friends do.  It'd be real nice if we could just do away with
-  autotools altogether.
-
-**** BUGS ****
-* Removal of conflicts on -A and -U (INCOMPLETE)

TODO.dan

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-TODO.dan
-========
-
-This is my personal TODO list. No guarantees if it is out of date and things no
-longer apply. If you want to help out with any of it, send me an email.
-
-Pacman 3.1:
------------
-
-Downgrade feature - allow users to see cached packages and downgrade to
-(previous or any?) available options.
-
-Installed size and download size in -Si/Qi output should scale with package
-size- KB to MB to GB. We should also get consistancy of K/KB, M/MB, etc.
-
-Extreme similarity between some of the sync and add code...we have to be able
-to abstract more away from sync actions and add actions to just 'actions'
-(example: sync,c, add.c, and deptest.c all contain a switch on PM_DEP_MOD_*).
-Merge update, add, and sync code when possible, so we reduce duplication.
-
-Review progress/transaction event subsystem. (from TODO)
-
-Add Doxygen comments to every function in libalpm including private functions.
-Ensure functions are doing exactly their purpose and nothing more. Find
-functions that perform duplicate behavior and merge them. Combine and refactor
-others. Delete unnecessary functions. Stop keeping everything clustered in
-little add/sync/remove parts, allow transactions to share code.
-
-Go through options list. Decide if namings are good, all options are still
-relevant, etc. Ideas for -Re (#6273), changing meaning of -c (has two meanings,
-another FS bug), etc. Remove the -A flag and possibly -D, -T, and -Y (-Y is
-killed now in favor of vercmp binary) if they can be done by other actions.
-Possible switch of -U --> -I (#5571).
-
-Review display and logging functions. There seems to be an abundance of them.
-Make it extensible to use color, review what verbose/debug means. Perhaps
-separate logging functionality- Pacman has its normal log, and alpm backend
-keeps a very simple log file - listing only adds (including syncs) and removes.
-This way a consistency list can be kept of what is currently installed and what
-isn't, without all the logging junk from the front end.
-
-Profile the code. Find the functions that are being called a lot, and see what
-can be done about it. Find out if all these calls are necessary (e.g. excessive
-alpm_list_count calls), and maybe think about changing data structures to speed
-operations up (e.g. a 'count' field). NOTE: already found two huge issues with
-quick profiling- excessive setlocale calls, and extremely excessive strcmp
-calls.
-
-Fix other localized issues- use non-printf when necessary. We may need to use
-some wchar_t output on the progress bar as char/byte counts differ here. Sizes
-of packages (e.g. 10,400.23 MB) should all be localized with correct
-seperators.
-
-Rewrite makepkg to use terminal-safe coloring/bolding. tput utility should
-allow us to do this. Make universal message functions for systemwide use,
-including all pacman utilites- abs, pacman-optimize, etc.
-
-Bugs/FRs to smash: 6468, 6437, 6430?, 6420, 6404, 6389, 6312?, 6284, 6273?,
-6255?, 6208, 5987, 5885, 5571, 4182, 3492, 2810?, 1769, 1588, 1571
-
-Update doxygen comments, they may need some work. Try to document all of the
-private internal functions too- it helps a ton for people just getting a
-start on pacman hacking.
-
-Other smaller things:
----------------------
-
-unsigned int vs. unsigned- determine a standard and stick with it
-
-FS #4185 - move where message is logged, perhaps?
-
-Update copyrights (2007)
-
-Update pacman website, and add/finish pacman coding style page
-
-Refine makepkg error codes. Each kind of failure could have its own code:
-  --package already built
-  --failed integ checks
-  --failed build
-  --etc.
-
-Add utility function to either frontend or backend to convert sizes: e.g. bytes
-to KB, MB, GB.
-
-Revamp the downloadprog function a bit. Seems kind of messy.
-
---print-uri option to sync should not require saying yes or no to up to date
-
-Build a replacement for this, or at least standardize its use. We shouldn't
-always need to pass handle->root around, it is constant. Something like char*
-buildpath(file).
-	/* build the new entryname relative to handle->root */
-	snprintf(filename, PATH_MAX, "%s%s", handle->root, entryname);
-
-Random ideas:
--------------
-
-Possibly split utilities/extras from pacman package
-
-Make .indent.pro file for GNU indent (started, but didn't finish)
-

TRANSLATORS

@@ -1,14 +1,13 @@
-Thanks to all of those who have helped translate pacman, both in the past
-and currently. Here are some of the current translators (past translators
-can be found by looking in the GIT history).
+Thanks to all of those who have helped translate pacman, both in the past and
+currently. Our translations are currently maintained in Transifex; please read
+doc/translation-help.txt for more details.
 
-If your language is listed here and you are interested in helping translate,
-contact either the pacman mailing list at pacman-dev@archlinux.org, or one
-of the translators listed above.
+Below is a list of past translators before we switched to Transifex; more can
+be found by looking in the GIT history.
 
-If your language is not listed here and you wish it was, let the pacman mailing
-list know you are interested in making a translation. We will be happy to add
-your language to the mix.
+If your language is not already in the various po/ subdirectories and you wish
+it was, set up a team in Transifex for your language and we will be happy to
+add your language to the mix.
 
 Catalan (ca):
 	Manuel Tortosa <manutortosa@chakra-project.org>

acinclude.m4

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-dnl acinclude.m4 - configure macros used by pacman and libalpm
-dnl Add some custom macros for pacman and libalpm
-
-dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
-dnl adds -lssp to LIBS if it is available
-dnl ssp is usually provided as part of libc, but was previously a separate lib
-dnl It does not hurt to add -lssp even if libc provides SSP - in that case
-dnl libssp will simply be ignored.
-AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB],[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libssp exists], ssp_cv_lib,
-    [ssp_old_libs="$LIBS"
-     LIBS="$LIBS -lssp"
-     AC_TRY_LINK(,, ssp_cv_lib=yes, ssp_cv_lib=no)
-     LIBS="$ssp_old_libs"
-    ])
-  if test $ssp_cv_lib = yes; then
-    LIBS="$LIBS -lssp"
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
-dnl checks -fstack-protector-all with the C compiler, if it exists then updates
-dnl CFLAGS and defines ENABLE_SSP_CC
-AC_DEFUN([GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC],[
-  AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
-  if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fstack-protector-all],
-      ssp_cv_cc,
-      [ssp_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
-       CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector-all"
-       AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, ssp_cv_cc=yes, ssp_cv_cc=no)
-       CFLAGS="$ssp_old_cflags"
-      ])
-    if test $ssp_cv_cc = yes; then
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fstack-protector-all"
-      AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_SSP_CC], 1, [Define if SSP C support is enabled.])
-    fi
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
-dnl checks -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE with the C compiler, if it exists then updates
-dnl CFLAGS
-AC_DEFUN([GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC],[
-  AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
-  if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING(for FORTIFY_SOURCE support)
-    AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <features.h>], [
-      int main() {
-      #if !(__GNUC_PREREQ (4, 1) )
-      #error No FORTIFY_SOURCE support
-      #endif
-        return 0;
-      }
-    ], [
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2"
-    ], [
-      AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-  ])
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
-dnl checks -fvisibility=internal with the C compiler, if it exists then
-dnl defines ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC in both configure script and Makefiles
-AC_DEFUN([GCC_VISIBILITY_CC],[
-  AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
-  if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether ${CC} accepts -fvisibility=internal],
-      visibility_cv_cc,
-      [visibility_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
-       CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=internal"
-       AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, visibility_cv_cc=yes, visibility_cv_cc=no)
-       CFLAGS="$visibility_old_cflags"
-      ])
-    if test $visibility_cv_cc = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC], 1, [Define if symbol visibility C support is enabled.])
-    fi
-    AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC], test "x$visibility_cv_cc" = "xyes")
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
-dnl checks -fgnu89-inline with the C compiler, if it exists then defines
-dnl ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC in both configure script and Makefiles
-AC_DEFUN([GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC],[
-  AC_LANG_ASSERT(C)
-  if test "X$CC" != "X"; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for -fgnu89-inline],
-    gnu89_inline_cv_cc,
-    [ gnu89_inline_old_cflags="$CFLAGS"
-      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fgnu89-inline"
-      AC_TRY_COMPILE(,, gnu89_inline_cv_cc=yes, gnu89_inline_cv_cc=no)
-      CFLAGS="$gnu89_inline_old_cflags"
-    ])
-    if test $gnu89_inline_cv_cc = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE([ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC], 1, [Define if gnu89 inlining semantics should be used.])
-    fi
-    AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC], test "x$gnu89_inline_cv_cc" = "xyes")
-  fi
-])
-
-dnl Checks for getmntinfo and determines whether it uses statfs or statvfs
-AC_DEFUN([FS_STATS_TYPE],
-  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([filesystem statistics type], fs_stats_cv_type,
-    [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getmntinfo,
-      [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE(
-        [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
-# include <sys/param.h>
-# include <sys/mount.h>
-#if HAVE_SYS_UCRED_H
-#include <sys/ucred.h>
-#endif
-extern int getmntinfo (struct statfs **, int);
-]],
-          [])],
-        [fs_stats_cv_type="struct statfs"],
-        [fs_stats_cv_type="struct statvfs"])],
-      [AC_CHECK_FUNC(getmntent,
-        [fs_stats_cv_type="struct statvfs"])]
-    )]
-  )
-  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(FSSTATSTYPE, [$fs_stats_cv_type],
-    [Defined as the filesystem stats type ('statvfs' or 'statfs')])
-])
-
-dnl Checks for PATH_MAX and defines it if not present
-AC_DEFUN([PATH_MAX_DEFINED],
-  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([PATH_MAX defined], path_max_cv_defined,
-    [AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [[
-#include <limits.h>
-#if defined(PATH_MAX)
-yes
-#endif
-]],
-      [path_max_cv_defined=yes],
-      [path_max_cv_defined=no])]
-  )
-  if test $path_max_cv_defined = no; then
-    AC_DEFINE([PATH_MAX], 4096, [Define if PATH_MAX is undefined by limits.h.])
-  fi
-])

autoclean.sh

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh -xu
-
-[ -f Makefile ] && make distclean
-rm -rf autom4te.cache
-rm -f {Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f {config.h.in,config.h}
-rm -f config.status
-rm -f configure
-rm -f stamp*
-rm -f aclocal.m4
-rm -f compile
-rm -f libtool
-
-rm -f lib/libalpm/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f src/util/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f src/pacman/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f scripts/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f etc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f etc/pacman.d/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f etc/abs/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f test/{pacman,util}{,/tests}/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f contrib/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f doc/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-
-rm -f test/pacman/*.pyc
-rm -f doc/html/*.html
-rm -f doc/man3/*.3
-
-rm -f po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f po/POTFILES
-rm -f po/stamp-po
-rm -f po/*.gmo
-
-rm -f lib/libalpm/po/{Makefile.in,Makefile}
-rm -f lib/libalpm/po/POTFILES
-rm -f lib/libalpm/po/stamp-po
-rm -f lib/libalpm/po/*.gmo

autogen.sh

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh -xu
-
-aclocal -I m4 --install
-autoheader
-automake --foreign
-autoconf

build-aux/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+*
+!ltmain-asneeded.patch

build-aux/cat-test-file

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python3
+
+import sys
+
+for path in sys.argv[1:]:
+    print('# -----------------------------------')
+    print('# ' + path + ':')
+    print('# -----------------------------------')
+    with open(path, 'r') as f:
+        for line in f:
+            print('# ' + line, end='')

build-aux/edit-script.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#!@BASH@
+
+input=$1
+output=$2
+mode=$3
+
+sed \
+  -e "s|@rootdir[@]|@ROOTDIR@|g" \
+  -e "s|@localedir[@]|@LOCALEDIR@|g" \
+  -e "s|@sysconfdir[@]|@sysconfdir@|g" \
+  -e "s|@localstatedir[@]|@localstatedir@|g" \
+  -e "s|@libmakepkgdir[@]|@LIBMAKEPKGDIR@|g" \
+  -e "s|@pkgdatadir[@]|@PKGDATADIR@|g" \
+  -e "s|@prefix[@]|@PREFIX@|g" \
+  -e "1s|#!/bin/bash|#!@BASH@|g" \
+  -e "s|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|@PACKAGE_VERSION@|g" \
+  -e "s|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|@PACKAGE_NAME@|g" \
+  -e "s|@BUILDSCRIPT[@]|@BUILDSCRIPT@|g" \
+  -e "s|@TEMPLATE_DIR[@]|@TEMPLATE_DIR@|g" \
+  -e "s|@DEBUGSUFFIX[@]|@DEBUGSUFFIX@|g" \
+  -e "s|@INODECMD[@]|@INODECMD@|g" \
+  -e "s|@FILECMD[@]|@FILECMD@|g" \
+  "$input" >"$output"
+
+if [[ $mode ]]; then
+  chmod "$mode" "$output"
+fi

build-aux/meson-make-symlink.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+set -eu
+
+# this is needed mostly because $DESTDIR is provided as a variable,
+# and we need to create the target directory...
+
+mkdir -vp "$(dirname "${DESTDIR:-}$2")"
+
+rm -f "${DESTDIR:-}$2"
+ln -vs "$1" "${DESTDIR:-}$2"

build-aux/print-failed-test-output

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#!/usr/bin/python
+
+import json
+import sys
+
+def print_result(result):
+    print('==================================================================')
+    print(result['name'])
+    print(' '.join(result['command']))
+    print('==================================================================')
+    print(result['stdout'])
+
+with open(sys.argv[1], 'r') as f:
+    for line in f:
+        result = json.loads(line)
+        if result['result'] == 'FAIL':
+            print_result(result)

build-aux/script-wrapper.sh.in

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+# This script serves as a trampoline for running scripts which depend on
+# libmakepkg with the libmakepkg within the build tree.
+
+LIBRARY=@BUILDDIR@/libmakepkg exec @BASH@ -$- @REAL_PROGPATH@ "$@"

build-aux/update-copyright

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+
+OLD=$1
+NEW=$2
+
+for file in $(git grep -l "Copyright .* Pacman Development" | grep -v "\.po"); do \
+	sed -i -e "/Copyright (/s/-${OLD}/-${NEW}/" -e "/Copyright (/s/ ${OLD}/ ${OLD}-${NEW}/" "$file"
+done

build-aux/update-po

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#!/bin/bash
+
+find_build_directory() {
+  local build_dirs=(*/build.ninja)
+
+  if [[ ! -e ${build_dirs[0]} ]]; then
+    echo "error: No build directory found. Have you run 'meson build' yet?" >&2
+    return 1
+  elif (( ${#build_dirs[*]} > 1 )); then
+    echo "error: Multiple build directories found. Unable to proceed." >&2
+    return 1
+  fi
+
+  printf '%s\n' "${build_dirs[0]%/*}"
+}
+
+
+filter_targets_by_name() {
+  if command -v jq &>/dev/null; then
+    jq --arg re "$1" -r 'map(.name)[] | select(match($re))'
+  else
+    json_pp | awk -v filter="$1" -F'[:"]' \
+        '$2 == "name" && $(NF - 1) ~ filter { print $(NF - 1) }'
+  fi
+}
+
+# Make things simple and require that we're in the build root rather than
+# trying to chase down the location of this script and the relative build dir.
+if [[ ! -d .git ]]; then
+  echo "This script must be run from the root of the repository" >&2
+  exit 1
+fi
+
+build_dir=$(find_build_directory) || exit 1
+
+mapfile -t targets < \
+    <(meson introspect "$build_dir" --targets | filter_targets_by_name "-update-po$")
+
+ninja -C "$build_dir" "${targets[@]}"

config.rpath

@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
-# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
-#
-#   Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#   Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
-#   Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
-#
-#   This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
-#   unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
-#   modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-#
-# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or
-#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
-# should be set by the caller.
-#
-# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
-
-# Known limitations:
-# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
-#   than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
-#   known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
-#   directory and/or the installation directory.
-
-# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
-# which needs '.lib').
-libext=a
-shrext=.so
-
-host="$1"
-host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
-host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
-host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
-
-for cc_temp in $CC""; do
-  case $cc_temp in
-    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
-    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
-    \-*) ;;
-    *) break;;
-  esac
-done
-cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
-
-wl=
-if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-  wl='-Wl,'
-else
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    darwin*)
-      case $cc_basename in
-        xlc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
-      ;;
-    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    newsos6)
-      ;;
-    linux*)
-      case $cc_basename in
-        icc* | ecc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        ccc*)
-          wl='-Wl,'
-          ;;
-        como)
-          wl='-lopt='
-          ;;
-        *)
-          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
-            *Sun\ C*)
-              wl='-Wl,'
-              ;;
-          esac
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    sco3.2v5*)
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      wl='-Qoption ld '
-      ;;
-    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      ;;
-    unicos*)
-      wl='-Wl,'
-      ;;
-    uts4*)
-      ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
-
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-hardcode_libdir_separator=
-hardcode_direct=no
-hardcode_minus_L=no
-
-case "$host_os" in
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
-    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-    # Microsoft Visual C++.
-    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
-      with_gnu_ld=no
-    fi
-    ;;
-  interix*)
-    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
-    with_gnu_ld=yes
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    with_gnu_ld=no
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ld_shlibs=yes
-if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
-  # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
-  # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
-  # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
-  # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
-  # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
-  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
-      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
-      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
-      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
-      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
-      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
-      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
-      # them.
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-    beos*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    interix3*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      ;;
-    linux*)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    netbsd*)
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
-      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
-        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
-          ld_shlibs=no
-          ;;
-        *)
-          if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
-          else
-            ld_shlibs=no
-          fi
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    *)
-      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
-        :
-      else
-        ld_shlibs=no
-      fi
-      ;;
-  esac
-  if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
-    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
-  fi
-else
-  case "$host_os" in
-    aix3*)
-      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
-      # are no directories specified by -L.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
-        # broken collect2.
-        hardcode_direct=unsupported
-      fi
-      ;;
-    aix4* | aix5*)
-      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-        # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
-        # have to do anything special.
-        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-      else
-        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
-        # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
-        # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
-        # need to do runtime linking.
-        case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
-          for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
-            if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
-              aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
-              break
-            fi
-          done
-          ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
-          collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
-          if test -f "$collect2name" && \
-            strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
-          then
-            # We have reworked collect2
-            hardcode_direct=yes
-          else
-            # We have old collect2
-            hardcode_direct=unsupported
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-            hardcode_libdir_separator=
-          fi
-          ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
-      echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
-      ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
-      aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
-}'`
-      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-        aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
-}'`
-      fi
-      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
-        aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
-      fi
-      rm -f conftest.c conftest
-      # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
-      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-      else
-        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
-        else
-          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
-        fi
-      fi
-      ;;
-    amigaos*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-    bsdi[45]*)
-      ;;
-    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
-      # Microsoft Visual C++.
-      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
-      # no search path for DLLs.
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
-      libext=lib
-      ;;
-    darwin* | rhapsody*)
-      hardcode_direct=no
-      if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
-        :
-      else
-        case $cc_basename in
-          xlc*)
-            ;;
-          *)
-            ld_shlibs=no
-            ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-    dgux*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      ;;
-    freebsd1*)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-    freebsd2.2*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    freebsd2*)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    hpux9*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-      # but as the default location of the library.
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    hpux10*)
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-        hardcode_direct=yes
-        # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-        # but as the default location of the library.
-        hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-    hpux11*)
-      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
-        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-        case $host_cpu in
-          hppa*64*|ia64*)
-            hardcode_direct=no
-            ;;
-          *)
-            hardcode_direct=yes
-            # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
-            # but as the default location of the library.
-            hardcode_minus_L=yes
-            ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    netbsd*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      ;;
-    newsos6)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    openbsd*)
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-      else
-        case "$host_os" in
-          openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-            ;;
-          *)
-            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
-            ;;
-        esac
-      fi
-      ;;
-    os2*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    osf3*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    osf4* | osf5*)
-      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
-      else
-        # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
-        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
-      fi
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
-      ;;
-    solaris*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
-      ;;
-    sunos4*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      hardcode_direct=yes
-      hardcode_minus_L=yes
-      ;;
-    sysv4)
-      case $host_vendor in
-        sni)
-          hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
-          ;;
-        siemens)
-          hardcode_direct=no
-          ;;
-        motorola)
-          hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
-          ;;
-      esac
-      ;;
-    sysv4.3*)
-      ;;
-    sysv4*MP*)
-      if test -d /usr/nec; then
-        ld_shlibs=yes
-      fi
-      ;;
-    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
-      ;;
-    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
-      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
-      ;;
-    uts4*)
-      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
-      ;;
-    *)
-      ld_shlibs=no
-      ;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-# Check dynamic linker characteristics
-# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
-libname_spec='lib$name'
-case "$host_os" in
-  aix3*)
-    ;;
-  aix4* | aix5*)
-    ;;
-  amigaos*)
-    ;;
-  beos*)
-    ;;
-  bsdi[45]*)
-    ;;
-  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
-    shrext=.dll
-    ;;
-  darwin* | rhapsody*)
-    shrext=.dylib
-    ;;
-  dgux*)
-    ;;
-  freebsd1*)
-    ;;
-  kfreebsd*-gnu)
-    ;;
-  freebsd* | dragonfly*)
-    ;;
-  gnu*)
-    ;;
-  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
-    case $host_cpu in
-      ia64*)
-        shrext=.so
-        ;;
-      hppa*64*)
-        shrext=.sl
-        ;;
-      *)
-        shrext=.sl
-        ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  interix3*)
-    ;;
-  irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
-    case "$host_os" in
-      irix5* | nonstopux*)
-        libsuff= shlibsuff=
-        ;;
-      *)
-        case $LD in
-          *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
-          *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
-          *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
-          *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
-        esac
-        ;;
-    esac
-    ;;
-  linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
-    ;;
-  linux*)
-    ;;
-  knetbsd*-gnu)
-    ;;
-  netbsd*)
-    ;;
-  newsos6)
-    ;;
-  nto-qnx*)
-    ;;
-  openbsd*)
-    ;;
-  os2*)
-    libname_spec='$name'
-    shrext=.dll
-    ;;
-  osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
-    ;;
-  solaris*)
-    ;;
-  sunos4*)
-    ;;
-  sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
-    ;;
-  sysv4*MP*)
-    ;;
-  sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
-    ;;
-  uts4*)
-    ;;
-esac
-
-sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
-escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
-escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
-
-LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
-
-# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
-wl="$escaped_wl"
-
-# Static library suffix (normally "a").
-libext="$libext"
-
-# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
-shlibext="$shlibext"
-
-# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
-# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
-hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
-
-# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
-hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
-
-# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-# resulting binary.
-hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
-
-# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
-# resulting binary.
-hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
-
-EOF

configure.ac

@@ -1,425 +0,0 @@
-#                                               -*- Autoconf -*-
-# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
-# Minimum version of autoconf required
-AC_PREREQ(2.62)
-
-# UPDATING VERSION NUMBERS FOR RELEASES
-#
-# libalpm:
-# current
-#   The most recent interface number that this library implements.
-# revision
-#   The implementation number of the current interface.
-# age
-#   The difference between the newest and oldest interfaces that this library
-#   implements. In other words, the library implements all the interface
-#   numbers in the range from number current - age to current.
-#
-# 1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
-# 2. Update the version information only immediately before a public release of
-#    your software. More frequent updates are unnecessary, and only guarantee
-#    that the current interface number gets larger faster.
-# 3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last update, then
-#    increment revision (`c:r:a' becomes `c:r+1:a').
-# 4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the last
-#    update, increment current, and set revision to 0.
-# 5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release, then
-#    increment age.
-# 6. If any interfaces have been removed since the last public release, then
-#    set age to 0.
-#
-# pacman:
-#   Extreme huge major changes:
-#     pacman_version_major += 1
-#     pacman_version_minor = 0
-#     pacman_version_micro = 0
-#
-#   Real releases:
-#     pacman_version_minor += 1
-#     pacman_version_micro = 0
-#
-#   Bugfix releases:
-#     pacman_version_micro += 1
-
-m4_define([lib_current], [6])
-m4_define([lib_revision], [0])
-m4_define([lib_age], [0])
-
-m4_define([pacman_version_major], [3])
-m4_define([pacman_version_minor], [5])
-m4_define([pacman_version_micro], [0])
-m4_define([pacman_version],
-          [pacman_version_major.pacman_version_minor.pacman_version_micro])
-
-# Autoconf initialization
-AC_INIT([pacman], [pacman_version], [pacman-dev@archlinux.org])
-AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([config.h.in])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
-
-AC_CANONICAL_HOST
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE
-
-LIB_VERSION=`expr lib_current - lib_age`.lib_age.lib_revision
-LIB_VERSION_INFO="lib_current:lib_revision:lib_age"
-
-# Set subsitution values for version stuff in Makefiles and anywhere else,
-# and put LIB_VERSION in config.h
-AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION)
-AC_SUBST(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LIB_VERSION], ["$LIB_VERSION"], [libalpm version number])
-
-# Help line for root directory
-AC_ARG_WITH(root-dir,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-root-dir=path], [set the location of the root operating directory]),
-	[ROOTDIR=$withval], [ROOTDIR=/])
-
-# Help line for package extension
-AC_ARG_WITH(pkg-ext,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-pkg-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by packages]),
-	[PKGEXT=$withval], [PKGEXT=.pkg.tar.gz])
-
-# Help line for source package directory
-AC_ARG_WITH(src-ext,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-src-ext=ext], [set the file extension used by source packages]),
-	[SRCEXT=$withval], [SRCEXT=.src.tar.gz])
-
-# Help line for buildscript filename
-AC_ARG_WITH(buildscript,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-buildscript=name], [set the build script name used by makepkg]),
-	[BUILDSCRIPT=$withval], [BUILDSCRIPT=PKGBUILD])
-
-# Help line for using OpenSSL
-AC_ARG_WITH(openssl,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-openssl], [use OpenSSL crypto implementations instead of internal routines]),
-	[], [with_openssl=check])
-
-# Help line for libfetch
-AC_ARG_WITH(fetch,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--with-fetch], [use libfetch as an internal downloader]),
-	[], [with_fetch=check])
-
-# Help line for documentation
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(doc,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc], [prevent make from looking at doc/ dir]),
-	[wantdoc=$enableval], [wantdoc=yes])
-
-# Help line for doxygen
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(doxygen,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-doxygen], [build your own API docs via Doxygen]),
-	[wantdoxygen=$enableval], [wantdoxygen=no])
-
-# Help line for debug
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(debug,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [enable debugging support]),
-	[debug=$enableval], [debug=no])
-
-# Help line for using git version in pacman version string
-AC_ARG_ENABLE(git-version,
-	AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-git-version],
-		[enable use of git version in version string if available]),
-	[wantgitver=$enableval], [wantgitver=no])
-
-# Checks for programs.
-AC_PROG_AWK
-AC_PROG_CC_C99
-AC_PROG_INSTALL
-AC_PROG_LN_S
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
-AC_PROG_LIBTOOL
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([PYTHON], [python2.7 python2.6 python2.5 python2 python], [false])
-AC_PATH_PROGS([BASH_SHELL], [bash bash4 bash3], [false])
-
-# find installed gettext
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.13.1)
-
-# Check for libarchive
-AC_CHECK_LIB([archive], [archive_read_data], ,
-	AC_MSG_ERROR([libarchive is needed to compile pacman!]))
-
-# Check for OpenSSL
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libssl)
-AS_IF([test "x$with_openssl" != "xno"],
-	[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_CHECK_LIB([ssl], [MD5_Final], ,
-	[if test "x$with_openssl" != "xcheck"; then
-		AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-openssl was given, but -lssl was not found])
-	fi],
-	[-lcrypto])],
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBSSL], [test "x$ac_cv_lib_ssl_MD5_Final" = "xyes"])
-
-# Enable or disable usage of libfetch
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to link with libfetch)
-AS_IF([test "x$with_fetch" != "xno"],
-	[AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_CHECK_LIB([fetch], [fetchParseURL], ,
-	[if test "x$with_fetch" != "xcheck"; then
-		AC_MSG_FAILURE([--with-fetch was given, but -lfetch was not found])
-	fi],
-	[-lcrypto -ldl])
-	# Check if libfetch supports connnection caching which we use
-	AS_IF([test "x$ac_cv_lib_fetch_fetchParseURL" = "xyes"],
-	[AC_CHECK_DECL(fetchConnectionCacheInit, ,
-		AC_MSG_ERROR([libfetch must be version 2.28 or greater]),
-		[#include <fetch.h>])
-	])
-	],
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no))
-AM_CONDITIONAL([HAVE_LIBFETCH], [test "x$ac_cv_lib_fetch_fetchParseURL" = "xyes"])
-
-# Checks for header files.
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h glob.h libintl.h locale.h mntent.h string.h \
-                  sys/ioctl.h sys/mount.h sys/param.h sys/statvfs.h \
-                  sys/time.h sys/types.h sys/ucred.h syslog.h wchar.h])
-
-# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
-AC_C_INLINE
-AC_TYPE_MODE_T
-AC_TYPE_OFF_T
-AC_TYPE_PID_T
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
-AC_STRUCT_TM
-AC_TYPE_UID_T
-AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
-PATH_MAX_DEFINED
-
-# Checks for library functions.
-AC_FUNC_FORK
-AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
-AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
-AC_FUNC_MKTIME
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS([geteuid getmntinfo realpath regcomp strcasecmp \
-                strndup strrchr strsep swprintf \
-                wcwidth uname])
-# For the diskspace code
-FS_STATS_TYPE
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statvfs.f_flag],,,[[#include <sys/statvfs.h>]])
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct statfs.f_flags],,,[[#include <sys/param.h>
-                  #include <sys/mount.h>]])
-
-# Enable large file support if available
-AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
-
-# Check if we can use symbol visibility support in GCC
-GCC_VISIBILITY_CC
-# Check if we have -fgnu89-inline flag
-GCC_GNU89_INLINE_CC
-
-# Host-dependant definitions
-SIZECMD="stat -L -c %s"
-SEDINPLACE="sed -i"
-STRIP_BINARIES="--strip-all"
-STRIP_SHARED="--strip-unneeded"
-STRIP_STATIC="--strip-debug"
-case "${host_os}" in
-	*bsd*)
-		SIZECMD="stat -L -f %z"
-		SEDINPLACE="sed -i ''"
-		;;
-	cygwin*)
-		host_os_cygwin=yes
-		CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -DCYGWIN"
-		;;
-	darwin*)
-		host_os_darwin=yes
-		SIZECMD="/usr/bin/stat -L -f %z"
-		SEDINPLACE="/usr/bin/sed -i ''"
-		STRIP_BINARIES=""
-		STRIP_SHARED="-S"
-		STRIP_STATIC="-S"
-		;;
-esac
-
-AM_CONDITIONAL([CYGWIN], test "x$host_os_cygwin" = "xyes")
-AM_CONDITIONAL([DARWIN], test "x$host_os_darwin" = "xyes")
-AC_PATH_PROGS([DUPATH], [du], [du], [/usr/bin$PATH_SEPARATOR/bin] )
-AC_SUBST(SIZECMD)
-AC_SUBST(SEDINPLACE)
-AC_SUBST(STRIP_BINARIES)
-AC_SUBST(STRIP_SHARED)
-AC_SUBST(STRIP_STATIC)
-
-# Check for architecture, used in default makepkg.conf
-# (Note single space left after CARCHFLAGS)
-case "${host}" in
-	i686-*)
-		CARCH="i686"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-march=i686 "
-		;;
-	x86_64-*)
-		CARCH="x86_64"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-march=x86-64 "
-		;;
-	ia64-*)
-		CARCH="ia64"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-march=ia64 "
-		;;
-	sparc-*)
-		CARCH="sparc"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-mcpu=v9 "
-		;;
-	ppc-* | powerpc-*)
-		CARCH="ppc"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-mcpu=750 "
-		;;
-	i386-*)
-		CARCH="i386"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-march=i386 "
-		;;
-	arm-*)
-		CARCH="arm"
-		CARCHFLAGS="-march=armv4 "
-		;;
-	*)
-		AC_MSG_WARN([[Your architecture is unknown for makepkg.conf, consider adding it to configure.ac]])
-		CARCH="unknown"
-		CARCHFLAGS=""
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Now do some things common to all architectures
-CHOST="${host}"
-AC_SUBST(CARCH)
-AC_SUBST(CARCHFLAGS)
-AC_SUBST(CHOST)
-
-# Check for documentation support and status
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([ASCIIDOC], [asciidoc])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for building documentation])
-if test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes" ; then
-	if test $ASCIIDOC ; then
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, enabled by configure])
-	else
-		asciidoc="(warning : asciidoc not installed)"
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes $asciidoc])
-	fi
-	wantdoc=yes
-else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
-	wantdoc=no
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(WANT_DOC, test "x$wantdoc" = "xyes")
-
-# Check for doxygen support and status
-AC_CHECK_PROGS([DOXYGEN], [doxygen])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for doxygen])
-if test "x$wantdoxygen" = "xyes" ; then
-	if test $DOXYGEN ; then
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-		usedoxygen=yes
-	else
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([no, doxygen missing])
-		usedoxygen=no
-	fi
-else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
-	usedoxygen=no
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_DOXYGEN, test "x$usedoxygen" = "xyes")
-
-# Enable or disable debug code
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for debug mode request)
-if test "x$debug" = "xyes" ; then
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-	AC_DEFINE([PACMAN_DEBUG], , [Enable debug code])
-	# Check for mcheck
-	AC_CHECK_HEADERS([mcheck.h])
-	# Check for -fstack-protector availability
-	GCC_STACK_PROTECT_LIB
-	GCC_STACK_PROTECT_CC
-	GCC_FORTIFY_SOURCE_CC
-	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -g -Wall -Werror"
-else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-	CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -Wall"
-fi
-
-# Enable or disable use of git version in pacman version string
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(whether to use git version if available)
-if test "x$wantgitver" = "xyes" ; then
-	AC_CHECK_PROGS([GIT], [git])
-	AC_CHECK_FILE([.git/], hasgitdir=yes)
-	if test $GIT -a "x$hasgitdir" = "xyes"; then
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
-		usegitver=yes
-		AC_DEFINE([USE_GIT_VERSION], , [Use GIT version in version string])
-	else
-		AC_MSG_RESULT([no, git or .git dir missing])
-		usegitver=no
-	fi
-else
-	AC_MSG_RESULT([no, disabled by configure])
-	usegitver=no
-fi
-AM_CONDITIONAL(USE_GIT_VERSION, test "x$usegitver" = "xyes")
-
-# Set root directory
-AC_SUBST(ROOTDIR)
-# Set package file extension
-AC_SUBST(PKGEXT)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PKGEXT], "$PKGEXT", [The file extension used by pacman packages])
-# Set source package file extension
-AC_SUBST(SRCEXT)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SRCEXT], "$SRCEXT", [The file extension used by pacman source packages])
-# Set makepkg build script name
-AC_SUBST(BUILDSCRIPT)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([BUILDSCRIPT], "$BUILDSCRIPT", [The build script name used by makepkg])
-
-# Configuration files
-AC_CONFIG_FILES([
-lib/libalpm/Makefile
-lib/libalpm/po/Makefile.in
-src/pacman/Makefile
-src/util/Makefile
-scripts/Makefile
-doc/Makefile
-etc/Makefile
-po/Makefile.in
-test/pacman/Makefile
-test/pacman/tests/Makefile
-test/util/Makefile
-contrib/Makefile
-Makefile
-])
-AC_OUTPUT
-
-echo "
-${PACKAGE_NAME}:
-
-  Build information:
-    source code location   : ${srcdir}
-    prefix                 : ${prefix}
-    sysconfdir             : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})
-       conf file           : $(eval echo ${sysconfdir})/pacman.conf
-    localstatedir          : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})
-       database dir        : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/lib/pacman/
-       cache dir           : $(eval echo ${localstatedir})/cache/pacman/pkg/
-    compiler               : ${CC}
-    compiler flags         : ${CFLAGS}
-    defines                : ${DEFS}
-
-    Architecture           : ${CARCH}
-    Architecture flags     : ${CARCHFLAGS}
-    Host Type              : ${CHOST}
-    Filesize command       : ${SIZECMD}
-    In-place sed command   : ${SEDINPLACE}
-
-    libalpm version        : ${LIB_VERSION}
-    libalpm version info   : ${LIB_VERSION_INFO}
-    pacman version         : ${PACKAGE_VERSION}
-    using git version      : ${usegitver}
-
-  Directory and file information:
-    root working directory : ${ROOTDIR}
-    package extension      : ${PKGEXT}
-    source pkg extension   : ${SRCEXT}
-    build script name      : ${BUILDSCRIPT}
-
-  Compilation options:
-    Run make in doc/ dir   : ${wantdoc} ${asciidoc}
-    Doxygen support        : ${usedoxygen}
-    debug support          : ${debug}
-"
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

contrib/.gitignore

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-bacman
-bash_completion
-pacdiff
-paclist
-pacscripts
-pacsearch
-wget-xdelta.sh
-zsh_completion

contrib/Makefile.am

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-OURSCRIPTS = \
-	bacman \
-	pacdiff \
-	paclist \
-	pacscripts \
-	pacsearch \
-	wget-xdelta.sh
-
-OURFILES = \
-	bash_completion \
-	zsh_completion
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	PKGBUILD.vim \
-	bacman.in \
-	bash_completion.in \
-	pacdiff.in \
-	paclist.in \
-	pacscripts.in \
-	pacsearch.in \
-	vimprojects \
-	wget-xdelta.sh.in \
-	zsh_completion.in \
-	README
-
-# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES) *.tmp
-
-edit = sed \
-	-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-	-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-	-e 's|@BASH_SHELL[@]|$(BASH_SHELL)|g'
-
-$(OURSCRIPTS): Makefile
-	@echo '    ' GEN $@;
-	@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
-	@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
-	@chmod +x $@.tmp
-	@chmod a-w $@.tmp
-	@mv $@.tmp $@
-
-$(OURFILES): Makefile
-	@echo '    ' GEN $@;
-	@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
-	@$(edit) $(srcdir)/$@.in >$@.tmp
-	@chmod a-w $@.tmp
-	@mv $@.tmp $@
-
-all-am: $(OURSCRIPTS) $(OURFILES)
-
-bacman: $(srcdir)/bacman.in
-bash_completion: $(srcdir)/bash_completion.in
-pacdiff: $(srcdir)/pacdiff.in
-paclist: $(srcdir)/paclist.in
-pacscripts: $(srcdir)/pacscripts.in
-pacsearch: $(srcdir)/pacsearch.in
-pactree: $(srcdir)/pactree.in
-wget-xdelta.sh: $(srcdir)/wget-xdelta.sh.in
-zsh_completion: $(srcdir)/zsh_completion.in
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

contrib/PKGBUILD.vim

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-" Vim syntax file
-" Language:     PKGBUILD
-" Maintainer:   Alessio 'mOLOk' Bolognino <themolok at gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2007/05/08
-" Version Info: PKGBUILD-0.2 (colorphobic)
-
-" For version 5.x: Clear all syntax items
-" For version 6.x: Quit when a syntax file was already loaded
-if version < 600
-	syntax clear
-elseif exists("b:current_syntax")
-	finish
-endif
-
-let b:main_syntax = "sh"
-runtime! syntax/sh.vim
-
-" case on
-syn case match
-
-" pkgname
-" FIXME if '=' is in pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
-syn keyword pb_k_pkgname pkgname contained
-syn match pbValidPkgname /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgname
-syn match pbIllegalPkgname /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
-syn match pbPkgnameGroup /^pkgname=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgname,pb_k_pkgname,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" pkgbase
-" FIXME if '=' is in pkgbase/pkgname/pkgver, it highlights whole string, not just '='
-syn keyword pb_k_pkgbase pkgbase contained
-syn match pbValidPkgbase /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\){,32}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgbase
-syn match pbIllegalPkgbase /[[:upper:]]\|[^[:alnum:]-+_=]\|=.*=\|=['"]\?.\{33,\}['"]\?/ contained
-syn match pbPkgbaseGroup /^pkgbase=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgbase,pb_k_pkgbase,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" pkgver
-syn keyword pb_k_pkgver pkgver contained
-syn match pbValidPkgver /\([[:alnum:]]\|\.\|+\|_\)/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgver
-syn match pbIllegalPkgver /[^[:alnum:]+=\.\_]\|=.*=/ contained
-syn match pbPkgverGroup /^pkgver=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgver,pbValidPkgver,pb_k_pkgver,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" pkgrel
-syn keyword pb_k_pkgrel pkgrel contained
-syn match pbValidPkgrel /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgrel
-syn match pbIllegalPkgrel /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
-syn match pbPkgrelGroup /^pkgrel=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgrel,pbValidPkgrel,pb_k_pkgrel,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" pkgdesc
-syn keyword pb_k_desc pkgdesc contained
-" 90 chars: 80 for description, 8 for pkgdesc and 2 for ''
-syn match pbIllegalPkgdesc /.\{90,}\|=['"]\?.*['" ]\+[iI][sS] [aA]/ contained contains=pbPkgdescSign
-syn match pbValidPkgdesc /[^='"]\.\{,80}/ contained contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc
-syn match pbPkgdescGroup /^pkgdesc=.*/ contains=pbIllegalPkgdesc,pb_k_desc,pbValidPkgdesc,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-syn match pbPkgdescSign /[='"]/ contained
-
-" epoch
-syn keyword pb_k_epoch epoch contained
-syn match pbValidEpoch /[[:digit:]]*/ contained contains=pbIllegalEpoch
-syn match pbIllegalEpoch /[^[:digit:]=]\|=.*=/ contained
-syn match pbEpochGroup /^epoch=.*/ contains=pbIllegalEpoch,pbValidEpoch,pb_k_epoch,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" url
-syn keyword pb_k_url url contained
-syn match pbValidUrl /['"]*\(https\|http\|ftp\)\:\/.*\.\+.*/ contained
-
-syn match pbIllegalUrl /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidUrl
-syn match pbUrlGroup /^url=.*/ contains=pbValidUrl,pb_k_url,pbIllegalUrl,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" license
-syn keyword pb_k_license license contained
-" echo $(pacman -Ql licenses | grep '/usr/share/licenses/common/' | cut -d'/' -f6 | sort -u)
-syn keyword pbLicense  APACHE CCPL CDDL CPL EPL FDL FDL1.2 FDL1.3 GPL GPL2 GPL3 LGPL LGPL2.1 LGPL3 LPPL MPL PerlArtistic PHP PSF RALINK RUBY ZPL contained
-" special cases from http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Arch_Packaging_Standards
-syn keyword pbLicenseSpecial  BSD MIT ZLIB Python contained
-syn match pbLicenseCustom /custom\(:[[:alnum:]]*\)*/ contained
-syn match pbIllegalLicense /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense
-syn region pbLicenseGroup start=/^license=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_license,pbLicenseCustom,pbLicenseSpecial,pbLicense,pbIllegalLicense
-
-" backup
-syn keyword pb_k_backup backup contained
-syn match pbValidBackup   /\.\?[[:alpha:]]*\/[[:alnum:]\{\}+._$-]*]*/ contained
-syn region pbBackupGroup start=/^backup=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_backup,pbValidBackup,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" arch
-syn keyword pb_k_arch arch contained
-syn keyword pbArch i686 x86_64 ppc any contained
-syn match pbIllegalArch /[^='"() ]/ contained contains=pbArch
-syn region pbArchGroup start=/^arch=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_arch,pbArch,pbIllegalArch
-
-" groups
-syn keyword pb_k_groups groups contained
-syn match pbValidGroups /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbGroupsGroup start=/^groups=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_groups,pbValidGroups,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" depends
-syn keyword pb_k_depends depends contained
-syn match pbValidDepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbDependsGroup start=/^depends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_depends,pbValidDepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" makedepends
-syn keyword pb_k_makedepends makedepends contained
-syn match pbValidMakedepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbMakedependsGroup start=/^makedepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_makedepends,pbValidMakedepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" optdepends
-syn keyword pb_k_optdepends optdepends contained
-syn match pbValidOptdepends /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbOptdependsGroup start=/^optdepends=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_optdepends,pbValidOptdepends,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" conflicts
-syn keyword pb_k_conflicts conflicts contained
-syn match pbValidConflicts /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbConflictsGroup start=/^conflicts=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_conflicts,pbValidConflicts,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" provides
-syn keyword pb_k_provides provides contained
-syn match pbValidProvides /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbProvidesGroup start=/^provides=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_provides,pbValidProvides,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" replaces
-syn keyword pb_k_replaces replaces contained
-syn match pbValidReplaces /\([[:alnum:]]\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn region pbReplacesGroup start=/^replaces=(/  end=/)/ contains=pb_k_replaces,pbValidReplaces,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" install
-" XXX remove install from bashStatement, fix strange bug
-syn clear bashStatement
-syn keyword bashStatement chmod clear complete du egrep expr fgrep find gnufind gnugrep grep less ls mkdir mv rm rmdir rpm sed sleep sort strip tail touch
-
-syn keyword pb_k_install install contained
-syn match pbValidInstall /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*\.install/ contained
-syn match pbIllegalInstall /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidInstall
-syn match pbInstallGroup /^install=.*/ contains=pb_k_install,pbValidInstall,pbIllegalInstall,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" changelog
-syn keyword pb_k_changelog changelog contained
-syn match pbValidChangelog /\([[:alnum:]]\|\$\|+\|-\|_\)*/ contained
-syn match pbIllegalChangelog /[^=]/ contained contains=pbValidChangelog
-syn match pbChangelogGroup /^changelog=.*/ contains=pb_k_changelog,pbValidChangelog,pbIllegalChangelog,shDeref,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" source:
-" XXX remove source from shStatement, fix strange bug
-syn clear shStatement
-syn keyword shStatement xxx wait getopts return autoload whence printf true popd nohup enable r trap readonly fc fg kill ulimit umask disown stop pushd read history logout times local exit test pwd time eval integer suspend dirs shopt hash false newgrp bg print jobs continue functions exec help cd break unalias chdir type shift builtin let bind
-
-syn keyword pb_k_source source contained
-syn match pbIllegalSource /\(http\|ftp\|https\).*\.\+\(dl\|download.\?\)\.\(sourceforge\|sf\).net/
-syn region pbSourceGroup  start=/^source=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_source,pbIllegalSource,shNumber,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote,pbDerefEmulation
-syn match pbDerefEmulation /\$[{]\?[[:alnum:]_]*[}]\?/ contained
-hi def link pbDerefEmulation PreProc
-
-" md5sums
-syn keyword pb_k_md5sums md5sums contained
-syn match pbIllegalMd5sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
-syn match pbValidMd5sums /\x\{32\}/ contained
-syn region pbMd5sumsGroup start=/^md5sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_md5sums,pbMd5Quotes,pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums keepend
-syn match pbMd5Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbMd5Hash,pbIllegalMd5sums
-syn match pbMd5Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidMd5sums
-hi def link pbMd5Quotes Keyword
-hi def link pbMd5Hash Error
-hi def link pbValidMd5sums  Number
-
-" sha1sums
-syn keyword pb_k_sha1sums sha1sums contained
-syn match pbIllegalSha1sums /[^='"()\/ ]/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
-syn match pbValidSha1sums /\x\{40\}/ contained
-syn region pbSha1sumsGroup start=/^sha1sums/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_sha1sums,pbSha1Quotes,pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums keepend
-syn match pbSha1Quotes /'.*'\|".*"/ contained contains=pbSha1Hash,pbIllegalSha1sums
-syn match pbSha1Hash /\x\+/ contained contains=pbValidSha1sums
-hi def link pbSha1Quotes Keyword
-hi def link pbSha1Hash Error
-hi def link pbValidSha1sums  Number
-
-" options
-syn keyword pb_k_options options contained
-syn match pbOptions /\(no\)\?\(strip\|docs\|libtool\|emptydirs\|zipman\|ccache\|distcc\|makeflags\|buildflags\)/ contained
-syn match   pbOptionsNeg     /\!/ contained
-syn match   pbOptionsDeprec  /no/ contained
-syn region pbOptionsGroup start=/^options=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_options,pbOptions,pbOptionsNeg,pbOptionsDeprec,pbIllegalOption,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-syn match pbIllegalOption /[^!"'()= ]/ contained contains=pbOptionsDeprec,pbOptions
-
-" noextract
-syn match pbNoextract /[[:alnum:]+._${}-]\+/ contained
-syn keyword pb_k_noextract noextract  contained
-syn region pbNoextractGroup  start=/^noextract=(/ end=/)/ contains=pb_k_noextract,pbNoextract,shDoubleQuote,shSingleQuote
-
-" comments
-syn keyword    pb_k_maintainer Maintainer Contributor contained
-syn match      pbMaintainerGroup /Maintainer.*/ contains=pbMaintainer contained
-
-syn match pbDate /[0-9]\{4}\/[0-9]\{2}\/[0-9]\{2}/ contained
-
-syn cluster    pbCommentGroup	contains=pbTodo,pb_k_maintainer,pbMaintainerGroup,pbDate
-syn keyword    pbTodo	contained	COMBAK FIXME TODO XXX
-syn match      pbComment	"^#.*$"	contains=@pbCommentGroup
-syn match      pbComment	"[^0-9]#.*$"	contains=@pbCommentGroup
-
-" quotes are handled by sh.vim
-
-hi def link pbComment Comment
-hi def link pbTodo Todo
-
-hi def link pbIllegalPkgname Error
-hi def link pb_k_pkgname pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalPkgbase Error
-hi def link pb_k_pkgbase pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalPkgver Error
-hi def link pb_k_pkgver pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalPkgrel Error
-hi def link pb_k_pkgrel pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalPkgdesc Error
-hi def link pb_k_desc pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalUrl Error
-hi def link pb_k_url pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pb_k_license pbKeywords
-hi def link pbIllegalLicense Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_backup pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pb_k_arch pbKeywords
-hi def link pbIllegalArch Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_groups pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_makedepends pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_optdepends pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_depends pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_replaces pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_conflicts pbKeywords
-hi def link pb_k_provides pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalInstall Error
-hi def link pb_k_install pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbIllegalChangelog Error
-hi def link pb_k_changelog pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pb_k_source pbKeywords
-hi def link pbIllegalSource Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_md5sums pbKeywords
-hi def link pbIllegalMd5sums Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_sha1sums pbKeywords
-hi def link pbIllegalSha1sums Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_options pbKeywords
-hi def link pbOptionsDeprec Todo
-hi def link pbIllegalOption Error
-
-hi def link pb_k_noextract pbKeywords
-hi def link pbNoextract Normal
-
-hi def link pb_k_maintainer pbKeywords
-
-hi def link pbKeywords Keyword
-
-hi def link pbDate Special
-
-"syntax include @SHELL syntax/sh.vim
-"syntax region BUILD start=/^build()/ end=/^}/ contains=@SHELL
-"let b:current_syntax = "PKGBUILD"
-
-" vim: ft=vim

contrib/README

@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Here is a brief description of the files included in this directory:
-
-PKGBUILD.vim - a vim/gvim syntax file for PKGBUILDs. Colors known variable
-names, highlights common errors such as invalid characters in pkgname or
-pkgver, etc.
-
-bash_completion - a bash completion script for pacman, install in
-/etc/bash_completion.d/ for use (but rename to something descriptive!).
-
-zsh_completion - a zsh completion script, install (with a rename) to
-/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/.
-
-pacdiff - a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater for /etc/.
-
-paclist - list all packages installed from a given repository. Useful for
-seeing which packages you may have installed from the testing repository,
-for instance.
-
-pacscripts - tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
-scripts of a given package.
-
-pacsearch - a colorized search combining both -Ss and -Qs output. Installed
-packages are easily identified with a *** and local-only packages are also
-listed.
-
-bacman - regenerate a pacman package based on installed files and the pacman
-database entries. Useful for reuse, or possible config file extension.
-
-vimprojects - a project file for the vim project plugin.
-
-wget-xdelta.sh - A download script for pacman which allows binary deltas
-generated with makepkg to be used instead of downloading full binary packages.
-This should cut download sizes for some package upgrades significantly.

contrib/bacman.in

@@ -1,307 +0,0 @@
-#!@BASH_SHELL@
-#
-#   bacman: recreate a package from a running system
-#   This script rebuilds an already installed package using metadata
-#   stored into the pacman database and system files
-#
-#   (c) 2008 - locci <carlocci_at_gmail_dot_com>
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-#   (at your option) any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-#   GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-readonly progname="bacman"
-readonly progver="0.2.1"
-
-#
-# User Friendliness
-#
-function usage(){
-    echo "This program recreates a package using pacman's db and system files"
-    echo "Usage:   $progname <installed package name>"
-    echo "Example: $progname kernel26"
-}
-
-if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
-    usage
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-if [ "$1" = "--help" -o "$1" = "-h" ] ; then
-    usage
-    exit 0
-fi
-
-if [ "$1" = "--version" -o "$1" = "-v" ]; then
-    echo "$progname version $progver"
-    echo "Copyright (C) 2008 locci"
-    exit 0
-fi
-
-#
-# Fakeroot support
-#
-if [ $EUID -gt 0 ]; then
-    if [ -f /usr/bin/fakeroot ]; then
-        echo "Entering fakeroot environment"
-        export INFAKEROOT="1"
-        /usr/bin/fakeroot -u -- $0 $1
-        exit $?
-    else
-        echo "WARNING: installing fakeroot or running ${progname} as root is required to"
-        echo "         preserve the ownership permissions of files in some packages"
-        echo ""
-    fi
-fi
-
-#
-# Setting environmental variables
-#
-if [ ! -r @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' @sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)
-pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/}/local"
-
-if [ ! -r @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: unable to read @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-source "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf"
-if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
-    source ~/.makepkg.conf
-fi
-
-pkg_arch=${CARCH:-'unknown'}
-pkg_dest="${PKGDEST:-$PWD}"
-pkg_pkger=${PACKAGER:-'Unknown Packager'}
-
-pkg_name="$1"
-pkg_dir="$(echo $pac_db/$pkg_name-[0-9]*)"
-pkg_namver="${pkg_dir##*/}"
-
-#
-# Checks everything is in place
-#
-if [ ! -d "$pac_db" ] ; then
-    echo "ERROR: pacman database directory ${pac_db} not found"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-if [ ! -d "$pkg_dir" ] ; then
-    echo "ERROR: package ${pkg_name} not found in pacman database"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-#
-# Begin
-#
-echo Package: ${pkg_namver}
-work_dir=$(mktemp -d -p /tmp)
-cd "$work_dir" || exit 1
-
-#
-# File copying
-#
-echo "Copying package files..."
-
-cat "$pkg_dir"/files |
-while read i; do
-    if [ -z "$i" ] ; then
-        continue
-    fi
-
-    if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
-        current=$i
-        continue
-    fi
-
-    case $current in
-        %FILES%)
-            ret=0
-            if [ -e "/$i" ]; then
-                bsdtar -cnf - "/$i" 2> /dev/null | bsdtar -xpf -
-
-                # Workaround to bsdtar not reporting a missing file as an error
-                if [ ! -e "$work_dir/$i" -a ! -L "$work_dir/$i" ]; then
-                    echo ""
-                    echo "ERROR: unable to add /$i to the package"
-                    echo "       If your user does not have permssion to read this file then"
-                    echo "       you will need to run $progname as root"
-                    rm -rf "$work_dir"
-                    exit 1
-                fi
-            else
-                echo ""
-                echo "WARNING: package file /$i is missing"
-                echo ""
-            fi
-
-
-        ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-ret=$?
-if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
-    rm -rf "$work_dir"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-pkg_size=$(du -sk | awk '{print $1 * 1024}')
-
-#
-# .PKGINFO stuff
-#
-echo Generating .PKGINFO metadata...
-echo "# Generated by $progname $progver"    > .PKGINFO
-if [ "$INFAKEROOT" = "1" ]; then
-    echo "# Using $(fakeroot -v)"    >> .PKGINFO
-fi
-echo "# $(LC_ALL=C date)"            >> .PKGINFO
-echo "#"                    >> .PKGINFO
-
-cat "$pkg_dir"/{desc,files,depends} |
-while read i; do
-    if [[ -z "$i" ]]; then
-        continue;
-    fi
-
-    if [[ "$i" =~ %[A-Z]*% ]] ; then
-        current=$i
-        continue
-    fi
-
-    case "$current" in
-        # desc
-        %NAME%)
-            echo "pkgname = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %VERSION%)
-            echo "pkgver = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %DESC%)
-            echo "pkgdesc = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %URL%)
-            echo "url = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %LICENSE%)
-            echo "license = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %ARCH%)
-            echo "arch = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %BUILDDATE%)
-            echo "builddate = $(date -u "+%s")"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %PACKAGER%)
-            echo "packager = $pkg_pkger"        >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %SIZE%)
-            echo "size = $pkg_size"        >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %GROUPS%)
-            echo "group = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %REPLACES%)
-            echo "replaces = $i"    >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-
-        # files
-        %BACKUP%)
-            # strip the md5sum after the tab
-            echo "backup = ${i%%$'\t'*}"   >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-
-        # depends
-        %DEPENDS%)
-            echo "depend = $i"   >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %OPTDEPENDS%)
-            echo "optdepend = $i" >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %CONFLICTS%)
-            echo "conflict = $i" >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-        %PROVIDES%)
-            echo "provides = $i"  >> .PKGINFO
-        ;;
-    esac
-done
-
-comp_files=".PKGINFO"
-
-if [ -f "$pkg_dir/install" ] ; then
-    cp "$pkg_dir/install" "$work_dir/.INSTALL"
-    comp_files+=" .INSTALL"
-fi
-if  [ -f $pkg_dir/changelog ] ; then
-    cp "$pkg_dir/changelog" "$work_dir/.CHANGELOG"
-    comp_files+=" .CHANGELOG"
-fi
-
-#
-# Fixes owner:group and permissions for .PKGINFO, .CHANGELOG, .INSTALL
-#
-chown root:root "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
-chmod 644 "$work_dir"/{.PKGINFO,.CHANGELOG,.INSTALL} 2> /dev/null
-
-#
-# Generate the package
-#
-echo "Generating the package..."
-
-case "$PKGEXT" in
-	*tar.gz)  EXT=${PKGEXT%.gz} ;;
-	*tar.bz2) EXT=${PKGEXT%.bz2} ;;
-	*tar.xz)  EXT=${PKGEXT%.xz} ;;
-	*tar)     EXT=${PKGEXT} ;;
-	*) echo "WARNING: '%s' is not a valid archive extension." \
-	"$PKGEXT" ; EXT=$PKGEXT ;;
-esac
-
-pkg_file="$pkg_dest/$pkg_namver-$pkg_arch${PKGEXT}"
-ret=0
-
-# when fileglobbing, we want * in an empty directory to expand to
-# the null string rather than itself
-shopt -s nullglob
-# TODO: Maybe this can be set globally for robustness
-shopt -s -o pipefail
-bsdtar -cf - $comp_files * |
-case "$PKGEXT" in
-    *tar.gz)  gzip -c -f -n ;;
-    *tar.bz2) bzip2 -c -f ;;
-    *tar.xz)  xz -c -z - ;;
-    *tar)     cat ;;
-esac > ${pkg_file} || ret=$?
-
-if [ $ret -ne 0 ]; then
-    echo "ERROR: unable to write package to $pkg_dest"
-    echo "       Maybe the disk is full or you do not have write access"
-    rm -rf "$work_dir"
-    exit 1
-fi
-
-rm -rf "$work_dir"
-
-echo Done
-
-exit 0
-
-# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:
-

contrib/bash_completion.in

@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-# This file is in the public domain.
-
-_arch_compgen() {
-  local i r
-  COMPREPLY=($(compgen -W '$*' -- "$cur"))
-  for ((i=1; i < ${#COMP_WORDS[@]}-1; i++)); do
-    for r in ${!COMPREPLY[@]}; do
-      if [[ ${COMP_WORDS[i]} = ${COMPREPLY[r]} ]]; then
-        unset 'COMPREPLY[r]'; break
-      fi
-    done
-  done
-}
-
-_arch_ptr2comp() {
-  local list= x y
-  for x; do
-    for y in '0 --' '1 -'; do
-      eval 'set -- ${'$x'[${y% *}]}'
-      list+=\ ${@/#/${y#* }}
-    done
-  done
-  _arch_compgen $list
-}
-
-_arch_incomp() {
-  local r="\s-(-${1#* }\s|\w*${1% *})"; [[ $COMP_LINE =~ $r ]]
-}
-
-_makepkg() {
-  local cur opts prev
-  COMPREPLY=()
-  _get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
-  if [[ $cur = -* && ! $prev =~ ^-(-(cleancache|config|help)$|\w*[Chp]) ]]; then
-    opts=('allsource asroot clean cleancache config force geninteg help holdver
-           ignorearch install log nobuild nocolor noconfirm nodeps noextract
-           noprogressbar pkg repackage rmdeps skipinteg source syncdeps'
-          'A C L R c d e f g h i m o p r s')
-    _arch_ptr2comp opts
-  fi
-  true
-}
-
-_pacman_pkg() {
-  _arch_compgen "$(
-    if [[ $2 ]]; then
-      \pacman -$1 | \cut -d' ' -f1 | \sort -u
-    else
-      \pacman -$1
-    fi
-  )"
-}
-
-_pacman() {
-  local common core cur database prev query remove sync upgrade o
-  COMPREPLY=()
-  _get_comp_words_by_ref cur prev
-  database=('asdeps asexplicit')
-  query=('changelog check deps explicit file foreign groups info list owns
-          search unrequired upgrades' 'c e g i k l m o p s t u')
-  remove=('cascade dbonly nodeps nosave print recursive unneeded' 'c k n p s u')
-  sync=('asdeps asexplicit clean downloadonly force groups ignore ignoregroup
-         info list needed nodeps print refresh search sysupgrade'
-        'c f g i l p s u w y')
-  upgrade=('asdeps asexplicit force nodeps print' 'f p')
-  common=('arch cachedir config dbpath debug help logfile noconfirm
-           noprogressbar noscriptlet quiet root verbose' 'b d h q r v')
-  core=('database help query remove sync upgrade version' 'D Q R S U V h')
-
-  for o in 'D database' 'Q query' 'R remove' 'S sync' 'U upgrade'; do
-    _arch_incomp "$o" && break
-  done
-
-  if [[ $? != 0 ]]; then
-    _arch_ptr2comp core
-  elif [[ ! $prev =~ ^-\w*[Vbhr] &&
-    ! $prev = --@(cachedir|config|dbpath|help|logfile|root|version) ]]
-  then
-    [[ $cur = -* ]] && _arch_ptr2comp ${o#* } common ||
-      case ${o% *} in
-      D|R)
-          _pacman_pkg Qq;;
-      Q)
-        { _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Qg sort; }    ||
-        { _arch_incomp 'p file'   && _pacman_file; }           ||
-          _arch_incomp 'o owns'   || _arch_incomp 'u upgrades' ||
-          _pacman_pkg Qq;;
-      S)
-        { _arch_incomp 'g groups' && _pacman_pkg Sg; }      ||
-        { _arch_incomp 'l list'   && _pacman_pkg Sl sort; } ||
-          _pacman_pkg Slq;;
-      U)
-          _pacman_file;;
-      esac
-  fi
-  true
-}
-
-if [[ $(type -t compopt) = "builtin" ]]; then
-  _pacman_file() {
-    compopt -o filenames; _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
-  }
-  complete -F _pacman -o default pacman
-else
-  _pacman_file() {
-    _filedir 'pkg.tar.*'
-  }
-  complete -F _pacman -o filenames -o default pacman
-fi
-
-complete -F _makepkg -o default makepkg
-
-# ex:et ts=2 sw=2 ft=sh

contrib/pacdiff.in

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#!@BASH_SHELL@
-#   pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater
-#
-#   Copyright (c) 2007 Aaron Griffin <aaronmgriffin@gmail.com>
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-#   (at your option) any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-#   GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-diffprog=${DIFFPROG:-vimdiff}
-diffsearchpath=${DIFFSEARCHPATH:-/etc}
-locate=0
-
-usage() {
-	echo "pacdiff : a simple pacnew/pacorig/pacsave updater"
-	echo "Usage : pacdiff [-l]"
-	echo "  -l/--locate makes pacdiff use locate rather than find"
-	echo "  DIFFPROG variable allows to override the default vimdiff"
-	echo "  DIFFSEARCHPATH allows to override the default /etc path"
-	echo "Example : DIFFPROG=meld DIFFSEARCHPATH=\"/boot /etc /usr\" pacdiff"
-}
-
-cmd() {
-	if [ $locate -eq 1 ]; then
-		locate -0 -e -b \*.pacnew \*.pacorig \*.pacsave
-	else
-		find $diffsearchpath \( -name \*.pacnew -o -name \*.pacorig -o -name \*.pacsave \) -print0
-	fi
-}
-
-if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then
-	case $1 in
-		-l|--locate)
-		locate=1;;
-		*)
-		usage; exit 0;;
-	esac
-fi
-
-# see http://mywiki.wooledge.org/BashFAQ/020
-while IFS= read -u 3 -r -d '' pacfile; do
-	file="${pacfile%.pac*}"
-	echo "File: $file"
-	if [ ! -f "$file" ]; then
-		echo "  $file does not exist"
-		rm -i "$pacfile"
-		continue
-	fi
-	check="$(cmp "$pacfile" "$file")"
-	if [ -z "${check}" ]; then
-		echo "  Files are identical, removing..."
-		rm "$pacfile"
-	else
-		echo -n "  File differences found. (V)iew, (S)kip, (R)emove: [v/s/r] "
-		while read c; do
-			case $c in
-				r|R) rm "$pacfile"; break ;;
-				v|V)
-				$diffprog "$pacfile" "$file"
-				rm -i "$pacfile"; break ;;
-				s|S) break ;;
-				*) echo -n "  Invalid answer. Try again: [v/s/r] "; continue ;;
-			esac
-		done
-	fi
-done 3< <(cmd)
-
-exit 0
-
-# vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

contrib/paclist.in

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# paclist - List all packages installed from a given repo
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee <dpmcgee@gmail.com>
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-my $progname = "paclist";
-my $version = "1.0";
-
-if ($#ARGV != 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
-	print "$progname - List all packages installed from a given repo\n";
-	print "Usage:   $progname <repo>\n";
-	print "Example: $progname testing\n";
-	if ($#ARGV != 0) {
-		exit 1;
-	}
-	exit 0;
-}
-
-if ( $ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
-	print "$progname version $version\n";
-	print "Copyright (C) 2008 Dan McGee\n";
-	exit 0;
-}
-
-# This hash table will be used to store pairs of ('name version', count) from
-# the return of both pacman -Sl <repo> and pacman -Q output. We then check to
-# see if a value was added twice (count = 2)- if so, we will print that package
-# as it is both in the repo we queried and installed on our local system.
-my %packages = ();
-my $output;
-
-$output = `pacman -Sl $ARGV[0]`;
-if ($? != 0) {
-	exit 1;
-}
-my @sync = split(/\n/, $output);
-# sample output from pacman -Sl:
-# testing foobar 1.0-1
-foreach $_ (@sync) {
-	my @info = split(/ /);
-	# we only want to store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
-	my $pkg = $info[1] . " " . $info[2];
-	$packages{$pkg}++;
-}
-
-$output = `pacman -Q`;
-if ($? != 0) {
-	exit 1;
-}
-# sample output from pacman -Q:
-# foobar 1.0-1
-my @local = split(/\n/, $output);
-foreach $_ (@local) {
-	# store 'foobar 1.0-1' in our hash table
-	$packages{$_}++;
-}
-
-# run comparison check- if value was added twice, it was in the intersection
-my @intersection;
-foreach $_ (keys %packages) {
-	if ($packages{$_} == 2) {
-		push @{ \@intersection }, $_;
-	}
-}
-
-# print our intersection, and bask in the glory and speed of perl
-@intersection = sort @intersection;
-foreach $_ (@intersection) {
-	print $_ . "\n";
-}
-
-#vim: set noet:

contrib/pacscripts.in

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-#!@BASH_SHELL@
-#
-#   pacscripts : tries to print out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade}
-#   scripts of a given package
-#
-#   Copyright (c) 2009 Giulio "giulivo" Fidente <giulivo.navigante@gmail.com>
-#   Copyright (c) 2009 Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
-#
-#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-#   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-#   (at your option) any later version.
-#
-#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-#   GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-# bash options
-set -o nounset
-set -o errexit
-
-progname=$(basename $0)
-progver="0.4"
-
-conf="@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf"
-
-if [ ! -r "$conf" ]; then
-	echo "ERROR: unable to read $conf"
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-eval $(awk '/DBPath/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
-eval $(awk '/CacheDir/ {print $1$2$3}' "$conf")
-pac_db="${DBPath:-@localstatedir@/lib/pacman}/local"
-pac_cache="${CacheDir:-@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg}"
-
-error() {
-	local mesg=$1; shift
-	printf "==> $(gettext "ERROR:") ${mesg}\n" "$@" >&2
-}
-
-usage() {
-	echo "This program prints out the {pre,post}_{install,remove,upgrade} scripts"
-	echo "of a given package."
-	echo "Usage: $progname pkgname|pkgfile"
-	echo
-	echo " OPTIONS:"
-	echo "  -h, --help                 Print this help message"
-	echo "  -v, --version              Print program name and version"
-	echo
-	echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor"
-	echo "Example: $progname gconf-editor-2.24.1-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz"
-}
-
-spacman() {
-	if [ $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
-		pacman "$@"
-	else
-		if [ ! "$(type -p sudo)" ]; then
-			error "Cannot find the sudo binary! Is sudo installed?"
-			error "Otherwise try to run the program as root"
-			exit 1
-		else
-			sudo pacman "$@"
-		fi
-	fi
-}
-
-print_db() {
-	pkg=$(pacman -Q "$1")
-	pkg=${pkg/ /-}
-	if [ -f $pac_db/$pkg*/install ]; then
-		cat $pac_db/$pkg*/install
-		echo
-		return 0
-	else
-		error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
-		return 1
-	fi
-}
-
-print_pkg() {
-	if ! bsdtar -xOf "$1" .INSTALL 2>/dev/null; then
-		error "Package $1 does not include any .INSTALL script"
-		return 1
-	fi
-	echo
-}
-
-print_scriptlet() {
-	if [ -f "$1" ]; then
-		if bsdtar tf "$1" .PKGINFO &>/dev/null; then
-			print_pkg "$1"
-			return
-		fi
-	fi
-	if pacman -Q "$1" &>/dev/null; then
-		print_db "$1"
-		return
-	fi
-	if ! pacman -Si $1 &>/dev/null; then
-		error "Package $1 not found"
-		return 1
-	fi
-	url=$(spacman -Sdp $1 | tail -n1)
-	filename=$(basename $url)
-	if [ ! -f "$pac_cache/$filename" ]; then
-		if ! spacman -Sdw --noconfirm $1 >&2; then
-			error "Failed to download $1"
-			return 1
-		fi
-		echo >&2
-	fi
-	print_pkg "$pac_cache/$filename"
-	return
-}
-
-if [ $# -ne 1 ] ; then
-	usage
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-case "$1" in
-	--help|-h) usage; exit 0 ;;
-	--version|-v) echo "$progname version $progver"; exit 0 ;;
-	*) print_scriptlet $1 ;;
-esac

contrib/pacsearch.in

@@ -1,136 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl
-# pacsearch - Adds color and install information to a 'pacman -Ss' search
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2008-2011 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
-#
-# Based off original shell script version:
-# Copyright (C) 2006-2007 Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
-# as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2
-# of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-#TODO: colors flag on commandline
-
-use strict;
-use warnings;
-
-my $progname = "pacsearch";
-my $version = "2.0";
-
-if ($#ARGV lt 0 || $ARGV[0] eq "--help" || $ARGV[0] eq "-h") {
-	print "$progname - Add color and install information to a pacman -Ss search\n";
-	print "Usage:   $progname <pattern>\n";
-	print "Example: $progname ^gnome\n";
-	if ($#ARGV lt 0) {
-		exit 1;
-	}
-	exit 0;
-}
-
-if ($ARGV[0] eq "--version" || $ARGV[0] eq "-v") {
-	print "$progname version $version\n";
-	print "Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Dan McGee\n";
-	exit 0;
-}
-
-# define our colors to use when printing
-my $CLR1 = "\e[0;34m";
-my $CLR2 = "\e[0;32m";
-my $CLR3 = "\e[0;35m";
-my $CLR4 = "\e[0;36m";
-my $CLR5 = "\e[0;31m";
-my $CLR6 = "\e[0;33m";
-my $CLR7 = "\e[1;36m";
-my $INST = "\e[1;31m";
-my $BASE = "\e[0m";
-
-# color a "repo/pkgname pkgver" line based on the repository name
-sub to_color {
-	my $line = shift;
-	# get the installed text colored first
-	$line =~ s/(\[.*\]$)/$INST$1$BASE/;
-	# and now the repo and dealings
-	$line =~ s/(^core\/.*)/$CLR1$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^extra\/.*)/$CLR2$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^community\/.*)/$CLR3$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^testing\/.*)/$CLR4$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^community-testing\/.*)/$CLR5$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^multilib\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
-	$line =~ s/(^local\/.*)/$CLR7$1$BASE/;
-	# any other unknown repository
-	$line =~ s/(^[\w-]*\/.*)/$CLR6$1$BASE/;
-	return $line;
-}
-
-my %allpkgs = ();
-
-my $syncout = `pacman -Ss '@ARGV'`;
-# split each sync search entry into its own array entry
-my @syncpkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $syncout);
-# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
-if ($#syncpkgs >= 0) {
-	chomp($syncpkgs[$#syncpkgs]);
-}
-
-# counter var for packages, used here and in the query loop too
-my $cnt = 0;
-foreach $_ (@syncpkgs) {
-	# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
-	my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
-	if(not @pkgfields) {
-		# skip any non-matching line and just print it for the user
-		print $_, "\n";
-		next;
-	}
-	# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
-	$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
-	# add a fifth field that indicates original order
-	push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
-	# add each sync pkg by name/ver to a hash table for quick lookup
-	$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
-}
-
-my $queryout = `pacman -Qs '@ARGV'`;
-# split each querysearch entry into its own array entry
-my @querypkgs = split(/\n^(?=\w)/m, $queryout);
-# remove the extra \n from the last desc entry
-if ($#querypkgs >= 0) {
-	chomp ($querypkgs[$#querypkgs]);
-}
-
-foreach $_ (@querypkgs) {
-	# we grab 4 fields here: repo, name/ver, installed, and desc
-	my @pkgfields = /^(.*?)\/(.*?) ?(\[.*\])?\n(.*)$/s;
-	# since installed is optional, we should fill it in if necessary
-	$pkgfields[2] = "" if not defined $pkgfields[2];
-	# check if the package was listed in the sync out
-	if (not exists $allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]}) {
-		$pkgfields[2] = "[installed]";
-		# add a fifth field that indicates original order (after sync)
-		push (@pkgfields, $cnt++);
-		# add our local-only package to the hash
-		$allpkgs{$pkgfields[1]} = [ @pkgfields ];
-	}
-}
-
-# sort by original order (the fifth field) and print
-foreach $_ ( sort{ @{$allpkgs{$a}}[4] <=> @{$allpkgs{$b}}[4] } keys %allpkgs) {
-	my @v = @{$allpkgs{$_}};
-	my $line = "$v[0]/$v[1] $v[2]";
-	$line = to_color($line);
-	# print colorized "repo/pkgname pkgver" string with possible installed text
-	print "$line\n";
-	print "$v[3]\n";
-}
-
-#vim: set noet:

contrib/vimprojects

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-This is a project file
-for the vim-project plugin.
-Save it as ~/.vimprojects
-
-$ pacman -S vim-project
-change the pacman path below
-$ vim
-:Project
-
-Press \r in the project view
-on a project name to generate
-the list of files
-
-pacman=~/devel/pacman/ CD=. filter="*.ac *.am" flags=S {
-  libalpm=lib/libalpm/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
-  }
-  pacman=src/pacman/ filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
-  }
-  scripts=scripts/ filter="*.sh.in *.py.in *.am" {
-  }
-  utils=src/util filter="*.c *.h *.am" {
-  }
-  contrib=contrib CD=. {
-  }
-}

contrib/wget-xdelta.sh.in

@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-#!@BASH_SHELL@
-
-if [ -r "@sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf" ]; then
-	source @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
-else
-	echo "wget-xdelta: Unable to find makepkg.conf"
-	exit 1
-fi
-
-if [ -r ~/.makepkg.conf ]; then
-	source ~/.makepkg.conf
-fi
-
-out_file=$(basename $1)
-file_url=$2
-
-if ! [[ "$out_file" =~ "pkg.tar.gz" ]]; then
-	# If it's not a package file download as normal and exit.
-	#wget --passive-ftp -c -O "$out_file" "$file_url"
-	exit $?
-fi
-
-
-# Get the package name and version
-[[ "$out_file" =~ "$CARCH" ]] && arch="-$CARCH" || arch=""
-pkg_data=$(echo $out_file | \
-	sed "s|^\(.*\)-\([[:alnum:]_\.]*-[[:alnum:]_\.]*\)${arch}${PKGEXT}.part|\1 \2|")
-pkgname=$(echo $pkg_data | cut -d ' ' -f 1)
-new_version=$(echo $pkg_data | cut -d ' ' -f 2)
-base_url=${file_url%/*}
-
-# Look for the last version
-for file in $(ls -r @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/${pkgname}-*-*{,-$CARCH}$PKGEXT 2>/dev/null); do
-	[[ "$file" =~ "$CARCH" ]] && arch="-$CARCH" || arch=""
-	check_version=$(echo $file | \
-		sed "s|^.*/${pkgname}-\([[:alnum:]_\.]*-[[:alnum:]_\.]*\)${arch}$PKGEXT$|\1|" | \
-		grep -v "^@localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg")
-
-	[ "$check_version" = "" ] && continue
-
-	vercmp=$(vercmp "$check_version" "$old_version")
-	if [ "$check_version" != "$new_version" -a $vercmp -gt 0 ]; then
-		old_version=$check_version
-		old_file=$file
-	fi
-done
-
-if [ "$old_version" != "" -a "$old_version" != "$new_version" ]; then
-	# Great, we have a cached file, now calculate a patch name from it
-	delta_name="$pkgname-${old_version}_to_${new_version}-${CARCH}.delta"
-
-	echo "wget-xdelta: Attempting to download delta $delta_name..." >&2
-	if wget --passive-ftp -c "$base_url/$delta_name"; then
-		echo "wget-xdelta: Applying delta..."
-		if xdelta patch "$delta_name" "$old_file" "$out_file"; then
-			echo "wget-xdelta: Delta applied successfully!"
-			rm "$delta_name"
-			exit 0
-		else
-			echo "wget-xdelta: Failed to apply delta!"
-			rm $delta_name
-		fi
-	fi
- fi
-
-echo "wget-xdelta: Downloading new package..."
-wget --passive-ftp -c -O "$out_file" "$file_url"
-exit $?
-
-# vim:set ts=4 sw=4 noet:

contrib/zsh_completion.in

@@ -1,332 +0,0 @@
-#compdef pacman pacman.static=pacman
-
-# copy this file to /usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_pacman
-
-typeset -A opt_args
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: main pacman commands
-_pacman_opts_commands=(
-	'-Q[Query the package database]'
-	'-R[Remove a package from the system]'
-	'-S[Synchronize packages]'
-	'-U[Upgrade a package]'
-	'-V[Display version and exit]'
-	'-h[Display usage]'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options common to all commands
-_pacman_opts_common=(
-	'-b[Alternate database location]:database_location:_files -/'
-	'-h[Display syntax for the given operation]'
-	'-r[Set alternate installation root]:installation root:_files -/'
-	'-v[Be more verbose]'
-	'--cachedir[Alternate package cache location]:cache_location:_files -/'
-	'--config[An alternate configuration file]:config file:_files'
-	'--logfile[An alternate log file]:config file:_files'
-	'--noconfirm[Do not ask for confirmation]'
-	'--noprogressbar[Do not show a progress bar when downloading files]'
-	'--noscriptlet[Do not execute the install scriptlet if one exists]'
-	'--print[Only print the targets instead of performing the operation]'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options for --upgrade commands
-_pacman_opts_pkgfile=(
-	'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
-	'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
-	'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*(.)"'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: subactions for --query command
-_pacman_opts_query_actions=(
-	'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->query_group'
-	'-o[Query the package that owns a file]:file:_files'
-	'-p[Package file to query]:*:package file:->query_file'
-	'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->query_search'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options for --query and subcommands
-_pacman_opts_query_modifiers=(
-	'-c[List package changelog]'
-	'-d[List packages installed as dependencies]'
-	'-e[List packages explicitly installed]'
-	'-i[View package information]'
-	'-ii[View package information including backup files]'
-	'-k[Check package files]'
-	'-l[List package contents]'
-	'-m[List installed packages not found in sync db(s)]'
-	'-t[List packages not required by any package]'
-	'-u[List packages that can be upgraded]'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options for --remove command
-_pacman_opts_remove=(
-	'-c[Remove all dependent packages]'
-	'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
-	'-k[Only remove database entry, do not remove files]'
-	'-n[Remove protected configuration files]'
-	'-s[Remove dependencies not required by other packages]'
-	'*:installed package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
-_pacman_opts_sync_actions=(
-	'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
-	'*-cc[Remove all packages from cache]:*:clean:->sync_clean'
-	'-g[View all members of a package group]:*:package groups:->sync_group'
-	'-s[Search package names and descriptions]:*:search text:->sync_search'
-)
-
-# options for passing to _arguments: options for --sync command
-_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers=(
-	'-d[Skip dependency checks]'
-	'-f[Overwrite conflicting files]'
-	'-i[View package information]'
-	'-l[List all packages in a repository]'
-	'-p[Print download URIs for each package to be installed]'
-	'-u[Upgrade all out-of-date packages]'
-	'-w[Download packages only]'
-	'-y[Download fresh package databases]'
-	'*--ignore[Ignore a package upgrade]:package:
-		_pacman_completions_all_packages'
-	'*--ignoregroup[Ignore a group upgrade]:package group:
-		_pacman_completions_all_groups'
-	'--asdeps[Install packages as non-explicitly installed]'
-	'--asexplicit[Install packages as explicitly installed]'
-)
-
-# handles --help subcommand
-_pacman_action_help() {
-	_arguments -s : \
-		"$_pacman_opts_commands[@]"
-}
-
-# handles cases where no subcommand has yet been given
-_pacman_action_none() {
-	_arguments -s : \
-		"$_pacman_opts_commands[@]"
-}
-
-# handles --query subcommand
-_pacman_action_query() {
-	local context state line
-	typeset -A opt_args
-	
-#	_arguments -s : \
-#		"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-#		"$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
-#		"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]"
-		
-	case $state in
-		query_file)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
-				;;
-		query_group)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
-				;;
-		query_owner)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:file:_files'
-				;;
-		query_search)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:search text: '
-				;;
-		*)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_actions[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package:_pacman_completions_installed_packages'
-				;;
-	esac
-}
-
-# handles --remove subcommand
-_pacman_action_remove() {
-	_arguments -s : \
-		"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-		"$_pacman_opts_remove[@]"
-}
-
-# handles --sync subcommand
-_pacman_action_sync() {
-	local context state line
-	typeset -A opt_args
-	
-#	_arguments -s : \
-#		"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-#		"$_pacman_opts_sync_actions[@]" #\
-#		#"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]"
-		
-	case $state in
-		sync_clean)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*-c[Remove old packages from cache]' \
-				;;
-		sync_group)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
-				;;
-		sync_search)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:search text: '
-				;;
-		*)
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package:_pacman_completions_all_packages'
-				;;
-		esac
-}
-
-# handles --upgrade subcommand
-_pacman_action_upgrade() {
-	_arguments -s : \
-		"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-		"$_pacman_opts_pkgfile[@]"
-}
-
-# handles --version subcommand
-_pacman_action_version() {
-	# no further arguments
-	return 0
-}
-
-# provides completions for package groups
-_pacman_completions_all_groups() {
-	local -a cmd groups
-	_pacman_get_command
-	groups=( $(_call_program groups $cmd[@] -Sg) )
-	compadd "$@" -a groups
-}
-
-# provides completions for packages available from repositories
-# these can be specified as either 'package' or 'repository/package'
-_pacman_completions_all_packages() {
-	local -a cmd packages repositories packages_long
-
-	repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
-	typeset -U repositories
-	packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/${^repositories}/*(/))
-	packages=(${(o)${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/}#*/}%-*-*} )
-	typeset -U packages
-	_wanted packages expl "packages" compadd - "${(@)packages}"
-	if [[ $PREFIX != */* ]] ; then
-		repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
-		typeset -U repositories
-		_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd -S "/" $repositories
-	else
-		compset -P '*/'
-		packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/$IPREFIX*(/))
-		packages=(${(o)${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/sync/}#*/}%-*-*} )
-		typeset -U packages
-		_wanted repo_packages expl "repository/package" compadd ${(@)packages}
-	fi
-}
-
-# provides completions for package groups
-_pacman_completions_installed_groups() {
-	local -a cmd groups
-	_pacman_get_command
-	groups=(${(o)${(f)"$(pacman -Qg)"}% *})
-	typeset -U groups
-	compadd "$@" -a groups
-}
-
-# provides completions for installed packages
-_pacman_completions_installed_packages() {
-	local -a cmd packages packages_long
-	packages_long=(@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/*(/))
-	packages=( ${${packages_long#@localstatedir@/lib/pacman/local/}%-*-*} )
-	compadd "$@" -a packages
-}
-
-# provides completions for repository names
-_pacman_completions_repositories() {
-	local -a cmd repositories
-	repositories=(${(o)${${${(M)${(f)"$(<@sysconfdir@/pacman.conf)"}:#\[*}/\[/}/\]/}:#options})
-	# Uniq the array
-	typeset -U repositories
-	compadd "$@" -a repositories
-}
-
-# builds command for invoking pacman in a _call_program command - extracts
-# relevant options already specified (config file, etc)
-# $cmd must be declared by calling function
-_pacman_get_command() {
-	# this is mostly nicked from _perforce
-	cmd=( "pacman" )
-	integer i
-	for (( i = 2; i < CURRENT - 1; i++ )); do
-		if [[ ${words[i]} = "--config" || ${words[i]} = "--root" ]]; then
-			cmd+=( ${words[i,i+1]} )
-		fi
-	done
-}
-
-# main dispatcher
-_pacman() {
-	case $words[2] in
-		-Q*g*) # ipkg groups
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:groups:_pacman_completions_installed_groups'
-				;;
-		-Q*o*) # file
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package file:_files'
-				;;
-		-Q*p*) # file *.pkg.tar.*
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_query_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package file:_files -g "*.pkg.tar.*"'
-				;;
-		-Q*)  _pacman_action_query    ;;
-		-R*)  _pacman_action_remove   ;;
-		-S*c*) # no completion
-			return 0
-			;;
-		-S*l*) # repos
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package repo:_pacman_completions_repositories' \
-				;;
-		-S*g*) # pkg groups
-			_arguments -s : \
-				"$_pacman_opts_common[@]" \
-				"$_pacman_opts_sync_modifiers[@]" \
-				'*:package group:_pacman_completions_all_groups'
-				;;
-		-S*)  _pacman_action_sync     ;;
-		-U*)  _pacman_action_upgrade  ;;
-		-V*)  _pacman_action_version  ;;
-		-h*)  _pacman_action_help     ;;
-		-  )  _pacman_action_none     ;;
-		*  )  return 1                ;;
-	esac
-}
-
-# run the main dispatcher
-_pacman "$@"

depcomp

@@ -1,630 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2009 Free
-# Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
-if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
-   # This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
-   # Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
-   # slashes to satisfy depend.m4
-   cygpath_u="sed s,\\\\\\\\,/,g"
-   depmode=msvisualcpp
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> "$depfile"
-    echo >> "$depfile"
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
-    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${
-	       s/^ *//
-	       s/ \\*$//
-	       s/$/:/
-	       p
-	     }' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no eat=no
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    if test $eat = yes; then
-      eat=no
-      continue
-    fi
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -arch)
-      eat=yes ;;
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvcmsys)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

doc/.gitignore

@@ -1,14 +1,9 @@
-PKGBUILD.5
-libalpm.3
-makepkg.8
-makepkg.conf.5
-pacman.8
-pacman.conf.5
-repo-add.8
-repo-remove.8
-vercmp.8
-*.css
+*.[1-8]
+asciidoc-manpage.css
+asciidoc.css
+asciidoc.js
 *.html
 *.xml
 man3
 website.tar.gz
+Doxyfile

doc/BUILDINFO.5.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+BUILDINFO(5)
+============
+
+Name
+----
+BUILDINFO - Makepkg package build information file
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+This manual page describes the format of a BUILDINFO file found in the root of
+a package created by makepkg. The file contains a description of the package's
+build environment. The information is formatted in key-value pairs separated by
+a '=', one value per line. Arrays are represented multiple keys with the same
+value.
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+
+This is a description of the contents of version '1' of the
+BUILDINFO file format.
+
+*format*::
+	Denotes the file format version, represented by a plain positive integer.
+
+*pkgname*::
+	The name of the package.
+
+*pkgbase*::
+
+	The base name of a package, usually the same as the pkgname except for
+	split packages.
+
+*pkgver*::
+	The version of the package including pkgrel and epoch.
+
+*pkgarch*::
+	The architecture of the package.
+
+*pkgbuild_sha256sum*::
+	The sha256sum in hex format of the PKGBUILD used to build the package.
+
+*packager*::
+	The details of the packager that built the package.
+
+*builddate*::
+	The build date of the package in epoch.
+
+*builddir*::
+	The directory where the package was built.
+
+*startdir*::
+	The directory from which makepkg was executed.
+
+*buildenv (array)*::
+	The build environment specified in makepkg.conf.
+
+*options (array)*::
+	The options set specified when building the package.
+
+*installed (array)*::
+	The installed packages at build time including the version information of
+	the package. Formatted as "$pkgname-$pkgver-$pkgrel-$pkgarch".
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/Doxyfile.in

@@ -1,14 +1,18 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.5
+# Doxyfile 1.8.20
 
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Project related configuration options
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
 PROJECT_NAME           = libalpm
-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./
+PROJECT_NUMBER         =
+PROJECT_BRIEF          = "Arch Linux Package Manager Library"
+PROJECT_LOGO           =
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = @OUTPUT_DIRECTORY@
 CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES    = NO
 OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+OUTPUT_TEXT_DIRECTION  = None
 BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
 REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
 ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
@@ -25,32 +29,46 @@ ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
 ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = YES
 INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
 FULL_PATH_NAMES        = NO
-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
 SHORT_NAMES            = NO
 JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = YES
+JAVADOC_BANNER         = NO
 QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
 MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-DETAILS_AT_TOP         = NO
+PYTHON_DOCSTRING       = YES
 INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
 SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
 TAB_SIZE               = 4
-ALIASES                = 
+ALIASES                =
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
 OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_SLICE  = NO
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT       = YES
+TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS   = 5
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT       = YES
 BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
 CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
 SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
 DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO
 SUBGROUPING            = YES
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS  = YES
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = YES
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+NUM_PROC_THREADS       = 1
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 # Build related configuration options
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EXTRACT_ALL            = NO
 EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = NO
+EXTRACT_PRIV_VIRTUAL   = NO
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE        = NO
 EXTRACT_STATIC         = NO
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
 EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
@@ -62,51 +80,64 @@ HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = YES
 INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
 CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = YES
 HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO
 SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC  = NO
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
 INLINE_INFO            = YES
 SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
 SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
 SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
 SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING  = NO
 GENERATE_TODOLIST      = YES
 GENERATE_TESTLIST      = YES
 GENERATE_BUGLIST       = YES
 GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
 MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
 SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = NO
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+CITE_BIB_FILES         =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 QUIET                  = NO
 WARNINGS               = YES
 WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
 WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
 WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = NO
+WARN_AS_ERROR          = NO
 WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
-WARN_LOGFILE           = 
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
+# Configuration options related to the input files
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-INPUT                  = ../lib/libalpm/
+INPUT                  = @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm.h \
+                         @INPUT_DIRECTORY@/../lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h
 INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
-FILE_PATTERNS          = 
+FILE_PATTERNS          =
 RECURSIVE              = NO
-EXCLUDE                = 
+EXCLUDE                =
 EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = 
-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       =
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = _alpm_* \
+                         __alpm_*
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
 EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
 EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
-IMAGE_PATH             = 
-INPUT_FILTER           = 
-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
 FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
 INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
@@ -114,90 +145,140 @@ STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = NO
 REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES
 REFERENCES_RELATION    = YES
 REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS        = YES
 USE_HTAGS              = NO
 VERBATIM_HEADERS       = YES
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = NO
 COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_HTML          = NO
 HTML_OUTPUT            = html
 HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
-HTML_HEADER            = 
-HTML_FOOTER            = 
-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 
-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+HTML_HEADER            =
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET  =
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES       =
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE    = 220
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT    = 100
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA  = 80
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = YES
+HTML_DYNAMIC_MENUS     = YES
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
 GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
 DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
 DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = NO
-CHM_FILE               = 
-HHC_LOCATION           = 
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID    = org.doxygen.Publisher
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME  = Publisher
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+CHM_FILE               =
+HHC_LOCATION           =
 GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
 BINARY_TOC             = NO
 TOC_EXPAND             = NO
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+QCH_FILE               =
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
 DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
 GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = NO
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 4
 TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW    = NO
+HTML_FORMULA_FORMAT    = png
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT    = YES
+FORMULA_MACROFILE      =
+USE_MATHJAX            = NO
+MATHJAX_FORMAT         = HTML-CSS
+MATHJAX_RELPATH        = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS     =
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE       =
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH        = NO
+SEARCHENGINE_URL       =
+SEARCHDATA_FILE        = searchdata.xml
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID     =
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS  =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
 LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
 LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
 MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+LATEX_MAKEINDEX_CMD    = makeindex
 COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 
-LATEX_HEADER           = 
+PAPER_TYPE             = letter
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+LATEX_FOOTER           =
+LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES      =
 PDF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
 USE_PDFLATEX           = NO
 LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
 LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE        = plain
+LATEX_TIMESTAMP        = NO
+LATEX_EMOJI_DIRECTORY  =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_RTF           = NO
 RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
 COMPACT_RTF            = NO
 RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+RTF_SOURCE_CODE        = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_MAN           = YES
 MAN_OUTPUT             = .
 MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+MAN_SUBDIR             =
 MAN_LINKS              = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_XML           = NO
 XML_OUTPUT             = xml
-XML_SCHEMA             = 
-XML_DTD                = 
 XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+XML_NS_MEMB_FILE_SCOPE = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK       = NO
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT         = docbook
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
 GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
 PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
 PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
 MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
@@ -206,29 +287,36 @@ SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
 INCLUDE_PATH           = ../..
 INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = *.h
 PREDEFINED             = HAVE_CONFIG_H= \
-                         SYMHIDDEN= \
-                         SYMEXPORT=
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = 
+                         SYMEXPORT= \
+                         HAVE_LIBARCHIVE \
+                         HAVE_LIBCURL \
+                         HAVE_LIBGPGME
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      =
 SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references   
+# Configuration options related to external references
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-TAGFILES               = 
-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 
+TAGFILES               =
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
 ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
 EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+EXTERNAL_PAGES         = YES
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
-MSCGEN_PATH            = 
+DIA_PATH               =
 HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
 HAVE_DOT               = YES
+DOT_NUM_THREADS        = 0
+DOT_FONTNAME           = Helvetica
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
 CLASS_GRAPH            = YES
 COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = YES
 GROUP_GRAPHS           = YES
 UML_LOOK               = NO
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS   = 10
 TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
 INCLUDE_GRAPH          = YES
 INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = YES
@@ -237,15 +325,17 @@ CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
 GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = YES
 DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = YES
 DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
-DOT_PATH               = 
-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 
+INTERACTIVE_SVG        = NO
+DOT_PATH               =
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+MSCFILE_DIRS           =
+DIAFILE_DIRS           =
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH      =
+PLANTUML_CFG_FILE      =
+PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH  =
 DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 50
 MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 3
 DOT_TRANSPARENT        = NO
 DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
 GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
 DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-# We have to do some funny stuff here with the manpages. In order to ensure
-# a dist tarball doesn't get put out there without manpages, we keep those
-# files listed in EXTRA_DIST no matter what. However, we only add them to
-# man_MANS if --enable-asciidoc and/or --enable-doxygen are used.
-
-ASCIIDOC_MANS = \
-	pacman.8 \
-	makepkg.8 \
-	repo-add.8 \
-	vercmp.8 \
-	PKGBUILD.5 \
-	makepkg.conf.5 \
-	pacman.conf.5 \
-	libalpm.3
-
-DOXYGEN_MANS = $(wildcard man3/*.3)
-
-HTML_MANPAGES = \
-	pacman.8.html \
-	makepkg.8.html \
-	repo-add.8.html \
-	vercmp.8.html \
-	PKGBUILD.5.html \
-	makepkg.conf.5.html \
-	pacman.conf.5.html \
-	libalpm.3.html
-
-HTML_OTHER = \
-	index.html \
-	submitting-patches.html \
-	translation-help.html \
-	HACKING.html
-
-HTML_DOCS = \
-	$(HTML_MANPAGES) \
-	$(HTML_OTHER)
-
-EXTRA_DIST = \
-	asciidoc.conf \
-	pacman.8.txt \
-	makepkg.8.txt \
-	repo-add.8.txt \
-	vercmp.8.txt \
-	PKGBUILD.5.txt \
-	PKGBUILD-example.txt \
-	makepkg.conf.5.txt \
-	pacman.conf.5.txt \
-	libalpm.3.txt \
-	footer.txt \
-	index.txt \
-	submitting-patches.txt \
-	translation-help.txt \
-	Doxyfile \
-	$(ASCIIDOC_MANS) \
-	$(DOXYGEN_MANS)
-
-# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES = *.xml $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) $(HTML_DOCS) repo-remove.8 website.tar.gz
-
-# Ensure manpages are fresh when building a dist tarball
-dist-hook:
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) clean
-	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all
-
-if USE_GIT_VERSION
-GIT_VERSION := $(shell sh -c 'git describe --abbrev=4 --dirty | sed s/^v//')
-REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(GIT_VERSION)
-else
-REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION = $(PACKAGE_VERSION)
-endif
-
-man_MANS =
-dist_man_MANS = $(ASCIIDOC_MANS) repo-remove.8
-
-if USE_DOXYGEN
-man_MANS += $(DOXYGEN_MANS)
-
-all-local: doxygen.in
-
-doxygen.in:
-	$(DOXYGEN) $(srcdir)/Doxyfile
-endif
-
-html: $(HTML_DOCS)
-
-website: html
-	bsdtar czf website.tar.gz $(HTML_DOCS) \
-		-C /etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/ \
-		xhtml11.css xhtml11-manpage.css xhtml11-quirks.css \
-		-C /etc/asciidoc/javascripts/ \
-		asciidoc-xhtml11.js \
-		-C /etc/asciidoc/ \
-		images
-
-pkgdatadir = ${datadir}/${PACKAGE}
-
-ASCIIDOC_OPTS = \
-	-f asciidoc.conf \
-	-a pacman_version="$(REAL_PACKAGE_VERSION)" \
-	-a pacman_date="`date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
-	-a pkgdatadir=$(pkgdatadir) \
-	-a localstatedir=$(localstatedir) \
-	-a sysconfdir=$(sysconfdir)
-
-A2X_OPTS = \
-	--no-xmllint \
-	-d manpage \
-	-f manpage \
-	--xsltproc-opts='-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0'
-
-# These rules are due to the includes and files of the asciidoc text
-$(ASCIIDOC_MANS): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
-	a2x $(A2X_OPTS) --asciidoc-opts="$(ASCIIDOC_OPTS)" $@.txt
-
-%.html: %.txt
-	asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) $*.txt
-	dos2unix $@
-
-HACKING.html: ../HACKING
-	asciidoc $(ASCIIDOC_OPTS) -o $@ ../HACKING
-	dos2unix $@
-
-# Customizations for certain HTML docs
-$(HTML_MANPAGES): asciidoc.conf footer.txt
-$(HTML_OTHER): asciidoc.conf
-%.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -a linkcss -a toc -a icons
-%.8.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
-%.5.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
-%.3.html: ASCIIDOC_OPTS += -d manpage
-
-# Dependency rules
-pacman.8 pacman.8.html: pacman.8.txt
-makepkg.8 makepkg.8.html: makepkg.8.txt
-repo-add.8 repo-add.8.html: repo-add.8.txt
-vercmp.8 vercmp.8.html: vercmp.8.txt
-PKGBUILD.5 PKGBUILD.5.html: PKGBUILD.5.txt PKGBUILD-example.txt
-makepkg.conf.5 makepkg.conf.5.html: makepkg.conf.5.txt
-pacman.conf.5 pacman.conf.5.html: pacman.conf.5.txt
-libalpm.3 libalpm.3.html: libalpm.3.txt
-# this one is just a symlink
-repo-remove.8: repo-add.8
-	rm -f repo-remove.8
-	$(LN_S) repo-add.8 repo-remove.8
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

doc/PKGBUILD-example.txt

@@ -1,20 +1,27 @@
 # Maintainer: Joe User <joe.user@example.com>
 
 pkgname=patch
-pkgver=2.5.4
-pkgrel=3
+pkgver=2.7.1
+pkgrel=1
 pkgdesc="A utility to apply patch files to original sources"
 arch=('i686' 'x86_64')
-url="http://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
+url="https://www.gnu.org/software/patch/patch.html"
 license=('GPL')
 groups=('base-devel')
-depends=('glibc' 'ed')
-source=(ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.gz)
-md5sums=('ee5ae84d115f051d87fcaaef3b4ae782')
+depends=('glibc')
+makedepends=('ed')
+optdepends=('ed: for "patch -e" functionality')
+source=("ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/$pkgname/$pkgname-$pkgver.tar.xz"{,.sig})
+md5sums=('e9ae5393426d3ad783a300a338c09b72'
+         'SKIP')
 
 build() {
-  cd $srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver
-  ./configure --prefix=/usr
-  make
-  make prefix=$pkgdir/usr install
+	cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
+	./configure --prefix=/usr
+	make
+}
+
+package() {
+	cd "$srcdir/$pkgname-$pkgver"
+	make DESTDIR="$pkgdir/" install
 }

doc/PKGBUILD.5.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
+PKGBUILD(5)
+===========
+
+Name
+----
+PKGBUILD - Arch Linux package build description file
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+PKGBUILD
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+This manual page describes general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
+PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
+with pacman.
+
+NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'
+along with other example files such as an install script. You can copy the
+provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build directory and make
+customizations to suit your needs.
+
+
+Options and Directives
+----------------------
+The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
+in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
+of them will be directly transferred to the built package. The mandatory
+fields for a minimally functional PKGBUILD are *pkgname*, *pkgver*, *pkgrel*
+and *arch*.
+
+If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
+recommended to prefix their name with an '_' (underscore).
+This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
+For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
+similar to `$_basekernver`.
+
+*pkgname (array)*::
+	Either the name of the package or an array of names for split packages.
+	Valid characters for members of this array are alphanumerics, and any of
+	the following characters: ```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, names are not
+	allowed to start with hyphens or dots.
+
+*pkgver*::
+	The version of the software as released from the author (e.g., '2.7.1').
+	The variable is not allowed to contain colons, forward slashes, hyphens
+	or whitespace.
++
+The `pkgver` variable can be automatically updated by providing a `pkgver()`
+function in the PKGBUILD that outputs the new package version.
+This is run after downloading and extracting the sources and running the
+`prepare()` function (if present), so it can use those files in determining the
+new `pkgver`.  This is most useful when used with sources from version control
+systems (see below).
+
+*pkgrel*::
+	This is the release number specific to the distribution. This
+	allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
+	flags, for example. This is typically set to '1' for each new upstream
+	software release and incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
+	variable is a positive integer, with an optional subrelease level
+	specified by adding another positive integer separated by a period
+	(i.e. in the form x.y).
+
+*epoch*::
+	Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
+	with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
+	such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
+	default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
+	numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
+	version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
+	version comparisons.
+
+*pkgdesc*::
+	This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
+	Try to keep the description to one line of text and to not use the package's
+	name.
+
+*url*::
+	This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
+	packaged. This is typically the project's web site.
+
+*license (array)*::
+	This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
+	Commonly used licenses can be found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
+	see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
+	field (e.g., `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
+	available in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include it
+	in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
+	`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
+	'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname/' when building the package. If
+	multiple licenses are applicable, list all of them:
+	`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
+
+*install*::
+	Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
+	This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
+	be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
+	in the source array (e.g., `install=$pkgname.install`).
+
+*changelog*::
+	Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
+	The changelog file should end in a single newline.
+	This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD and will
+	be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
+	in the source array (e.g., `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
+
+*source (array)*::
+	An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
+	must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, or be a
+	fully-qualified URL that makepkg can use to download the file.
+	To simplify the maintenance of PKGBUILDs, use the `$pkgname` and `$pkgver`
+	variables when specifying the download location, if possible.
+	Compressed files will be extracted automatically unless found in the
+	noextract array described below.
++
+Additional architecture-specific sources can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'source_x86_64=()'. There must be a
+corresponding integrity array with checksums, e.g. 'cksums_x86_64=()'.
++
+It is also possible to change the name of the downloaded file, which is helpful
+with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
+name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
++
+makepkg also supports building developmental versions of packages using sources
+downloaded from version control systems (VCS). For more information, see
+<<VCS,Using VCS Sources>> below.
++
+Files in the source array with extensions `.sig`, `.sign` or, `.asc` are
+recognized by makepkg as PGP signatures and will be automatically used to verify
+the integrity of the corresponding source file.
+
+*validpgpkeys (array)*::
+	An array of PGP fingerprints. If this array is non-empty, makepkg will
+	only accept signatures from the keys listed here and will ignore the
+	trust values from the keyring. If the source file was signed with a
+	subkey, makepkg will still use the primary key for comparison.
++
+Only full fingerprints are accepted. They must be uppercase and must not
+contain whitespace characters.
+
+*noextract (array)*::
+	An array of file names corresponding to those from the source array. Files
+	listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
+	is useful for packages that use compressed data directly.
+
+*cksums (array)*::
+	This array contains CRC checksums for every source file specified in the
+	source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
+	file integrity during subsequent builds. If 'SKIP' is put in the array
+	in place of a normal hash, the integrity check for that source file will
+	be skipped. To easily generate cksums, run ``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''.
+	If desired, move the cksums line to an appropriate location.  Note that
+	checksums generated by "makepkg -g" should be verified using checksum
+	values provided by the software developer.
+
+*md5sums, sha1sums, sha224sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums, b2sums (arrays)*::
+	Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
+	similar to the cksums option described above. To enable use and generation
+	of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
+	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+*groups (array)*::
+	An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
+	you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For
+	example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
+
+*arch (array)*::
+	Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.,
+	`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
+	files should use `arch=('any')`. Valid characters for members of this array
+	are alphanumerics and ```_`''.
+
+*backup (array)*::
+	An array of file names, without preceding slashes, that
+	should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
+	commonly used for packages placing configuration files in '/etc'. See
+	`"Handling Config Files"` in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
+
+*depends (array)*::
+	An array of packages this package depends on to run. Entries in
+	this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
+	the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
+	form 'name<>version', where `<>` is one of five comparisons: `>=` (greater
+	than or equal to), `<=` (less than or equal to), `=` (equal to), `>`
+	(greater than), or `<` (less than).
++
+If the dependency name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
+try to find a binary that depends on the library in the built package and
+append the version needed by the binary. Appending the version yourself
+disables automatic detection.
++
+Additional architecture-specific depends can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'depends_x86_64=()'.
+
+*makedepends (array)*::
+	An array of packages this package depends on to build but are not
+	needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
+	depends.
++
+Additional architecture-specific makedepends can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'makedepends_x86_64=()'.
+
+*checkdepends (array)*::
+	An array of packages this package depends on to run its test suite
+	but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
+	format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
+	check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
++
+Additional architecture-specific checkdepends can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'checkdepends_x86_64=()'.
+
+*optdepends (array)*::
+	An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
+	base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
+	of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
+	and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. Packages in
+	this list follow the same format as depends, with an optional description
+	appended. The format for specifying optdepends descriptions is:
+
+	optdepends=('python: for library bindings')
++
+Additional architecture-specific optdepends can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'optdepends_x86_64=()'.
+
+*conflicts (array)*::
+	An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
+	cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
+	same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are supported using the
+	operators as described in `depends`.
++
+Additional architecture-specific conflicts can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'conflicts_x86_64=()'.
+
+*provides (array)*::
+	An array of ``virtual provisions'' this package provides. This allows
+	a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
+	example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
+	depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
++
+Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format. For
+example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0' dependency of
+other packages. Provisions involving the `>` and `<` operators are invalid as
+only specific versions of a package may be provided.
++
+If the provision name appears to be a library (ends with .so), makepkg will
+try to find the library in the built package and append the correct
+version. Appending the version yourself disables automatic detection.
++
+Additional architecture-specific provides can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'provides_x86_64=()'.
+
+*replaces (array)*::
+	An array of packages this package should replace. This can be used
+	to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
+	is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
+	as expected even though the package has moved. Versioned replaces are
+	supported using the operators as described in `depends`.
++
+Sysupgrade is currently the only pacman operation that utilizes this field.
+A normal sync or upgrade will not use its value.
++
+Additional architecture-specific replaces can be added by appending an
+underscore and the architecture name e.g., 'replaces_x86_64=()'.
+
+*options (array)*::
+	This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
+	when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
+	in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
+	the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
+	to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+	*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
+	variable.
+
+	*strip*;;
+		Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
+		use a debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to
+		disable this option.
+
+	*docs*;;
+		Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
+		specify `!docs` in the array.
+
+	*libtool*;;
+		Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
+		remove them.
+
+	*staticlibs*;;
+		Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
+		remove them (if they have a shared counterpart).
+
+	*emptydirs*;;
+		Leave empty directories in packages.
+
+	*zipman*;;
+		Compress man and info pages with gzip.
+
+	*ccache*;;
+		Allow the use of ccache during `build()`. More useful in its negative
+		form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
+		with ccache.
+
+	*distcc*;;
+		Allow the use of distcc during `build()`. More useful in its negative
+		form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
+		with distcc.
+
+	*buildflags*;;
+		Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CPPFLAGS, CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS,
+		LDFLAGS) during `build()` as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More
+		useful in its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that
+		have problems building with custom buildflags.
+
+	*makeflags*;;
+		Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during `build()` as specified
+		in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
+		`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
+		custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
+
+	*debug*;;
+		Add the user-specified debug flags (DEBUG_CFLAGS, DEBUG_CXXFLAGS) to
+		their counterpart buildflags as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+		When used in combination with the `strip' option, a separate package
+		containing the debug symbols is created.
+
+	*lto*;;
+		Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds '-flto'
+		to both CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
+
+
+Packaging Functions
+-------------------
+In addition to the above directives, PKGBUILDs require a set of functions that
+provide instructions to build and install the package. As a minimum, the
+PKGBUILD must contain a `package()` function which installs all the package's
+files into the packaging directory, with optional `prepare()`, `build()`, and
+`check()` functions being used to create those files from source.
+
+This is directly sourced and executed by makepkg, so anything that Bash or the
+system has available is available for use here. Be sure any exotic commands
+used are covered by the `makedepends` array.
+
+If you create any variables of your own in any of these functions, it is
+recommended to use the Bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside the
+function.
+
+*package() Function*::
+	The `package()` function is used to install files into the directory that
+	will become the root directory of the built package and is run after all
+	the optional functions listed below. The packaging stage is run using
+	fakeroot to ensure correct file permissions in the resulting package.
+	All other functions will be run as the user calling makepkg.
+
+*prepare() Function*::
+	An optional `prepare()` function can be specified in which operations to
+	prepare the sources for building, such as patching, are performed. This
+	function is run after the source extraction and before the `build()`
+	function. The `prepare()` function is skipped when source extraction
+	is skipped.
+
+*build() Function*::
+	The optional `build()` function is used to compile and/or adjust the source
+	files in preparation to be installed by the `package()` function.
+
+*check() Function*::
+	An optional `check()` function can be specified in which a package's
+	test-suite may be run. This function is run between the `build()` and
+	`package()` functions. Be sure any exotic commands used are covered by the
+	`checkdepends` array.
+
+All of the above variables such as `$pkgname` and `$pkgver` are available for
+use in the packaging functions. In addition, makepkg defines the following
+variables:
+
+*srcdir*::
+	This contains the directory where makepkg extracts, or copies, all source
+	files.
++
+All of the packaging functions defined above are run starting inside `$srcdir`
+
+*pkgdir*::
+	This contains the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package.
+	This directory will become the root directory of your built package. This
+	variable should only be used in the `package()` function.
+
+*startdir*::
+	This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD is
+	located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
+	Use of this variable is deprecated and strongly discouraged.
+
+
+Package Splitting
+-----------------
+makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
+achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
+Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
+`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
+
+All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
+given in the PKGBUILD. Nevertheless, the following ones can be overridden within
+each split package's packaging function:
+`pkgdesc`, `arch`, `url`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`, `optdepends`,
+`provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`, `install`, and
+`changelog`.
+
+Note that makepkg does not consider split package `depends` when checking
+if dependencies are installed before package building and with `--syncdeps`.
+All packages required to make the package are required to be specified in
+the global `depends` and `makedepends` arrays.
+
+An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
+
+*pkgbase*::
+	The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
+	and in the naming of source-only tarballs. If not specified, the first
+	element in the `pkgname` array is used. Valid characters for this
+	variable are alphanumerics, and any of the following characters:
+	```@ . _ + -`''. Additionally, the variable is not allowed to start with
+	hyphens or dots.
+
+
+Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
+--------------------------------
+Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
+installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
+itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
+
+The exact time the script is run varies with each operation, and should be
+self-explanatory. Note that during an upgrade operation, none of the install
+or remove functions will be called.
+
+Scripts are passed either one or two ``full version strings'', where a full
+version string is either 'pkgver-pkgrel' or 'epoch:pkgver-pkgrel', if epoch is
+non-zero.
+
+*pre_install*::
+	Run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
+	new package full version string.
+
+*post_install*::
+	Run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
+	new package full version string.
+
+*pre_upgrade*::
+	Run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this
+	order: new package full version string, old package full version string.
+
+*post_upgrade*::
+	Run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed in this order:
+	new package full version string, old package full version string.
+
+*pre_remove*::
+	Run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
+	old package full version string.
+
+*post_remove*::
+	Run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
+	old package full version string.
+
+To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
+same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
+
+	install=pkgname.install
+
+The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
+template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
+reference with all of the available functions defined.
+
+
+Using VCS Sources[[VCS]]
+------------------------
+Building a developmental version of a package using sources from a version
+control system (VCS) is enabled by specifying the source in the form:
+
+	source=('directory::url#fragment?query')
+
+Currently makepkg supports the Bazaar, Git, Subversion, Fossil and Mercurial
+version control systems. For other version control systems, manual cloning of
+upstream repositories must be done in the `prepare()` function.
+
+The source URL is divided into four components:
+
+*directory*::
+	(optional) Specifies an alternate directory name for makepkg to download
+	the VCS source into.
+
+*url*::
+	The URL to the VCS repository. This must include the VCS in the URL protocol
+	for makepkg to recognize this as a VCS source. If the protocol does not
+	include the VCS name, it can be added by prefixing the URL with `vcs+`. For
+	example, using a Git repository over HTTPS would have a source URL in the
+	form:
+	`git+https://...`.
+
+*fragment*::
+	(optional) Allows specifying a revision number or branch for makepkg to checkout
+	from the VCS. A fragment has the form `type=value`, for example to checkout a
+	given revision the source line would be `source=(url#revision=123)`. The
+	available types depends on the VCS being used:
+
+	*bzr*;;
+		revision (see `'bzr help revisionspec'` for details)
+
+	*fossil*;;
+		branch, commit, tag
+
+	*git*;;
+		branch, commit, tag
+
+	*hg*;;
+		branch, revision, tag
+
+	*svn*;;
+		revision
+
+*query*::
+	(optional) Allows specifying whether a VCS checkout should be checked for
+	PGP-signed revisions. The source line should have the format
+	`source=(url#fragment?signed)` or `source=(url?signed#fragment)`. Currently
+	only supported by Git.
+
+Example
+-------
+The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
+examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
+those using Arch Linux, consult the Arch Build System (ABS) tree.
+
+[source,sh]
+-------------------------------
+include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
+-------------------------------
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/PKGBUILD.5.txt

@@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-PKGBUILD(5)
-===========
-
-Name
-----
-PKGBUILD - Arch Linux package build description file
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-PKGBUILD
-
-
-Description
------------
-This manual page is meant to describe general rules about PKGBUILDs. Once a
-PKGBUILD is written, the actual package is built using makepkg and installed
-with pacman.
-
-NOTE: An example PKGBUILD, useful for reference, is located in '{pkgdatadir}'.
-Also located there are other example files such as a ChangeLog and an install
-script. You can copy the provided PKGBUILD.proto file to a new package build
-directory and make customizations to suit your needs.
-
-
-Options and Directives
-----------------------
-The following is a list of standard options and directives available for use
-in a PKGBUILD. These are all understood and interpreted by makepkg, and most
-will be directly transferred to the built package.
-
-If you need to create any custom variables for use in your build process, it is
-recommended to name your custom variables with an '_' (underscore) prefix.
-This will prevent any possible name clashes with internal makepkg variables.
-For example, to store the base kernel version in a variable, use something
-similar to `$_basekernver`.
-
-*pkgname (array)*::
-	The name of the package. This has be a unix-friendly name as it will be
-	used in the package filename. Members of the array are not allowed to start
-	with hyphens.
-
-*pkgver*::
-	The version of the software as released from the author (e.g. '2.7.1').
-	The variable is not allowed to contain colons or hyphens.
-
-*pkgrel*::
-	This is the release number specific to the Arch Linux release. This
-	allows package maintainers to make updates to the package's configure
-	flags, for example. A pkgrel of '1' is typically used for each upstream
-	software release and is incremented for intermediate PKGBUILD updates. The
-	variable is not allowed to contain hyphens.
-
-*pkgdesc*::
-	This should be a brief description of the package and its functionality.
-	Try to keep the description to one line of text.
-
-*epoch*::
-	Used to force the package to be seen as newer than any previous versions
-	with a lower epoch, even if the version number would normally not trigger
-	such an upgrade. This value is required to be a positive integer; the
-	default value if left unspecified is '0'. This is useful when the version
-	numbering scheme of a package changes (or is alphanumeric), breaking normal
-	version comparison logic. See linkman:pacman[8] for more information on
-	version comparisons.
-
-*url*::
-	This field contains a URL that is associated with the software being
-	packaged. This is typically the project's website.
-
-*license (array)*::
-	This field specifies the license(s) that apply to the package.
-	Commonly-used licenses are found in '/usr/share/licenses/common'. If you
-	see the package's license there, simply reference it in the license
-	field (e.g. `license=('GPL')`). If the package provides a license not
-	found in '/usr/share/licenses/common', then you should include the license
-	in the package itself and set `license=('custom')` or
-	`license=('custom:LicenseName')`. The license should be placed in
-	'$pkgdir/usr/share/licenses/$pkgname' when building the package. If
-	multiple licenses are applicable for a package, list all of them:
-	`license=('GPL' 'FDL')`.
-
-*install*::
-	Specifies a special install script that is to be included in the package.
-	This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
-	be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
-	in the source array (e.g. `install=pkgname.install`).
-
-*changelog*::
-	Specifies a changelog file that is to be included in the package.
-	This file should reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD, and will
-	be copied into the package by makepkg. It does not need to be included
-	in the source array (e.g. `changelog=$pkgname.changelog`).
-
-*source (array)*::
-	An array of source files required to build the package. Source files
-	must either reside in the same directory as the PKGBUILD file, or be a
-	fully-qualified URL that makepkg will use to download the file. In order
-	to make the PKGBUILD as useful as possible, use the $pkgname and $pkgver
-	variables if possible when specifying the download location. Any files
-	that are compressed will automatically be extracted, unless found in
-	the noextract array listed below.
-+
-It is also possible to specify an optional filename, which is helpful
-with weird URLs and for handling multiple source files with the same
-name. The syntax is: `source=('filename::url')`.
-
-*noextract (array)*::
-	An array of filenames corresponding to those from the source array. Files
-	listed here will not be extracted with the rest of the source files. This
-	is useful for packages which use compressed data which is downloaded but
-	not necessary to uncompress.
-
-*md5sums (array)*::
-	This array contains an MD5 hash for every source file specified in the
-	source array (in the same order). makepkg will use this to verify source
-	file integrity during subsequent builds. To easily generate md5sums, run
-	``makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD''. If desired, move the md5sums line to an
-	appropriate location.
-
-*sha1sums, sha256sums, sha384sums, sha512sums (arrays)*::
-	Alternative integrity checks that makepkg supports; these all behave
-	similar to the md5sums option described above. To enable use and generation
-	of these checksums, be sure to set up the `INTEGRITY_CHECK` option in
-	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-*groups (array)*::
-	An array of symbolic names that represent groups of packages, allowing
-	you to install multiple packages by requesting a single target. For
-	example, one could install all KDE packages by installing the 'kde' group.
-
-*arch (array)*::
-	Defines on which architectures the given package is available (e.g.
-	`arch=('i686' 'x86_64')`). Packages that contain no architecture specific
-	files may use arch=('any').
-
-*backup (array)*::
-	A space-delimited array of filenames, without preceding slashes, that
-	should be backed up if the package is removed or upgraded. This is
-	commonly used for packages placing configuration files in /etc. See
-	Handling Config Files in linkman:pacman[8] for more information.
-
-*depends (array)*::
-	An array of packages that this package depends on to run. Packages in
-	this list should be surrounded with single quotes and contain at least
-	the package name. Entries can also include a version requirement of the
-	form 'name<>version', where <> is one of five comparisons: >= (greater
-	than or equal to), <= (less than or equal to), = (equal to), > (greater
-	than), or < (less than).
-
-*makedepends (array)*::
-	An array of packages that this package depends on to build, but are not
-	needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same format as
-	depends.
-
-*checkdepends (array)*::
-	An array of packages that this package depends on to run its test suite,
-	but are not needed at runtime. Packages in this list follow the same
-	format as depends. These dependencies are only considered when the
-	check() function is present and is to be run by makepkg.
-
-*optdepends (array)*::
-	An array of packages (and accompanying reasons) that are not essential for
-	base functionality, but may be necessary to make full use of the contents
-	of this package. optdepends are currently for informational purposes only
-	and are not utilized by pacman during dependency resolution. The format
-	for specifying optdepends is:
-
-	optdepends=('fakeroot: for makepkg usage as normal user')
-
-*conflicts (array)*::
-	An array of packages that will conflict with this package (i.e. they
-	cannot both be installed at the same time). This directive follows the
-	same format as depends. Versioned conflicts are also supported.
-
-*provides (array)*::
-	An array of ``virtual provisions'' that this package provides. This allows
-	a package to provide dependencies other than its own package name. For
-	example, the dcron package can provide 'cron', which allows packages to
-	depend on 'cron' rather than 'dcron OR fcron'.
-	Versioned provisions are also possible, in the 'name=version' format.
-	For example, dcron can provide 'cron=2.0' to satisfy the 'cron>=2.0'
-	dependency of other packages. Provisions involving the '>' and '<'
-	operators are invalid as only specific versions of a package may be
-	provided.
-
-*replaces (array)*::
-	An array of packages that this package should replace, and can be used
-	to handle renamed/combined packages. For example, if the 'j2re' package
-	is renamed to 'jre', this directive allows future upgrades to continue
-	as expected even though the package has moved. Sysupgrade is currently
-	the only pacman operation that utilizes this field, a normal sync will
-	not use its value.
-
-*options (array)*::
-	This array allows you to override some of makepkg's default behavior
-	when building packages. To set an option, just include the option name
-	in the options array. To reverse the default behavior, place an ``!'' at
-	the front of the option. Only specify the options you specifically want
-	to override, the rest will be taken from linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-	*NOTE:* 'force' is a now-removed option in favor of the top level 'epoch'
-	variable.
-
-	*strip*;;
-		Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently
-		use a debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to
-		disable this option.
-
-	*docs*;;
-		Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories,
-		specify `!docs` in the array.
-
-	*libtool*;;
-		Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to
-		remove them.
-
-	*emptydirs*;;
-		Leave empty directories in packages.
-
-	*zipman*;;
-		Compress man and info pages with gzip.
-
-	*ccache*;;
-		Allow the use of ccache during build. More useful in its negative
-		form `!ccache` with select packages that have problems building
-		with ccache.
-
-	*distcc*;;
-		Allow the use of distcc during build. More useful in its negative
-		form `!distcc` with select packages that have problems building
-		with distcc.
-
-	*buildflags*;;
-		Allow the use of user-specific buildflags (CFLAGS, CXXFLAGS, LDFLAGS)
-		during build as specified in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in
-		its negative form `!buildflags` with select packages that have problems
-		building with custom buildflags.
-
-	*makeflags*;;
-		Allow the use of user-specific makeflags during build as specified
-		in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. More useful in its negative form
-		`!makeflags` with select packages that have problems building with
-		custom makeflags such as `-j2` (or higher).
-
-
-build() Function
-----------------
-In addition to the above directives, the optional build() bash function usually
-comprises the remainder of the PKGBUILD. This is directly sourced and executed
-by makepkg, so anything that bash or the system has available is available for
-use here. The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits
-with a non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic
-commands used are covered by `makedepends`.
-
-All of the above variables such as `pkgname` and `pkgver` are available for use
-in the build function. In addition, makepkg defines three variables for your
-use during the build and install process. These three variables are as follows:
-
-*startdir*::
-	This contains the absolute path to the directory where the PKGBUILD was
-	located, which is usually the output of `$(pwd)` when makepkg is started.
-
-*srcdir*::
-	This points to the directory where makepkg extracts or copies all source
-	files.
-
-*pkgdir*::
-	This points to the directory where makepkg bundles the installed package
-	(this directory will become the root directory of your built package).
-
-If you create any variables of your own in the build function, it is
-recommended to use the bash `local` keyword to scope the variable to inside
-the build function.
-
-check() Function
-----------------
-An optional check() function can be specified in which a packages test-suite
-may be run. This function is run between the build() and package() functions.
-The function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
-non-zero status will cause the function to exit. Be sure any exotic commands
-used are covered by `checkdepends`.
-
-package() Function
-------------------
-An optional package() function can be specified in addition to the build()
-function. This function is run after the build() and check() functions. The
-function is run in `bash -e` mode, meaning any command that exits with a
-non-zero status will cause the function to exit. When specified in combination
-with the fakeroot BUILDENV option in linkman:makepkg.conf[5], fakeroot usage
-will be limited to running the packaging stage. An existing build() function
-will be run as the user calling makepkg.
-
-Package Splitting
------------------
-makepkg supports building multiple packages from a single PKGBUILD. This is
-achieved by assigning an array of package names to the `pkgname` directive.
-Each split package uses a corresponding packaging function with name
-`package_foo()`, where `foo` is the name of the split package.
-
-All options and directives for the split packages default to the global values
-given within the PKGBUILD. However, some of these can be overridden within each
-split package's packaging function. The following variables can be overridden:
-`pkgver`, `pkgrel`, `pkgdesc`, `arch`, `license`, `groups`, `depends`,
-`optdepends`, `provides`, `conflicts`, `replaces`, `backup`, `options`,
-`install` and `changelog`.
-
-An optional global directive is available when building a split package:
-
-*pkgbase*::
-	The name used to refer to the group of packages in the output of makepkg
-	and in the naming of source-only tarballs.  If not specified, the first
-	element in the `pkgname` array is used.  The variable is not allowed to
-	begin with a hyphen.
-
-Install/Upgrade/Remove Scripting
---------------------------------
-Pacman has the ability to store and execute a package-specific script when it
-installs, removes, or upgrades a package. This allows a package to configure
-itself after installation and perform an opposite action upon removal.
-
-The exact time the script is run varies with each operation:
-
-*pre_install*::
-	script is run right before files are extracted. One argument is passed:
-	new package version.
-
-*post_install*::
-	script is run right after files are extracted. One argument is passed:
-	new package version.
-
-*pre_upgrade*::
-	script is run right before files are extracted. Two arguments are passed
-	in the following order: new package version, old package version.
-
-*post_upgrade*::
-	script is run after files are extracted. Two arguments are passed
-	in the following order: new package version, old package version.
-
-*pre_remove*::
-	script is run right before files are removed. One argument is passed:
-	old package version.
-
-*post_remove*::
-	script is run right after files are removed. One argument is passed:
-	old package version.
-
-To use this feature, create a file such as 'pkgname.install' and put it in the
-same directory as the PKGBUILD script. Then use the install directive:
-
-	install=pkgname.install
-
-The install script does not need to be specified in the source array. A
-template install file is available in '{pkgdatadir}' as 'proto.install' for
-reference with all of the available functions defined.
-
-
-Development Directives
-----------------------
-makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
-manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
-separate utility 'versionpkg'. In order to utilize this functionality, your
-PKGBUILD must use correct variable names depending on the SCM being fetched
-from.
-
-*CVS*::
-	The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
-
-	*_cvsroot*;;
-		The root of the CVS repository.
-
-	*_cvsmod*;;
-		The CVS module to fetch.
-
-*SVN*::
-	The generated pkgver will be the latest SVN revision number.
-
-	*_svntrunk*;;
-		The trunk of the SVN repository.
-
-	*_svnmod*;;
-		The SVN module to fetch.
-
-*Git*::
-	The generated pkgver will be one formatted by the 'git-describe'
-	command, with '-' characters converted to '_' characters.
-
-	*_gitroot*;;
-		The URL (all protocols supported) to the GIT repository.
-
-	*_gitname*;;
-		GIT tag or branch to use.
-
-*Mercurial*::
-	The generated pkgver will be the hg tip revision number.
-
-	*_hgroot*;;
-		The URL of the mercurial repository.
-
-	*_hgrepo*;;
-		The repository to follow.
-
-*Darcs*::
-	The generated pkgver will be the date the package is built.
-
-	*_darcstrunk*;;
-		URL to the repository trunk.
-
-	*_darcsmod*;;
-		Darcs module to use.
-
-*Bazaar*::
-	The generated pkgver will be the latest Bazaar revision number (revno).
-
-	*_bzrtrunk*;;
-		URL to the bazaar repository.
-
-	*_bzrmod*;;
-		Bazaar module to use.
-
-
-Example
--------
-The following is an example PKGBUILD for the 'patch' package. For more
-examples, look through the build files of your distribution's packages. For
-those using Arch Linux, consult the ABS tree.
-
-[source,sh]
--------------------------------
-include::PKGBUILD-example.txt[]
--------------------------------
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/alpm-hooks.5.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+alpm-hooks(5)
+=============
+
+NAME
+----
+
+alpm-hooks - alpm hook file format
+
+SYNOPSIS
+--------
+
+--------
+[Trigger] (Required, Repeatable)
+Operation = Install|Upgrade|Remove (Required, Repeatable)
+Type = Path|Package (Required)
+Target = <Path|PkgName> (Required, Repeatable)
+
+[Action] (Required)
+Description = ... (Optional)
+When = PreTransaction|PostTransaction (Required)
+Exec = <Command> (Required)
+Depends = <PkgName> (Optional)
+AbortOnFail (Optional, PreTransaction only)
+NeedsTargets (Optional)
+--------
+
+DESCRIPTION
+-----------
+
+libalpm provides the ability to specify hooks to run before or after
+transactions based on the packages and/or files being modified.  Hooks consist
+of a single '[Action]' section describing the action to be run and one or more
+'[Trigger]' section describing which transactions it should be run for.
+
+Hooks are read from files located in the system hook directory
++{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks+, and additional custom directories specified in
+linkman:pacman.conf[5] (the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+).  The
+file names are required to have the suffix ".hook".  Hooks are run in
+alphabetical order of their file name, where the ordering ignores the suffix.
+
+TRIGGERS
+--------
+
+Hooks must contain at least one '[Trigger]' section that determines which
+transactions will cause the hook to run.  If multiple trigger sections are
+defined the hook will run if the transaction matches *any* of the triggers.
+
+*Operation =* Install|Upgrade|Remove::
+	Select the type of operation to match targets against.  May be specified
+	multiple times.  Installations are considered an upgrade if the package or
+	file is already present on the system regardless of whether the new package
+	version is actually greater than the currently installed version.  For Path
+	triggers, this is true even if the file changes ownership from one package
+	to another.  Required.
+
+*Type =* Path|Package::
+	Select whether targets are matched against transaction packages or files.
+	See CAVEATS for special notes regarding Path triggers. 'File' is a deprecated
+	alias for 'Path' and will be removed in a future release.  Required.
+
+*Target =* <path|package>::
+	The path or package name to match against the active transaction.
+	Paths refer to the files in the package archive; the installation root
+	should *not* be included in the path.  Shell-style glob patterns are
+	allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a target with an
+	exclamation mark. May be specified multiple times. Required.
+
+ACTIONS
+-------
+
+*Description =* ...::
+	An optional description that describes the action being taken by the
+	hook for use in front-end output.
+
+*Exec =* <command>::
+	Command to run.  Command arguments are split on whitespace.  Values
+	containing whitespace should be enclosed in quotes.  Required.
+
+*When =* PreTransaction|PostTransaction::
+	When to run the hook.  Required.
+
+*Depends =* <package>::
+	Packages that must be installed for the hook to run. May be specified
+	multiple times.
+
+*AbortOnFail*::
+	Causes the transaction to be aborted if the hook exits non-zero.  Only
+	applies to PreTransaction hooks.
+
+*NeedsTargets*::
+	Causes the list of matched trigger targets to be passed to the running hook
+	on 'stdin'.
+
+OVERRIDING HOOKS
+----------------
+
+Hooks may be overridden by placing a file with the same name in a higher
+priority hook directory.  Hooks may be disabled by overriding them with
+a symlink to '/dev/null'.
+
+EXAMPLES
+--------
+
+--------
+# Force disks to sync to reduce the risk of data corruption
+
+[Trigger]
+Operation = Install
+Operation = Upgrade
+Operation = Remove
+Type = Package
+Target = *
+
+[Action]
+Depends = coreutils
+When = PostTransaction
+Exec = /usr/bin/sync
+--------
+
+CAVEATS
+-------
+
+There are situations when path triggers may act in unexpected ways.  Hooks are
+triggered using the file list of the installed, upgraded, or removed package.
+When installing or upgrading a file that is extracted with a '.pacnew'
+extension, the original file name is used in triggering the hook.  When
+removing a package, all files owned by that package can trigger a hook whether
+or not they were actually present on the file system before package removal.
+
+PostTransaction hooks will *not* run if the transaction fails to complete for
+any reason.
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/asciidoc-override.css

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+table th, table td {
+	padding: 0.2em 1em;
+}
+
+table td p.table {
+	margin: 0;
+}

doc/asciidoc.conf

@@ -17,7 +17,11 @@ plus=+
 caret=^
 startsb=[
 endsb=]
+backslash=\
 tilde=~
+apostrophe='
+backtick=`
+litdd=--
 
 ifdef::backend-docbook[]
 [linkman-inlinemacro]
@@ -46,7 +50,7 @@ ifdef::backend-docbook[]
 template::[header-declarations]
 <refentry>
 <refentryinfo>
-<date>{pacman_date}</date>
+<date>{localdate}</date>
 </refentryinfo>
 <refmeta>
 <refentrytitle>{mantitle}</refentrytitle>

doc/footer.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+
+See the pacman website at https://archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
+information on pacman and its related tools.
+
+
+Bugs
+----
+Bugs? You must be kidding; there are no bugs in this software. But if we
+happen to be wrong, submit a bug report with as much detail as possible
+at the https://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Arch Linux Bug Tracker]
+in the Pacman section.
+
+
+Authors
+-------
+
+Current maintainers:
+
+* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
+* Andrew Gregory <andrew.gregory.8@gmail.com>
+* Eli Schwartz <eschwartz@archlinux.org>
+* Morgan Adamiec <morganamilo@archlinux.org>
+
+Past major contributors:
+
+* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
+* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
+* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
+* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
+* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
+* Nagy Gabor <ngaba@bibl.u-szeged.hu>
+* Dave Reisner <dreisner@archlinux.org>
+
+For additional contributors, use `git shortlog -s` on the pacman.git
+repository.

doc/footer.txt

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-
-See the pacman website at http://www.archlinux.org/pacman/[] for current
-information on pacman and its related tools.
-
-
-Bugs
-----
-Bugs? You must be kidding, there are no bugs in this software. But if we
-happen to be wrong, send us an email with as much detail as possible to
-mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
-
-
-Authors
--------
-
-Current maintainers:
-
-* Allan McRae <allan@archlinux.org>
-* Dan McGee <dan@archlinux.org>
-* Xavier Chantry <shiningxc@gmail.com>
-
-Past contributors:
-
-* Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
-* Aurelien Foret <aurelien@archlinux.org>
-* Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
-
-See the 'AUTHORS' file for additional contributors.

doc/index.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+Pacman Home Page
+================
+
+A simple library-based package manager.
+
+Introduction
+------------
+pacman is a utility which manages software packages in Linux. It uses simple
+compressed files as a package format, and maintains a text-based package
+database (more of a hierarchy), just in case some hand tweaking is necessary.
+
+pacman does not strive to "do everything." It will add, remove and upgrade
+packages in the system, and it will allow you to query the package database for
+installed packages, files and owners. It also attempts to handle dependencies
+automatically and can download packages from a remote server.
+
+History
+~~~~~~~
+Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the '\--sync'
+option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
+this, packages would have to be installed manually using the '\--add' and
+'\--upgrade' operations.
+
+Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman -- a back-end named libalpm
+(library for Arch Linux Package Management) and the familiar pacman front-end.
+Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
+being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
+library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
+alternative front ends.
+
+Version 4.0 added package signing and verification capabilities to the entire
+makepkg/repo-add/pacman toolchain via GnuPG and GPGME.
+
+Version 5.0 added support for pre/post-transaction hooks and sync database file
+list operations.
+
+Documentation
+-------------
+
+Man Pages
+~~~~~~~~~
+There are several man pages available for the programs, utilities, and
+configuration files dealing with pacman.
+
+* linkman:alpm-hooks[5]
+* linkman:BUILDINFO[5]
+* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
+* linkman:libalpm[3]
+* linkman:makepkg[8]
+* linkman:makepkg-template[1]
+* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
+* linkman:pacman[8]
+* linkman:pacman-key[8]
+* linkman:pacman-conf[8]
+* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+* linkman:repo-add[8]
+* linkman:vercmp[8]
+
+Changelog
+~~~~~~~~~
+For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
+link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman[Git summary page] for the
+project.
+
+See the most recent
+link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/-/blob/master/NEWS[NEWS]
+file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
+contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
+
+
+Releases
+--------
+
+[frame="none",grid="none",options="autowidth",cols="3*a"]
+|======
+|
+[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
+!======
+!Version !Date
+!6.0.1  !2021-09-04
+!6.0.0  !2021-05-20
+!6.0.0alpha1 !2020-12-04
+!5.2.1  !2019-11-01
+!5.2.0  !2019-10-21
+!5.1.3  !2019-03-01
+!5.1.2  !2018-12-25
+!5.1.1  !2018-07-27
+!5.1.0  !2018-05-28
+!5.0.2  !2017-06-03
+!5.0.1  !2016-02-23
+!5.0.0  !2016-01-30
+!4.2.1  !2015-02-20
+!4.2.0  !2014-12-19
+!4.1.2  !2013-06-18
+!4.1.1  !2013-05-07
+!4.1.0  !2013-04-01
+!4.1.0rc1 !2013-03-09
+!4.0.3 !2012-04-07
+!4.0.2 !2012-02-11
+!4.0.1 !2011-11-20
+!4.0.0 !2011-10-13
+!4.0.0rc2 !2011-09-22
+!4.0.0rc1 !2011-08-11
+!3.5.4 !2011-08-10
+!3.5.3 !2011-06-07
+!3.5.2 !2011-04-18
+!3.5.1 !2011-03-23
+!3.5.0 !2011-03-16
+!3.4.3 !2011-01-22
+!3.4.2 !2010-12-29
+!3.4.1 !2010-09-03
+!3.4.0 !2010-06-16
+!3.3.3 !2009-11-10
+!3.3.2 !2009-10-05
+!3.3.1 !2009-09-22
+!3.3.0 !2009-08-02
+!3.2.2 !2009-01-05
+!3.2.1 !2008-08-26
+!3.2.0 !2008-07-30
+!3.1.4 !2008-04-01
+!======
+|
+[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
+!======
+!Version !Date
+!3.1.3 !2008-03-06
+!3.1.2 !2008-02-20
+!3.1.1 !2008-01-20
+!3.1.0 !2008-01-09
+!3.0.6 !2007-09-16
+!3.0.5 !2007-06-17
+!3.0.4 !2007-05-08
+!3.0.3 !2007-04-28
+!3.0.2 !2007-04-23
+!3.0.1 !2007-04-04
+!3.0.0 !2007-03-25
+!2.9.8 !2006-02-02
+!2.9.7 !2005-09-16
+!2.9.7-TEST3 !2005-09-11
+!2.9.7-TEST2 !2005-09-07
+!2.9.7-TEST !2005-08-19
+!2.9.6 !2005-06-10
+!2.9.5 !2005-01-11
+!2.9.4 !2004-12-20
+!2.9.3 !2004-12-19
+!2.9.2 !2004-09-25
+!2.9.1 !2004-09-25
+!2.9 !2004-09-18
+!2.8.4 !2004-08-23
+!2.8.3 !2004-08-04
+!2.8.2 !2004-07-22
+!2.8.1 !2004-07-17
+!2.8 !2004-07-03
+!2.7.9 !2004-04-30
+!2.7.8 !2004-04-29
+!======
+|
+[frame="topbot",grid="none",options="header,autowidth"]
+!======
+!Version !Date
+!2.7.7 !2004-04-15
+!2.7.6 !2004-04-04
+!2.7.5 !2004-03-02
+!2.7.4 !2004-02-18
+!2.7.3 !2004-02-07
+!2.7.2 !2004-01-04
+!2.7.1 !2003-12-21
+!2.7 !2003-11-25
+!2.6.4 !2003-10-17
+!2.6.3 !2003-10-01
+!2.6.2 !2003-09-29
+!2.6.1 !2003-09-15
+!2.6 !2003-09-03
+!2.5.1 !2003-07-12
+!2.5 !2003-05-30
+!2.4.1 !2003-04-19
+!2.4 !2003-04-11
+!2.3.2 !2003-03-17
+!2.3.1 !2003-03-14
+!2.3 !2003-02-27
+!2.2 !2002-12-11
+!2.1 !2002-09-16
+!2.0 !2002-08-09
+!1.23 !2002-04-30
+!1.22 !2002-04-12
+!1.21 !2002-04-03
+!1.2 !2002-03-18
+!1.1 !2002-03-10
+!1.0 !2002-02-25
+!======
+
+|======
+
+Source code for all releases is available at
+link:https://sources.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
+available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
+commands:
+
+	$ meson build
+	$ ninja -C build
+	# ninja -C build install
+
+You may wish to read the options presented by `meson` in order to
+set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
+
+Development
+-----------
+
+Mailing List
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
+link:https://lists.archlinux.org/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
+link:https://lists.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
+
+Source Code
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+Development of pacman is currently done in Git. The central repository is
+hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
+on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
+these trees).
+
+The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
+
+	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
+
+which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
+You can browse the source as well using
+link:https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman/[gitlab].
+
+If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
+the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
+link:HACKING.html[HACKING] document.
+link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] is also a recommended read.
+
+Not as familiar with code as you'd like to be, but still want to help out? If
+you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
+translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
+link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
+
+Bugs
+----
+If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
+mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
+such as your command-line, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
+if it helps.
+
+You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
+link:https://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
+bugs under the Pacman project.
+
+Copyright
+---------
+pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team
+<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
+<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
+version 2 or later.

doc/index.txt

@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-Pacman Home Page
-================
-
-A simple library-based package manager.
-
-Introduction
-------------
-pacman is a utility which manages software packages in Linux. It uses simple
-compressed files as a package format, and maintains a text-based package
-database (more of a hierarchy), just in case some hand tweaking is necessary.
-
-pacman does not strive to "do everything." It will add, remove and upgrade
-packages in the system, and it will allow you to query the package database for
-installed packages, files and owners. It also attempts to handle dependencies
-automatically and can download packages from a remote server.
-
-History
-~~~~~~~
-Version 2.0 of pacman introduced the ability to sync packages (the `--sync`
-option) with a master server through the use of package databases. Prior to
-this, packages would have to be installed manually using the `--add` and
-`--upgrade` operations.
-
-Version 3.0 was the switch to a two-part pacman- a backend named libalpm
-(library for Arch Linux Package Management), and the familiar pacman frontend.
-Speed in many cases was improved, along with dependency and conflict resolution
-being able to handle a much wider variety of cases. The switch to a
-library-based program should also make it easier in the future to develop
-alternative front ends.
-
-Documentation
--------------
-
-Manpages
-~~~~~~~~
-There are several manpages available for the programs, utilities, and
-configuration files dealing with pacman.
-
-* linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
-* linkman:libalpm[3]
-* linkman:makepkg[8]
-* linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
-* linkman:pacman[8]
-* linkman:pacman.conf[5]
-* linkman:repo-add[8]
-* linkman:vercmp[8]
-
-Changelog
-~~~~~~~~~
-For a good idea of what is going on in pacman development, take a look at the
-link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[Git summary page] for the
-project.
-
-See the most recent
-link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/tree/NEWS[NEWS]
-file for a not-as-frequently-updated list of changes. However, this should
-contain the biggest changes in a format more concise than the commit log.
-
-
-Releases
---------
-
-`------------`-------
-Date         Version
----------------------
-2011-01-22   v3.4.3
-2010-12-29   v3.4.2
-2010-09-03   v3.4.1
-2010-06-16   v3.4.0
-2009-11-10   v3.3.3
-2009-10-05   v3.3.2
-2009-09-22   v3.3.1
-2009-08-02   v3.3.0
-2009-01-05   v3.2.2
-2008-08-26   v3.2.1
-2008-07-30   v3.2.0
-2008-04-01   v3.1.4
-2008-03-06   v3.1.3
-2008-02-20   v3.1.2
-2008-01-20   v3.1.1
-2008-01-09   v3.1.0
-2007-09-16   v3.0.6
-2007-06-17   v3.0.5
-2007-05-08   v3.0.4
-2007-04-28   v3.0.3
-2007-04-23   v3.0.2
-2007-04-04   v3.0.1
-2007-03-25   v3.0.0
-2006-02-02   v2.9.8
-2005-09-16   v2.9.7
-2005-06-10   v2.9.6
-2005-01-11   v2.9.5
-2004-12-19   v2.9.4
-2004-12-18   v2.9.3
-2004-09-25   v2.9.2
-2004-09-24   v2.9.1
-2004-09-18   v2.9
----------------------
-
-Source code for all releases is available at
-link:ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/other/pacman/[]. To install, download the newest
-available source tarball, unpack it in a directory, and run the three magic
-commands:
-
-    $ ./configure
-    $ make
-    # make install
-
-You may wish to read the options presented by `./configure --help` in order to
-set appropriate paths and build options that are correct for your system.
-
-Development
------------
-
-Mailing List
-~~~~~~~~~~~~
-There is a mailing list devoted to pacman development, hosted by Arch Linux.
-link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/mailman/listinfo/pacman-dev/[Subscribe] or
-link:http://mailman.archlinux.org/pipermail/pacman-dev/[view the archives].
-
-Source Code
-~~~~~~~~~~~
-Development of pacman is currently done in GIT. The central repository is
-hosted by Arch Linux, although some of the developers have their own trees (ask
-on the above mailing lists if you are interested in finding the locations of
-these trees).
-
-The current development tree can be fetched with the following command:
-
-    git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
-
-which will fetch the full development history into a directory named pacman.
-You can browse the source as well using
-link:http://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git/[cgit]. HTTP/HTTPS URLs are also
-available for cloning purposes; these URLs are listed at the above page.
-
-If you are interested in hacking on pacman, it is highly recommended you join
-the mailing list mentioned above, as well as take a quick glance at our
-link:HACKING.html[HACKING] document.
-link:submitting-patches.html[submitting-patches] is also a recommended read.
-
-Not as familiar with code as you'd like to be, but still want to help out? If
-you speak a foreign language, you can help by either creating or updating a
-translation file for your native language. Instructions can be found in
-link:translation-help.html[translation-help].
-
-Other Utilities
-~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-Although the package manager itself is quite simple, many scripts have been
-developed that help automate building and installing packages. These are used
-extensively in link:http://archlinux.org/[Arch Linux]. Most of these utilities
-are available in the Arch Linux projects
-link:http://projects.archlinux.org/[code browser].
-
-Utilities available:
-
-* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/abs.git/[abs] - ABS (Arch Build System), scripts to download  & use the Arch Linux PKGBUILD tree
-* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/dbscripts.git/[dbscripts] - scripts used by Arch Linux to manage the main package repositories
-* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/devtools.git/[devtools] - tools to assist in packaging and dependency checking
-* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/namcap.git/[namcap] - a package analysis utility written in python
-* link:http://projects.archlinux.org/srcpac.git/[srcpac] - a bash build-from-source pacman wrapper
-
-Bugs
-----
-If you find bugs (which is quite likely), please email them to the pacman-dev
-mailing last at mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[] with specific information
-such as your commandline, the nature of the bug, and even the package database
-if it helps.
-
-You can also post a bug to the Arch Linux bug tracker
-link:http://bugs.archlinux.org/index.php?project=3[Flyspray]. Be sure to file
-bugs under the Pacman project.
-
-Pacman/libalpm in the Wild
---------------------------
-Although Arch Linux is the primary user of pacman and libalpm, other
-distributions and projects also use pacman as a package management tool. In
-addition, there have been several projects started to provide a frontend GUI to
-pacman and/or libalpm.
-
-Arch derivatives:
-
-* link:http://archie.dotsrc.org/[Archie] - Arch Live on steroids
-* link:http://www.faunos.com/[FaunOS] - A portable, fully integrated operating system based on Arch Linux
-* link:http://larch.berlios.de/[larch] - A live CD/DVD/USB-stick construction kit for Arch Linux
-
-Other distributions:
-
-* link:http://www.delilinux.org/[DeLi Linux] - "Desktop Light" Linux, a Linux distribution for old computers
-* link:http://www.frugalware.org/[Frugalware Linux] - A general purpose Linux distribution for intermediate users (pacman is forked and maintained separately)
-
-Pacman/libalpm frontends:
-
-* link:http://shaman.iskrembilen.com/[Shaman] - A GUI frontend using Qt and libalpm
-
-Copyright
----------
-pacman is Copyright (C) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team
-<pacman-dev@archlinux.org> and Copyright (C) 2002-2006 Judd Vinet
-<jvinet@zeroflux.org> and is licensed through the GNU General Public License,
-version 2 or later.
-
-/////
-vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
-/////

doc/libalpm.3.txt

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-libalpm(3)
-==========
-
-Name
-----
-libalpm - Arch Linux Package Management (ALPM) library
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-For ease of access, the libalpm manual has been split up into several sections.
-
-*TODO:* Yes, this man page needs a lot of work. Once we get around to doing
-good Doxygen documentation, it will improve. We promise.
-
-*alpm_databases*:: Database Functions
-*alpm_interface*:: Interface Functions
-*alpm_list*::      List Functions
-*alpm_log*::       Logging Functions
-*alpm_misc*::      Miscellaneous Functions
-*alpm_packages*::  Package Functions
-*alpm_sync*::      Sync Functions
-*alpm_trans*::     Transaction Functions
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring libalpm using the
-'pacman.conf' file.
-
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/makepkg-template.1.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+makepkg-template(1)
+===================
+
+Name
+----
+makepkg-template - package build templating utility
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'makepkg-template' [options]
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'makepkg-template' is a script to ease the work of maintaining multiple similar
+PKGBUILDs.  It allows you to move most of the code from the PKGBUILD into a
+template file and uses markers to allow in-place updating of existing PKGBUILDs
+if the template has been changed.
+
+Template files can contain any code allowed in a PKGBUILD. You can think of
+them like external files included with "." or "source", but they will be
+inlined into the PKGBUILD by 'makepkg-template' so you do not depend on the
+template file when building the package.
+
+Markers are bash comments in the form of:
+
+	# template start; key=value; key2=value2; ...
+
+and
+
+	# template end;
+
+Currently used keys are: name (mandatory) and version. Template names are limited to
+alphanumerics, "@", "+", ".", "-", and "_". Versions are limited to numbers and ".".
+
+For initial creation there is a one line short cut which does not need an end marker:
+
+	# template input; key=value;
+
+Using this short-cut will result in 'makepkg-template' replacing it with start
+and end markers and the template code on the first run.
+
+Template files should be stored in one directory and filenames should be
+"$template_name-$version.template" with a symlink "$template_name.template"
+pointing to the most recent template. If the version is not set in the marker,
+'makepkg-template' will automatically use the target of "$template_name.template",
+otherwise the specified version will be used.  This allows for easier
+verification of untrusted PKGBUILDs if the template is trusted. You verify the
+non-template code and then use a command similar to this:
+
+	diff -u <(makepkg-template -o -) PKGBUILD
+
+Template files may also contain markers leading to nested templates in the
+resulting PKGBUILD. If you use markers in a template, please set the version
+you used/tested with in the start/input marker so other people can properly
+recreate from templates.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*-p, \--input* <build script>::
+	Read the package script `build script` instead of the default.
+
+*-o, \--output* <build script>::
+	Write the updated file to `build script` instead of overwriting the input file.
+
+*-n, \--newest*::
+	Always use the newest available template file.
+
+*\--template-dir* <dir>::
+	Change the dir where we are looking for template files. This option may be
+	given multiple times in which case files found in directory given last will
+	take precedence.
+
+
+Example PKGBUILD
+----------------
+
+	pkgname=perl-config-simple
+	pkgver=4.58
+	pkgrel=1
+	pkgdesc="simple configuration file class"
+	arch=('any')
+	license=('PerlArtistic' 'GPL')
+	depends=('perl')
+	source=("http://search.cpan.org/CPAN/authors/id/S/SH/SHERZODR/Config-Simple-${pkgver}.tar.gz")
+	md5sums=('f014aec54f0a1e2e880d317180fce502')
+	_distname="Config-Simple"
+
+	# template start; name=perl-module; version=1.0;
+	_distdir="${_distname}-${pkgver}"
+	url="https://metacpan.org/release/${_distname}"
+	options+=('!emptydirs')
+
+	build() {
+		cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
+		perl Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+		make
+	}
+
+	check() {
+		cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
+		make test
+	}
+
+	package() {
+		cd "$srcdir/$_distdir"
+		make DESTDIR="$pkgdir" install
+	}
+	# template end;
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/makepkg.8.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+makepkg(8)
+==========
+
+Name
+----
+makepkg - package build utility
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'makepkg' [options] [ENVVAR=value] [ENVVAR+=value] ...
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'makepkg' is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
+using the script are a build-capable *nix platform and a custom build script
+for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
+linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
+
+The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
+you have the build script for a package, 'makepkg' will do the rest: download and
+validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
+build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
+customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
+to use.
+
+NOTE: 'makepkg' uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
+building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
+seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
+your logs and output are not localized.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*-A, \--ignorearch*::
+	Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
+	for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
+	outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
+
+*-c, \--clean*::
+	Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
+
+*\--config* <file>::
+	Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
+	default.
+
+*-d, \--nodeps*::
+	Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
+	ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
+	will break the build process if all of the dependencies are not
+	installed.
+
+*-e, \--noextract*::
+	Do not extract source files or run the prepare() function (if present);
+	use whatever source already exists in the $srcdir/ directory. This is
+	handy if you want to go into $srcdir/ and manually patch or tweak code,
+	then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind that creating a
+	patch may be a better solution to allow others to use your PKGBUILD.
+
+*\--verifysource*::
+	For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
+	if required and perform the integrity checks. No extraction or build is
+	performed. Dependencies specified in the PKGBUILD will not be handled
+	unless `--syncdeps` is used. Useful for performing subsequent offline
+	builds.
+
+*-f, \--force*::
+	makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
+	the `PKGDEST` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]) directory, which may
+	default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
+	overwritten.
+
+*-g, \--geninteg*::
+	For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
+	if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
+	are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
+	value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
+	This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
+	using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
+
+*--skipinteg*::
+	Do not perform any integrity checks (checksum and PGP) on source files.
+
+*\--skipchecksums*::
+	Do not verify checksums of source files.
+
+*\--skippgpcheck*::
+	Do not verify PGP signatures of source files.
+
+*-h, \--help*::
+	Output syntax and command line options.
+
+*--holdver*::
+	When using VCS sources (linkman:PKGBUILD[5]) any currently checked out source
+	will not be updated to the latest revision.
+
+*-i, \--install*::
+	Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
+	linkman:pacman[8].
+
+*-L, \--log*::
+	Enable logging. This will use the *tee* program to send the output of each
+	of the PKGBUILD functions to both the console and to a text file in the
+	build directory named `pkgbase-pkgver-pkgrel-arch-<function>.log`.
+	As mentioned above, the logs will be localized so you may want to set your
+	locale accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
+
+*-m, \--nocolor*::
+	Disable color in output messages.
+
+*-o, \--nobuild*::
+	Download and extract files, run the prepare() function, but do not build
+	them. Useful with the '\--noextract' option if you wish to tweak the files
+	in $srcdir/ before building.
+
+*-p* <buildscript>::
+	Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
+	see linkman:PKGBUILD[5]. The `buildscript` must be located in the directory
+	makepkg is called from.
+
+*-r, \--rmdeps*::
+	Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
+	during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
+
+*-R, \--repackage*::
+	Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
+	is useful if you forgot, for example, a dependency or install file in your
+	PKGBUILD and the build itself will not change.
+
+*-s, \--syncdeps*::
+	Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
+	dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
+	successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
+
+*-S, \--source*::
+	Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
+	does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
+	useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
+	remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
+	all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
+
+*-V, \--version*::
+	Display version information.
+
+*-C, \--cleanbuild*::
+	Remove the $srcdir before building the package.
+
+*\--allsource*::
+	Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
+	includes all sources, including those that are normally downloaded via
+	makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
+	such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
+	the GPL when distributing binary packages.
+
+*\--check*::
+	Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
+	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+*\--noarchive*::
+	Do not create the archive at the end of the build process. This can be
+	useful to test the package() function or if your target distribution does
+	not use pacman.
+
+*\--nocheck*::
+	Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
+
+*\--noprepare*::
+	Do not run the prepare() function in the PKGBUILD.
+
+*\--sign*::
+	Sign the resulting package with gpg, overriding the setting in
+	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+*\--nosign*::
+	Do not create a signature for the built package.
+
+*\--key* <key>::
+	Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
+	in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]. If not specified in either location, the
+	default key from the keyring will be used.
+
+*\--noconfirm*::
+	(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
+	proceeding with operations.
+
+*\--needed*::
+	(Passed to pacman) Tell pacman not to reinstall a target if it is already
+	up-to-date. (used with '-i' / '\--install').
+
+*\--asdeps*::
+	(Passed to pacman) Install packages as non-explicitly installed (used
+	with '-i' / '\--install').
+
+*\--noprogressbar*::
+	(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
+	useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
+
+*\--packagelist*::
+	List the package filenames that would be produced without building. Listed
+	package filenames include PKGDEST and PKGEXT.
+
+*\--printsrcinfo*::
+	Generate and print the SRCINFO file to stdout.
+
+
+Additional Features
+-------------------
+makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
+manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
+separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
+set up a development PKGBUILD.
+
+
+Reproducibility
+---------------
+makepkg is designed to be compatible with
+link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds]. If the
+**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is set, it will be exported to
+subprocesses, and source and package file modification times and package
+metadata will be unified based on the timestamp specified.
+
+If the **SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH** environment variable is not set, makepkg will use
+its own start date for internal use, but will not unify source file timestamps
+before building.
+
+
+Environment Variables
+---------------------
+**PACMAN**::
+	The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
+	install and remove packages. Pacman's '-Qq', '-Rns', '-S', '-T', and '-U'
+	operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
+	set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
+
+**MAKEPKG_CONF=**"/path/to/file"::
+	Use an alternate config file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf+
+	default.
+
+**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
+	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
+	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where source package files will be stored. Overrides the
+	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where generated log files will be stored. Overrides the
+	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@doe.com>"::
+	String to identify the creator of the resulting package. Overrides
+	the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where the package will be built. Overrides the corresponding
+	value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**CARCH=**"(i686|x86_64)"::
+	Force build for a specific architecture. Useful for cross-compiling.
+	Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
+	Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
+	Overrides the corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**GNUPGHOME=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	Directory where the gpg keyring for signing the built package is stored.
+
+**GPGKEY=**"keyid"::
+	Specify a key to use when signing packages, overriding the GPGKEY setting
+	in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
+
+**SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH=**"<date>"::
+	Used for link:https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/[Reproducible Builds].
+
+**BUILDTOOL=**"<name>"::
+	The name of a tool ecosystem used to set up the build environment. Used for
+	defining a spec for reproducible builds, e.g. the linkman:makepkg.conf[5]
+	used.
+
+**BUILDTOOLVER=**"<version>"::
+	The version of the '$BUILDTOOL' used.
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
+'makepkg.conf' file.
+
+
+Errors
+------
+On exit, makepkg will return one of the following error codes.
+
+0::
+	Normal exit condition.
+
+1::
+	Unknown cause of failure.
+
+2::
+	Error in configuration file.
+
+3::
+	User specified an invalid option.
+
+4::
+	Error in user-supplied function in PKGBUILD.
+
+5::
+	Failed to create a viable package.
+
+6::
+	A source or auxiliary file specified in the PKGBUILD is
+	missing.
+
+7::
+	The PKGDIR is missing.
+
+8::
+	Failed to install dependencies.
+
+9::
+	Failed to remove dependencies.
+
+10::
+	User attempted to run makepkg as root.
+
+11::
+	User lacks permissions to build or install to a given
+	location.
+
+12::
+	Error parsing PKGBUILD.
+
+13::
+	A package has already been built.
+
+14::
+	The package failed to install.
+
+15::
+	Programs necessary to run makepkg are missing.
+
+16::
+	Specified GPG key does not exist or failed to sign package.
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/makepkg.8.txt

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-makepkg(8)
-==========
-
-Name
-----
-makepkg - package build utility
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-makepkg [options]
-
-
-Description
------------
-makepkg is a script to automate the building of packages. The requirements for
-using the script are a build-capable \*nix platform and a custom build script
-for each package you wish to build (known as a PKGBUILD). See
-linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on creating your own build scripts.
-
-The advantage to a script-based build is that the work is only done once. Once
-you have the build script for a package, makepkg will do the rest: download and
-validate source files, check dependencies, configure the build-time settings,
-build the package, install the package into a temporary root, make
-customizations, generate meta-info, and package the whole thing up for pacman
-to use.
-
-NOTE: makepkg uses your current locale by default and does not unset it when
-building packages. If you wish to share your build output with others when
-seeking help or for other purposes, you may wish to run "`LC_ALL=C makepkg`" so
-your logs and output are not localized.
-
-Options
--------
-*\--asroot*::
-	Allow makepkg to run as root. This is for security purposes as it is
-	normally dangerous to do so. This will also disable use of fakeroot and
-	sudo.
-
-*-A, \--ignorearch*::
-	Ignore a missing or incomplete arch field in the build script. This is
-	for rebuilding packages from source when the PKGBUILD may be slightly
-	outdated and not updated with an `arch=('yourarch')` field.
-
-*-c, \--clean*::
-	Clean up leftover work files and directories after a successful build.
-
-*-C, \--cleancache*::
-	Removes all cached source files from the directory specified in `SRCDEST`
-	in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-*--config* <`/path/to/config`>::
-	Use an alternate config file instead of the `{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf` default;
-
-*-d, \--nodeps*::
-	Do not perform any dependency checks. This will let you override and
-	ignore any dependencies required. There is a good chance this option
-	will break the build process if all of the dependencies are not
-	installed.
-
-*-e, \--noextract*::
-	Do not extract source files; use whatever source already exists in the
-	src/ directory. This is handy if you want to go into src/ and manually
-	patch or tweak code, then make a package out of the result. Keep in mind
-	that creating a patch may be a better solution to allow others to use
-	your PKGBUILD.
-
-*-f, \--force*::
-	makepkg will not build a package if a built package already exists in
-	the `PKGDEST` (set in linkman:makepkg.conf[5]) directory, which may
-	default to the current directory. This allows the built package to be
-	overwritten.
-
-*--forcever*::
-	This is a hidden option that should *not* be used unless you really know
-	what you are doing. makepkg uses this internally when calling itself to
-	set the new development pkgver of the package.
-
-*-g, \--geninteg*::
-	For each source file in the source array of PKGBUILD, download the file
-	if required and generate integrity checks. The integrity checks generated
-	are determined by the checks present in the PKGBUILD, falling back to the
-	value of the INTEGRITY_CHECK array in makepkg.conf(5) if these are absent
-	This output can be redirected into your PKGBUILD for source validation
-	using "`makepkg -g >> PKGBUILD`".
-
-*--skipinteg*::
-	Do not perform any integrity checks, just print a warning instead.
-
-*-h, \--help*::
-	Output syntax and command line options.
-
-*\--holdver*::
-	Useful when building development versions of packages. Prevents makepkg
-	from automatically bumping the pkgver to the latest revision number in
-	the package's development tree.
-
-*-i, \--install*::
-	Install or upgrade the package after a successful build using
-	linkman:pacman[8].
-
-*-L, \--log*::
-	Enable makepkg build logging. This will use the *tee* program to send
-	output of the `build()` function to both the console and to a text file in
-	the build directory named `pkgname-pkgver-pkgrel-arch.log`. As mentioned
-	above, the build log will be localized so you may want to set your locale
-	accordingly if sharing the log output with others.
-
-*-m, \--nocolor*::
-	Disable color in output messages.
-
-*-o, \--nobuild*::
-	Download and extract files only, but do not build them. Useful with the
-	`\--noextract` option if you wish to tweak the files in src/ before
-	building.
-
-*-p* <`buildscript`>::
-	Read the package script `buildscript` instead of the `PKGBUILD` default;
-	see linkman:PKGBUILD[5].
-
-*-r, \--rmdeps*::
-	Upon successful build, remove any dependencies installed by makepkg
-	during dependency auto-resolution and installation when using `-s`.
-
-*-R, \--repackage*::
-	Repackage contents of the package without rebuilding the package. This
-	is useful if you forgot a depend or install file in your PKGBUILD and
-	the build itself will not change.
-
-*-s, \--syncdeps*::
-	Install missing dependencies using pacman. When build-time or run-time
-	dependencies are not found, pacman will try to resolve them. If
-	successful, the missing packages will be downloaded and installed.
-
-*\--allsource*::
-	Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
-	includes all sources, including those that are normally download via
-	makepkg. This is useful for passing a single tarball to another program
-	such as a chroot or remote builder. It will also satisfy requirements of
-	the GPL when distributing binary packages.
-
-*\--source*::
-	Do not actually build the package, but build a source-only tarball that
-	does not include sources that can be fetched via a download URL. This is
-	useful for passing a single tarball to another program such as a chroot,
-	remote builder, or a tarball upload. Because integrity checks are verified,
-	all source files of the package need to be present or downloadable.
-
-*\--pkg <`list`>*::
-	Only build listed packages from a split package. The use of quotes is
-	necessary when specifying multiple packages. e.g. `--pkg "pkg1 pkg3"`
-
-*\--check*::
-	Run the check() function in the PKGBUILD, overriding the setting in
-	linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-*\--nocheck*::
-	Do not run the check() function in the PKGBUILD or handle the checkdepends.
-
-*\--noconfirm*::
-	(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from waiting for user input before
-	proceeding with operations.
-
-*\--noprogressbar*::
-	(Passed to pacman) Prevent pacman from displaying a progress bar;
-	useful if you are redirecting makepkg output to file.
-
-
-Additional Features
--------------------
-makepkg supports building development versions of packages without having to
-manually update the pkgver in the PKGBUILD. This was formerly done using the
-separate utility 'versionpkg'. See linkman:PKGBUILD[5] for details on how to
-set up a development PKGBUILD.
-
-
-Environment Variables
----------------------
-*PACMAN*::
-	The command that will be used to check for missing dependencies and to
-	install and remove packages. Pacman's -Qq, -Rns, -S, -T, and -U
-	operations must be supported by this command. If the variable is not
-	set or empty, makepkg will fall back to `pacman'.
-
-**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
-	Folder where the resulting packages will be stored. Overrides the
-	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
-	Folder where the downloaded sources will be stored. Overrides the
-	corresponding value defined in linkman:makepkg.conf[5].
-
-
-Configuration
--------------
-See linkman:makepkg.conf[5] for more details on configuring makepkg using the
-'makepkg.conf' file.
-
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:makepkg.conf[5], linkman:PKGBUILD[5], linkman:pacman[8]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/makepkg.conf.5.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+makepkg.conf(5)
+===============
+
+Name
+----
+makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+Configuration options for makepkg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
+sourced so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
+helpful when building for different architectures or with different
+optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
+build environment.
+
+NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
+variables. Some of them are non-standard.
+
+The system-wide configuration file is found in {sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf.
+Individual options can be overridden (or added to) on a per-user basis in
+$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/pacman/makepkg.conf or ~/.makepkg.conf, with the former
+taking priority.
+
+The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
+follow directions given there for customization.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
+	Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
+	the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
+	well, and any protocol can have a download agent.  Any spaces in option
+	arguments are required to be escaped to avoid being split.  Several
+	examples are provided in the default makepkg.conf.
+	+
+	If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
+	download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
+	be replaced with the local file name, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
+	makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
+
+**VCSCLIENTS=(**\'protocol::package' ...**)**::
+	Sets the packages required to fetch version controlled source files. When
+	required, makepkg will check that these packages are installed or are included
+	in the `depends` or `makedepends` arrays in the PKGBUILD.
+
+**CARCH=**"carch"::
+	Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
+	as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
+	installation.
+
+**CHOST=**"chost"::
+	A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu''; do not touch this unless you know what
+	you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
+
+**CPPFLAGS=**"cppflags"::
+	Flags used for the C preprocessor; see CFLAGS for more information.
+
+**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
+	Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
+	Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
+	something like this: ``-march=i686 -O2 -pipe''. Another useful option may
+	be `-mcpu` in place of `-march`. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
+	variety of compiler flags available.
+
+**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
+	Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
+
+**RUSTFLAGS=**"rustflags"::
+	Flags used for the Rust compiler, similar in spirit to CFLAGS. Read
+	linkman:rustc[1] for more details on the available flags.
+
+**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
+	Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
+	usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
+	available linker flags.
+
+**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
+	This is often used to set the number of jobs used; for example, `-j2`.
+	Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
+
+**DEBUG_CFLAGS=**"debug_cflags"::
+	Additional compiler flags appended to `CFLAGS` for use in debugging. Usually
+	this would include: ``-g''. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
+	variety of compiler flags available.
+
+**DEBUG_CXXFLAGS=**"debug_cxxflags"::
+	Debug flags used for the C++ compiler; see DEBUG_CFLAGS for more info.
+
+**DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS=**"debug_rustflags"::
+	Additional compiler flags appended to `RUSTFLAGS` for use in debugging.
+	Usually this would include: ``-C debuginfo=2''. Read linkman:rustc[1] for
+	more details on the available flags.
+
+**BUILDENV=(**!distcc !color !ccache check !sign**)**::
+	This array contains options that affect the build environment; the defaults
+	are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
+	or disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
+	option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
+	precedence. Each option works as follows:
+
+	*distcc*;;
+		Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
+		multiple machines. If this is enabled, `DISTCC_HOSTS` must be specified
+		as well.
+
+	*color*;;
+		Colorize output messages, making output easier to read.
+
+	*ccache*;;
+		Use ccache to cache compilation by default. This allows for faster
+		compiles if you are continuously recompiling the same packages. It can
+		be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
+		PKGBUILD options array.
+
+	*check*;;
+		Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
+		enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
+		makepkg's '\--check' and '\--nocheck' options, respectively.
+
+	*sign*;;
+		Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute 'gpg
+		\--detach-sign \--use-agent' on the built package to generate a detached
+		signature file, using the GPG agent, if it is available. The signature
+		file will be the entire file name of the package with a ``.sig''
+		extension.
+
+**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
+	If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
+	running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
+	`MAKEFLAGS`.
+
+**BUILDDIR=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be built in
+	subdirectories of the directory that makepkg is called from. This
+	option allows setting the build location to another directory.
+	Incorrect use of `$startdir` in a PKGBUILD may cause building with
+	this option to fail.
+
+**GPGKEY=**""::
+	Specify a key to use for GPG signing instead of the default key in the
+	keyring. Can be overridden with makepkg's '\--key' option.
+
+**OPTIONS=(**!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug**)**::
+	This array contains options that affect default packaging. They are
+	equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
+	shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
+	disable an option, simply remove or add an ``!'' at the front of the
+	option. If an option is specified multiple times, the final value takes
+	precedence. Each option works as follows:
+
+	*strip*;;
+		Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
+		debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to disable this
+		option.
+
+	*docs*;;
+		Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
+		`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
+		`DOC_DIRS` variable.
+
+	*libtool*;;
+		Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
+		them.
+
+	*staticlibs*;;
+		Leave static library (.a) files in packages. Specify `!staticlibs` to
+		remove them, if they have a shared counterpart.
+
+	*emptydirs*;;
+		Leave empty directories in packages.
+
+	*zipman*;;
+		Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
+		affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
+
+	*purge*;;
+		Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
+		package.
+
+	*debug*;;
+		Add the user-specified debug flags as specified in DEBUG_CFLAGS and
+		DEBUG_CXXFLAGS to their counterpart buildflags. Creates a separate
+		package containing the debug symbols when used with `strip'.
+
+	*lto*;;
+		Enable building packages using link time optimization. Adds '-flto'
+		to both CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS.
+
+**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
+	File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
+	affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
+	`ck`, `md5`, `sha1`, `sha224`, `sha256`, `sha384`, `sha512`, and `b2`.
+
+**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
+	Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
+	for details.
+
+**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
+	Options to be used when stripping shared libraries or PIE executables.
+	See linkman:strip[1] for details.
+
+**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
+	Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
+	for details.
+
+**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
+	If `zipman` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
+	instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
+	pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
+	to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
+	slash to the directory name.
+
+**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
+	If `!docs` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
+	instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
+	that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
+	array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
+
+**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
+	If `purge` is specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable will
+	instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
+	useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
+
+**DBGSRCDIR=**"/usr/src/debug"::
+	If `strip` and `debug` are specified in the `OPTIONS` array, this variable
+	will instruct makepkg where to place source files for installed binaries.
+	The binaries will be modified to link this directory for the debugger
+	search path.
+
+**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	If this value is not set, packages will, by default, be placed in the
+	current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
+	like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
+	for this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
+
+**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
+	in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
+	a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
+
+**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
+	in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
+	in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
+
+**LOGDEST=**"/path/to/directory"::
+	If this value is not set, log files are written to the current
+	directory. This centralizes the log location, facilitating cleanup
+	and compression.
+
+**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
+	This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
+	The given format is required for PGP key lookup through WKD.
+	It is recommended to change this to your name and email address.
+
+**COMPRESSGZ=**"(gzip -c -f -n)"::
+**COMPRESSBZ2=**"(bzip2 -c -f)"::
+**COMPRESSXZ=**"(xz -c -z -)"::
+**COMPRESSZST=**"(zstd -c -z -)"::
+**COMPRESSLZO**"(lzop -q)"::
+**COMPRESSLRZ=**"(lrzip -q)"::
+**COMPRESSLZ4=**"(lz4 -q)"::
+**COMPRESSZ=**"(compress -c -f)"::
+**COMPRESSLZ=**"(lzip -c -f)"::
+	Sets the command and options used when compressing compiled or source
+	packages in the named format.
+
+**PKGEXT=**"{pkgext}", **SRCEXT=**"{srcext}"::
+	Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages.
+	Valid suffixes are `.tar.gz`, `.tar.bz2`, `.tar.xz`, `.tar.zst`,
+	`.tar.lzo`, `.tar.lrz`, `.tar.lz4`, `.tar.lz` and `.tar.Z`, or
+	simply `.tar` to disable compression entirely.
+
+**PACMAN_AUTH=()**::
+	Specify a command prefix for running pacman as root. If unset, makepkg will
+	check for the presence of sudo(8) and su(1) in turn, and try the first one
+	it finds.
+	+
+	If present, `%c` will be replaced with the shell-quoted form of the command
+	to run. Otherwise, the command to run is appended to the auth command.
+
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/makepkg.conf.5.txt

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-makepkg.conf(5)
-===============
-
-Name
-----
-makepkg.conf - makepkg configuration file
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-{sysconfdir}/makepkg.conf, ~/.makepkg.conf
-
-
-Description
------------
-Configuration options for makekpg are stored in makepkg.conf. This file is
-sourced, so you can include any special compiler flags you wish to use. This is
-helpful for building for different architectures, or with different
-optimizations. However, only the variables described below are exported to the
-build environment.
-
-NOTE: This does not guarantee that all package Makefiles will use your exported
-variables. Some of them are non-standard.
-
-The default file is fairly well commented, so it may be easiest to simply
-follow directions given there for customization.
-
-
-Options
--------
-**DLAGENTS=(**\'protocol::/path/to/command [options]' ...**)**::
-	Sets the download agents used to fetch source files specified with a URL in
-	the linkman:PKGBUILD[5] file. Options can be specified for each command as
-	well, and any protocol can have a download agent. Several examples are provided
-	in the default makepkg.conf.
-	+
-	If present, `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. Otherwise, the
-	download URL will be placed on the end of the command. If present, `%o` will
-	be replaced with the local filename, plus a ``.part'' extension, which allows
-	makepkg to handle resuming file downloads.
-
-**CARCH=**"carch"::
-	Specifies your computer architecture; possible values include such things
-	as ``i686'', ``x86_64'', ``ppc'', etc. This should be automatically set on
-	installation.
-
-**CHOST=**"chost"::
-	A string such as ``i686-pc-linux-gnu'', do not touch unless you know what
-	you are doing. This can be commented out by most users if desired.
-
-**CFLAGS=**"cflags"::
-	Flags used for the C compiler. This is a key part to the use of makepkg.
-	Usually several options are specified, and the most common string resembles
-	something like this: ``-march=i686 -O2 -pipe''. Another useful option may
-	be `-mcpu` in place of `-march`. Read gcc(1) for more details on the wide
-	variety of compiler flags available.
-
-**CXXFLAGS=**"cxxflags"::
-	Flags used for the C++ compiler; see CFLAGS for more info.
-
-**LDFLAGS=**"ldflags"::
-	Flags used for the linker. Several options may be specified with common
-	usage resembling ``-Wl,--hash-style=gnu''. Read ld(1) for more details on
-	available linker flags.
-
-**MAKEFLAGS=**"makeflags"::
-	This is often used to set the number of jobs used, for example, `-j2`.
-	Other flags that make accepts can also be passed.
-
-**BUILDENV=(**fakeroot !distcc color !ccache**)**::
-	This array contains options that affect the build environment, the defaults
-	are shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable
-	or disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
-	option. Each works as follows:
-
-	*fakeroot*;;
-		Allow building packages as a non-root user. This is highly recommended.
-
-	*distcc*;;
-		Use the distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler to spread compilation among
-		multiple machines. If this is enabled, `DISTCC_HOSTS` must be specified
-		as well.
-
-	*color*;;
-		Colorize output messages, making output easier to read.
-
-	*ccache*;;
-		Use ccache to cache compilation by default. This allows for faster
-		compiles if you are continuously recompiling the same packages. It can
-		be disabled for individual packages by placing `!ccache` in the
-		PKGBUILD options array.
-
-	*check*;;
-		Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD. This can be
-		enabled or disabled for individual packages through the use of
-		makepkg's `--check` and `--nocheck` options respectively.
-
-**DISTCC_HOSTS=**"host1 ..."::
-	If using DistCC, this is used to specify a space-delimited list of hosts
-	running in the DistCC cluster. In addition, you will want to modify your
-	`MAKEFLAGS`.
-
-**OPTIONS=(**strip !docs libtool emptydirs zipman**)**::
-	This array contains options that affect the default packaging. They are
-	equivalent to options that can be placed in the PKGBUILD; the defaults are
-	shown here. All options should always be left in the array; to enable or
-	disable an option simply remove or place an ``!'' at the front of the
-	option. Each works as follows:
-
-	*strip*;;
-		Strip symbols from binaries and libraries. If you frequently use a
-		debugger on programs or libraries, it may be helpful to disable this
-		option.
-
-	*docs*;;
-		Save doc directories. If you wish to delete doc directories, specify
-		`!docs` in the array. The directories affected are specified by the
-		`DOC_DIRS` variable.
-
-	*libtool*;;
-		Leave libtool (.la) files in packages. Specify `!libtool` to remove
-		them.
-
-	*emptydirs*;;
-		Leave empty directories in packages.
-
-	*zipman*;;
-		Compress manual (man and info) pages with gzip. The directories
-		affected are specified by the `MAN_DIRS` variable.
-
-	*purge*;;
-		Remove files specified by the `PURGE_TARGETS` variable from the
-		package.
-
-**INTEGRITY_CHECK=(**check1 ...**)**::
-	File integrity checks to use. Multiple checks may be specified; this
-	affects both generation and checking. The current valid options are:
-	`md5`, `sha1`, `sha256`, `sha384`, and `sha512`.
-
-**STRIP_BINARIES=**"--strip-all"::
-	Options to be used when stripping binaries. See linkman:strip[1]
-	for details.
-
-**STRIP_SHARED=**"--strip-unneeded"::
-	Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See linkman:strip[1]
-	for details.
-
-**STRIP_STATIC=**"--strip-debug"::
-	Options to be used when stripping static libraries. See  linkman:strip[1]
-	for details.
-
-**MAN_DIRS=(**{usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info} ...**)**::
-	If `zipman` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
-	instruct makepkg where to look to compress manual (man and info)
-	pages. If you build packages that are located in opt/, you may need
-	to add the directory to this array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading
-	slash to the directory name.
-
-**DOC_DIRS=(**usr/{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} ...**)**::
-	If `!docs` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
-	instruct makepkg where to look to remove docs. If you build packages
-	that are located in opt/, you may need to add the directory to this
-	array. *NOTE:* Do not add the leading slash to the directory name.
-
-**PURGE_TARGETS=(**usr/{,share}/info/dir .podlist *.pod...**)**::
-	If `purge` is specified in the OPTIONS array, this variable will
-	instruct makepkg which files to remove from the package. This is
-	useful for index files that are added by multiple packages.
-
-**PKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
-	If this value is not set, packages will by default be placed in the
-	current directory (location of the linkman:PKGBUILD[5]). Many people
-	like to keep all their packages in one place so this option allows
-	this behavior. A common location is ``/home/packages''.
-
-**SRCDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
-	If this value is not set, downloaded source files will only be stored
-	in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source files in
-	a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
-
-**SRCPKGDEST=**"/path/to/folder"::
-	If this value is not set, source package files will be stored in
-	in the current directory. Many people like to keep all source package files
-	in a central location for easy cleanup, so this path can be set here.
-
-**PACKAGER=**"John Doe <john@example.com>"::
-	This value is used when querying a package to see who was the builder.
-	It is recommended you change this to your name and email address.
-
-**PKGEXT=**".pkg.tar.gz", **SRCEXT=**".src.tar.gz"::
-	Sets the compression used when making compiled or source packages. The
-	current valid suffixes are `.tar`, `.tar.gz`, `.tar,bz2` and `.tar.xz`.
-	Do not touch these unless you know what you are doing.
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8], linkman:PKGBUILD[5]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/meson.build

@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+manpages = [
+  { 'name': 'alpm-hooks.5' },
+  { 'name': 'pacman.8' },
+  { 'name': 'makepkg.8' },
+  { 'name': 'makepkg-template.1' },
+  { 'name': 'repo-add.8' },
+  { 'name': 'vercmp.8' },
+  { 'name': 'pacman-key.8' },
+  { 'name': 'PKGBUILD.5', 'extra_depends' : [ 'PKGBUILD-example.txt' ] },
+  { 'name': 'makepkg.conf.5' },
+  { 'name': 'pacman.conf.5' },
+  { 'name': 'BUILDINFO.5' },
+  { 'name': 'pacman-conf.8' },
+]
+
+sitepages = [
+  { 'name': 'submitting-patches' },
+  { 'name': 'translation-help' },
+  { 'name': 'HACKING', 'source': '../HACKING' },
+  { 'name': 'index' },
+]
+
+asciidoc_conf = join_paths(meson.current_source_dir(), 'asciidoc.conf')
+
+asciidoc_opts = [
+ '-f', asciidoc_conf,
+ '-a', 'pacman_version="@0@"'.format(PACKAGE_VERSION),
+ '-a', 'srcext=@0@'.format(get_option('src-ext')),
+ '-a', 'pkgext=@0@'.format(get_option('pkg-ext')),
+ '-a', 'pkgdatadir=@0@'.format(PKGDATADIR),
+ '-a', 'localstatedir=@0@'.format(LOCALSTATEDIR),
+ '-a', 'sysconfdir=@0@'.format(SYSCONFDIR),
+ '-a', 'datarootdir=@0@'.format(DATAROOTDIR),
+ '-a', 'rootdir=@0@'.format(ROOTDIR),
+]
+
+html_targets = []
+html_files = []
+
+foreach page : manpages
+  manpage = page['name']
+  htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
+  input = '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage)
+
+  section = page['name'].split('.')[-1]
+
+  mandirn = join_paths(MANDIR, 'man' + section)
+
+  custom_target(
+    manpage,
+    command : [
+      A2X,
+      '--no-xmllint',
+      '-d', 'manpage',
+      '-f', 'manpage',
+      '--xsltproc-opts', '-param man.endnotes.list.enabled 0 -param man.endnotes.are.numbered 0',
+      '-D', '@OUTDIR@',
+      '--asciidoc-opts', ' '.join(asciidoc_opts),
+      '@INPUT@',
+    ],
+    input : input,
+    output : [manpage],
+    depend_files : [
+      asciidoc_conf,
+    ] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
+    install : true,
+    install_dir : mandirn,
+  )
+endforeach
+
+foreach page: manpages + sitepages
+  manpage = page['name']
+  htmlpage = '@0@.html'.format(manpage)
+  input = page.get('source', '@0@.asciidoc'.format(manpage))
+
+  html = custom_target(
+    htmlpage,
+    command : [
+      ASCIIDOC,
+    ] + asciidoc_opts + [
+      '-a', 'linkcss',
+      '-a', 'toc',
+      '-a', 'icons',
+      '-a', 'max-width=960px',
+      '-a', 'stylesheet=asciidoc-override.css',
+      '-o', '@OUTPUT@',
+      '@INPUT@',
+    ],
+    input : input,
+    output : [htmlpage],
+    depend_files : [
+      asciidoc_conf,
+      'asciidoc-override.css',
+    ] + page.get('extra_depends', []),
+    build_by_default : false,
+    install : false,
+  )
+  html_targets += [html]
+  html_files += [htmlpage]
+endforeach
+
+run_target('html',
+           command : ['/bin/true'],
+           depends : html_targets)
+
+custom_target(
+  'website.tar.gz',
+  command : [
+    'bsdtar', 'czf', '@OUTPUT@',
+    '-C', meson.current_build_dir(),
+  ] + html_files + [
+    '-C', meson.current_source_dir(),
+    'asciidoc-override.css',
+    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/stylesheets/',
+    'asciidoc.css',
+    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/javascripts/',
+    'asciidoc.js',
+    '-C', '/etc/asciidoc/',
+    'images',
+  ],
+  output : ['website.tar.gz'],
+  build_by_default : false,
+  depends : html_targets,
+)
+
+meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
+                         'repo-add.8',
+                         join_paths(MANDIR, 'man8/repo-remove.8'))
+
+meson.add_install_script(MESON_MAKE_SYMLINK,
+                         'alpm-hooks.5',
+                         join_paths(MANDIR, 'man5/pacman-hooks.5'))
+
+doxygen = find_program('doxygen', required : get_option('doxygen'))
+if doxygen.found() and not get_option('doxygen').disabled()
+  doxyconf = configuration_data()
+  doxyconf.set('INPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_source_dir())
+  doxyconf.set('OUTPUT_DIRECTORY', meson.current_build_dir())
+  doxyfile = configure_file(
+    input : 'Doxyfile.in',
+    output : 'Doxyfile',
+    configuration : doxyconf,
+    install : false)
+
+  custom_target(
+    'doxygen',
+    input : doxyfile,
+    output : ['man3'],
+    command : [doxygen, doxyfile],
+    build_by_default : true,
+    install : true,
+    install_dir : MANDIR)
+endif

doc/pacman-conf.8.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+pacman-conf(8)
+==============
+
+Name
+----
+pacman-conf - query pacman's configuration file
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'pacman-conf' [options] [<directive> ...]
+
+'pacman-conf' (--repo-list|--help|--version)
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'pacman-conf' is a utility for parsing the 'pacman' configuration file
+and returning script-friendly output. It is designed to properly handle
+non-trivial configuration features such as variable interpolation and
+the use of the Include directive, and guarantees that it will return the
+same configuration values which 'pacman' itself would use.
+
+'pacman-conf' will output the fully-resolved contents of the
+configuration file by default, or, if provided with the name of a
+configuration directive, output the contents of the given directive alone.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*-c, \--config* <path>::
+	Specify an alternate configuration file.
+
+*-R, \--rootdir* <path>::
+	Specify an alternate installation root (default is `/`).
+
+*-r, \--repo* <remote>::
+	Query options for a specific repository.
+
+*-v, \--verbose*::
+	Always shown directive names.
+
+*-l, \--repo-list*::
+	List configured repositories.
+
+*-h, \--help*::
+	Output syntax and command line options.
+
+*-V, \--version*::
+	Display version and exit.
+
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+pacman-conf -r core Usage::
+	Show the value of the Usage configuration option for core repository.
+
+pacman-conf HoldPkg::
+	Show the value of the HoldPkg configuration option.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman-key.8.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+pacman-key(8)
+=============
+
+
+Name
+----
+pacman-key - manage pacman's list of trusted keys
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'pacman-key' [options] operation [targets]
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'pacman-key' is a wrapper script for GnuPG used to manage pacman's keyring, which
+is the collection of PGP keys used to check signed packages and databases. It
+provides the ability to import and export keys, fetch keys from keyservers and
+update the key trust database.
+
+More complex keyring management can be achieved using GnuPG directly combined with
+the '\--homedir' option pointing at the pacman keyring (located in
++{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+ by default).
+
+Invoking pacman-key consists of supplying an operation with any potential
+options and targets to operate on. Depending on the operation, a 'target' may
+be a valid key identifier, filename, or directory.
+
+
+Operations
+----------
+*-a, \--add*::
+	Add the key(s) contained in the specified file or files to pacman's
+	keyring. If a key already exists, update it.
+
+*-d, \--delete*::
+	Remove the key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) from pacman's
+	keyring.
+
+*-e, \--export*::
+	Export key(s) identified by the specified keyid(s) to 'stdout'. If no keyid
+	is specified, all keys will be exported.
+
+*\--edit-key*::
+	Present a menu for key management task on the specified keyid(s). Useful
+	for adjusting a keys trust level.
+
+*-f, \--finger*::
+	List a fingerprint for each specified keyid, or for all known keys if no
+	keyids are specified.
+
+*-h, \--help*::
+	Output syntax and command line options.
+
+*\--import*::
+	Imports keys from `pubring.gpg` into the public keyring from the specified
+	directories.
+
+*\--import-trustdb*::
+	Imports ownertrust values from `trustdb.gpg` into the shared trust database
+	from the specified directories.
+
+*\--init*::
+	Ensure the keyring is properly initialized and has the required access
+	permissions.
+
+*-l, \--list-keys*::
+	Lists all or specified keys from the public keyring.
+
+*\--list-sigs*::
+	Same as '\--list-keys', but the signatures are listed too.
+
+*\--lsign-key*::
+	Locally sign the given key. This is primarily used to root the web of trust
+	in the local private key generated by '\--init'.
+
+*\--nocolor*::
+	Disable colored output from pacman-key.
+
+*-r, \--recv-keys*::
+	Equivalent to '\--recv-keys' in GnuPG.
+
+*\--refresh-keys*::
+	Equivalent to '\--refresh-keys' in GnuPG.
+
+*\--populate*::
+	Reload the default keys from the (optionally provided) keyrings in
+	+{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+. For more information, see
+	<<PK,Providing a Keyring for Import>> below.
+
+*-u, \--updatedb*::
+	Equivalent to '\--check-trustdb' in GnuPG. This operation can be specified with
+	other operations.
+
+*-V, \--version*::
+	Displays the program version.
+
+*-v, \--verify*::
+	Assume that the first argument is a signature and verify it. If a second
+	argument is provided, it is the file to be verified.
++
+With only one argument given, assume that the signature is a detached
+signature, and look for a matching data file to verify by stripping the file
+extension. If no matching data file is found, fall back on GnuPG semantics and
+attempt to verify a file with an embedded signature.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*\--config* <file>::
+	Use an alternate configuration file instead of the +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+
+	default.
+
+*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
+	Set an alternate home directory for GnuPG. If unspecified, the value is
+	read from +{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf+.
+
+*\--keyserver* <keyserver>::
+	Use the specified keyserver if the operation requires one. This will take
+	precedence over any keyserver option specified in a `gpg.conf`
+	configuration file. Running '\--init' with this option will set the default
+	keyserver if one was not already configured.
+
+
+Providing a Keyring for Import[[PK]]
+------------------------------------
+A distribution or other repository provided may want to provide a set of
+PGP keys used in the signing of its packages and repository databases that can
+be readily imported into the pacman keyring. This is achieved by providing a
+PGP keyring file `foo.gpg` that contains the keys for the foo keyring in the
+directory +{pkgdatadir}/keyrings+.
+
+Optionally, the file `foo-trusted` can be provided containing a list of trusted
+key IDs for that keyring. This is a file in a format compatible with 'gpg
+\--export-ownertrust' output. This file will inform the user which keys a user
+needs to verify and sign to build a local web of trust, in addition to
+assigning provided owner trust values.
+
+Also optionally, the file `foo-revoked` can be provided containing a list of
+revoked key IDs for that keyring. Revoked is defined as "no longer valid for
+any signing", so should be used with prudence. A key being marked as revoked
+will be disabled in the keyring and no longer treated as valid, so this always
+takes priority over it's trusted state in any other keyring.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:pacman[8], linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman.8.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+pacman(8)
+=========
+
+Name
+----
+pacman - package manager utility
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'pacman' <operation> [options] [targets]
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+Pacman is a package management utility that tracks installed packages on a Linux
+system. It features dependency support, package groups, install and uninstall
+scripts, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote repository to
+automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
+
+Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the front-end to linkman:libalpm[3], the
+``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
+front-ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front-end).
+
+Invoking pacman involves specifying an operation with any potential options and
+targets to operate on. A 'target' is usually a package name, file name, URL, or
+a search string. Targets can be provided as command line arguments.
+Additionally, if stdin is not from a terminal and a single hyphen (-) is passed
+as an argument, targets will be read from stdin.
+
+
+Operations
+----------
+*-D, \--database*::
+	Operate on the package database. This operation allows you to modify
+	certain attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. It
+	also allows you to check the databases for internal consistency.
+	See <<DO,Database Options>> below.
+
+*-Q, \--query*::
+	Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
+	packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
+	packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
+	can be run against the local package database or can be used on
+	individual package files. In the first case, if no package names
+	are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
+	queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
+	list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
+
+*-R, \--remove*::
+	Remove package(s) from the system. Groups can also be specified to be
+	removed, in which case every package in that group will be removed.
+	Files belonging to the specified package will be deleted, and the
+	database will be updated. Most configuration files will be saved
+	with a '.pacsave' extension unless the '\--nosave' option is used.
+	See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
+
+*-S, \--sync*::
+	Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the remote
+	repositories, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
+	example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
+	packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one
+	repository, the repository can be explicitly specified to clarify the
+	package to install: `pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version
+	requirements: `pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. Quotes are needed, otherwise the
+	shell interprets ">" as redirection to a file.
++
+In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
+gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will provide a
+prompt allowing you to select which packages to install from a numbered list.
+The package selection is specified using a space- and/or comma-separated list of
+package numbers. Sequential packages may be selected by specifying the first
+and last package numbers separated by a hyphen (`-`). Excluding packages is
+achieved by prefixing a number or range of numbers with a caret (`^`).
++
+Packages that provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
+foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages that
+provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
+found, it will be installed. A selection prompt is provided if multiple packages
+providing foo are found.
++
+You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out-of-date. See
+<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
+to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
+
+  Alphanumeric:
+    1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
+  Numeric:
+    1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
++
+Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
+overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
+specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
+greater than `1:3.6-1`.
+
+*-T, \--deptest*::
+	Check dependencies; this is useful in scripts such as makepkg to check
+	installed packages. This operation will check each dependency specified and
+	return a list of dependencies that are not currently satisfied on the system.
+	This operation accepts no other options. Example usage: `pacman -T qt
+	"bash>=3.2"`.
+
+*-U, \--upgrade*::
+	Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
+	dependencies from sync repositories. Either a URL or file path can be
+	specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
+	Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
+	on how pacman takes care of configuration files.
+
+*-F, \--files*::
+	Query the files database. This operation allows you to look for packages
+	owning certain files or display files owned by certain packages. Only
+	packages that are part of your sync databases are searched. See
+	<<FO,File Options>> below.
+
+*-V, \--version*::
+	Display version and exit.
+
+*-h, \--help*::
+	Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied,
+	then the general syntax is shown.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*-b, \--dbpath* <path>::
+	Specify an alternative database location (the default is
+	+{localstatedir}/lib/pacman+). This should not be used unless you know what
+	you are doing.
+	*NOTE*: If specified, this is an absolute path, and the root path is
+	not automatically prepended.
+
+*-r, \--root* <path>::
+	Specify an alternative installation root (default is +{rootdir}+). This should
+	not be used as a way to install software into `/usr/local` instead of
+	`/usr`.
+	*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
+	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
+	be inside this root path.
+	*NOTE*: This option is not suitable for performing operations on a mounted
+	guest system. See '\--sysroot' instead.
+
+*-v, \--verbose*::
+	Output paths such as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
+
+*\--arch* <arch>::
+	Specify an alternate architecture.
+
+*\--cachedir* <dir>::
+	Specify an alternative package cache location (the default is
+	+{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg+). Multiple cache directories can be
+	specified, and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman.
+	*NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not automatically
+	prepended.
+
+*\--color* <when>::
+	Specify when to enable coloring. Valid options are 'always', 'never', or
+	'auto'. 'always' forces colors on; 'never' forces colors off; and 'auto' only
+	automatically enables colors when outputting onto a tty.
+
+*\--config* <file>::
+	Specify an alternate configuration file.
+
+*\--debug*::
+	Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
+	to be used.
+
+*\--gpgdir* <dir>::
+	Specify a directory of files used by GnuPG to verify package signatures
+	(the default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg+). This directory should contain
+	two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`. `pubring.gpg` holds the public keys
+	of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg` contains a so-called trust database, which
+	specifies that the keys are authentic and trusted. *NOTE*: This is an absolute
+	path, and the root path is not automatically prepended.
+
+*\--hookdir* <dir>::
+	Specify a alternative directory containing hook files (the default is
+	+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+). Multiple hook directories can be specified
+	with hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
+	directories. *NOTE*: This is an absolute path, and the root path is not
+	automatically prepended.
+
+*\--logfile* <file>::
+	Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
+	the installation root setting.
+
+*\--noconfirm*::
+	Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
+	this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
+
+*\--confirm*::
+	Cancels the effects of a previous '\--noconfirm'.
+
+*\--disable-download-timeout*::
+	Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
+	if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
+
+*\--sysroot* <dir>::
+	Specify an alternative system root.  Pacman will chroot and chdir into the
+	system root prior to running. This allows mounted guest systems to be
+	properly operated on. Any other paths given will be interpreted as relative
+	to the system root. Requires root privileges.
+
+
+Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
+--------------------------------------------------
+*-d, \--nodeps*::
+	Skips dependency version checks. Package names are still checked. Normally,
+	pacman will always check a package's dependency fields to ensure that all
+	dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
+	system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
+
+*\--assume-installed* <package=version>::
+	Add a virtual package "package" with version "version" to the transaction
+	to satisfy dependencies. This allows to disable specific dependency checks
+	without affecting all dependency checks. To disable all dependency
+	checking, see the '\--nodeps' option.
+
+*\--dbonly*::
+	Adds/removes the database entry only, leaving all files in place.
+
+*\--noprogressbar*::
+	Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
+	for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
+
+*\--noscriptlet*::
+	If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
+	unless you know what you are doing.
+
+*-p, \--print*::
+	Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
+	remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
+	displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
+	'-S', file names with '-U', and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
+
+*\--print-format* <format>::
+	Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
+	operation. The possible attributes are: "%n" for pkgname, "%v" for pkgver,
+	"%l" for location, "%r" for repository, and "%s" for size. Implies '\--print'.
+
+
+Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
+----------------------------------------------
+*-w, \--downloadonly*::
+	Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
+
+*\--asdeps*::
+	Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
+	to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
+	build-from-source tools that need to install dependencies before building
+	the package.
+
+*\--asexplicit*::
+	Install packages explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason to
+	be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to mark a dependency
+	as explicitly installed so it will not be removed by the '\--recursive'
+	remove operation.
+
+*\--ignore* <package>::
+	Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
+	available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
+	with a comma.
+
+*\--ignoregroup* <group>::
+	Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group', even if
+	there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
+	separating them with a comma.
+
+*\--needed*::
+	Do not reinstall the targets that are already up-to-date.
+
+*\--overwrite* <glob>::
+	Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
+	package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
+	installed and match 'glob', this option will cause all those files to be
+	overwritten.  Using '\--overwrite' will not allow overwriting a directory
+	with a file or installing packages with conflicting files and directories.
+	Multiple patterns can be specified by separating them with a comma. May be
+	specified multiple times.  Patterns can be negated, such that files
+	matching them will not be overwritten, by prefixing them with an
+	exclamation mark. Subsequent matches will override previous ones. A leading
+	literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
+
+
+Query Options (apply to '-Q')[[QO]]
+-----------------------------------
+*-c, \--changelog*::
+	View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
+
+*-d, \--deps*::
+	Restrict or filter output to packages installed as dependencies. This
+	option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans - packages that
+	were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any
+	installed package.
+
+*-e, \--explicit*::
+	Restrict or filter output to explicitly installed packages. This option
+	can be combined with '-t' to list explicitly installed packages that
+	are not required by any other package.
+
+*-g, \--groups*::
+	Display all packages that are members of a named group. If a name is not
+	specified, list all grouped packages.
+
+*-i, \--info*::
+	Display information on a given package. The '-p' option can be used if
+	querying a package file instead of the local database. Passing two
+	'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
+	their modification states.
+
+*-k, \--check*::
+	Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
+	system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
+	check all installed packages. Specifying this option twice will perform
+	more detailed file checking (including permissions, file sizes, and
+	modification times) for packages that contain the needed mtree file.
+
+*-l, \--list*::
+	List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
+	specified on the command line.
+
+*-m, \--foreign*::
+	Restrict or filter output to packages that were not found in the sync
+	database(s). Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
+	and installed with '\--upgrade'.
+
+*-n, \--native*::
+	Restrict or filter output to packages that are found in the sync
+	database(s). This is the inverse filter of '\--foreign'.
+
+*-o, \--owns* <file>::
+	Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
+	relative or absolute, and one or more files can be specified.
+
+*-p, \--file*::
+	Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
+	not an entry in the database. The file will be decompressed and queried.
+	This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
+
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Show less information for certain query operations. This is useful when
+	pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
+	names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
+	only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
+	will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
+	files and omit package names; check will only show pairs of package names
+	and missing files; a bare query will only show package names
+	rather than names and versions.
+
+*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
+	Search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions that
+	match `regexp`. When including multiple search terms, only packages
+	with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
+
+*-t, \--unrequired*::
+	Restrict or filter output to print only packages neither required nor
+	optionally required by any currently installed package. Specify this
+	option twice to include packages which are optionally, but not directly,
+	required by another package.
+
+*-u, \--upgrades*::
+	Restrict or filter output to packages that are out-of-date on the local
+	system. Only package versions are used to find outdated packages;
+	replacements are not checked here. This option works best if the sync
+	database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
+
+
+Remove Options (apply to '-R')[[RO]]
+------------------------------------
+*-c, \--cascade*::
+	Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
+	or more target packages. This operation is recursive and must be used
+	with care, since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
+
+*-n, \--nosave*::
+	Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
+	file is removed from the system, the database is checked to see if the
+	file should be renamed with a '.pacsave' extension.
+
+*-s, \--recursive*::
+	Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
+	that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
+	explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
+	to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and it helps keep a clean system without
+	orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
+
+*-u, \--unneeded*::
+	Removes targets that are not required by any other packages.
+	This is mostly useful when removing a group without using the '-c' option,
+	to avoid breaking any dependencies.
+
+
+Sync Options (apply to '-S')[[SO]]
+----------------------------------
+*-c, \--clean*::
+	Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
+	currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
+	downloads packages, it saves them in a cache directory. In addition,
+	databases are saved for every sync DB you download from and are not
+	deleted even if they are removed from the configuration file
+	linkman:pacman.conf[5]. Use one '\--clean' switch to only remove
+	packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all files
+	from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
+	remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
++
+If you use a network shared cache, see the 'CleanMethod' option in
+linkman:pacman.conf[5].
+
+*-g, \--groups*::
+	Display all the members for each package group specified. If no group
+	names are provided, all groups will be listed; pass the flag twice to
+	view all groups and their members.
+
+*-i, \--info*::
+	Display information on a given sync database package. Passing two '\--info'
+	or '-i' flags will also display those packages in all repositories that
+	depend on this package.
+
+*-l, \--list*::
+	List all packages in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories
+	can be specified on the command line.
+
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Show less information for certain sync operations. This is useful when
+	pacman's output is processed in a script. Search will only show package
+	names and not repository, version, group, and description information; list
+	will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
+	only show package names and omit group names.
+
+*-s, \--search* <regexp>::
+	This will search each package in the sync databases for names or
+	descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
+	terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
+	be returned.
+
+*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
+	Upgrades all packages that are out-of-date. Each currently-installed
+	package will be examined and upgraded if a newer package exists. A
+	report of all packages to upgrade will be presented, and the operation
+	will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
+	automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
+	necessary.
++
+Pass this option twice to enable package downgrades; in this case, pacman will
+select sync packages whose versions do not match with the local versions. This
+can be useful when the user switches from a testing repository to a stable one.
++
+Additional targets can also be specified manually, so that '-Su foo' will do a
+system upgrade and install/upgrade the "foo" package in the same operation.
+
+*-y, \--refresh*::
+	Download a fresh copy of the master package database from the server(s)
+	defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
+	you use	'\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
+	will force a refresh of all package databases, even if they appear to be
+	up-to-date.
+
+
+Database Options (apply to '-D')[[QO]]
+--------------------------------------
+*\--asdeps* <package>::
+	Mark a package as non-explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
+	reason to be installed as a dependency.
+
+*\--asexplicit* <package>::
+	Mark a package as explicitly installed; in other words, set their install
+	reason to be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to keep a
+	package installed even when it was initially installed as a dependency
+	of another package.
+
+*-k, \--check*::
+	Check the local package database is internally consistent. This will
+	check all required files are present and that installed packages have
+	the required dependencies, do not conflict and that multiple packages
+	do not own the same file. Specifying this option twice will perform
+	a check on the sync databases to ensure all specified dependencies
+	are available.
+
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Suppress messages on successful completion of database operations.
+
+File Options (apply to '-F')[[FO]]
+----------------------------------
+*-y, --refresh*::
+	Download fresh package databases from the server. Use twice to force a
+	refresh even if databases are up to date.
+
+*-l, \--list*::
+	List the files owned by the queried package.
+
+*-x, --regex*::
+	Interpret each query as a regular expression.
+
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Show less information for certain file operations. This is useful when
+	pacman's output is processed in a script, however, you may want to use
+	'--machinereadable' instead.
+
+*--machinereadable*::
+	Print each match in a machine readable output format. The format is
+	'repository\0pkgname\0pkgver\0path\n' with '\0' being the NULL character
+	and '\n' a linefeed.
+
+Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
+----------------------------
+Pacman uses the same logic as 'rpm' to determine action against files that are
+designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, three MD5 hashes are used for
+each backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
+installed, one for the new file that is about to be installed, and one for the
+actual file existing on the file system. After comparing these three hashes, the
+following scenarios can result:
+
+original=X, current=X, new=X::
+	All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
+	new file.
+
+original=X, current=X, new=Y::
+	The current file is the same as the original, but the new one differs.
+	Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new one may contain
+	improvements or bug fixes, install the new file.
+
+original=X, current=Y, new=X::
+	Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one on the
+	file system has been modified. Leave the current file in place.
+
+original=X, current=Y, new=Y::
+	The new file is identical to the current file. Install the new file.
+
+original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
+	All three files are different, so install the new file with a '.pacnew'
+	extension and warn the user. The user must then manually merge any
+	necessary changes into the original file.
+
+original=NULL, current=Y, new=Z::
+	The package was not previously installed, and the file already exists on the
+	file system. Install the new file with a '.pacnew' extension and warn the
+	user. The user must then manually merge any necessary changes into the
+	original file.
+
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+pacman -Ss ne.hack::
+	Search for regexp "ne.hack" in package database.
+
+pacman -S gpm::
+	Download and install gpm including dependencies.
+
+pacman -U /home/user/ceofhack-0.6-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz::
+	Install ceofhack-0.6-1 package from a local file.
+
+pacman -Syu::
+	Update package list and upgrade all packages afterwards.
+
+pacman -Syu gpm::
+	Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
+	wasn't already installed.
+
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the
+'pacman.conf' file.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:alpm-hooks[5], linkman:libalpm[3], linkman:makepkg[8],
+linkman:pacman.conf[5]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman.8.txt

@@ -1,444 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-pacman(8)
-=========
-
-Name
-----
-pacman - package manager utility
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-'pacman' <operation> [options] [packages]
-
-
-Description
------------
-Pacman is a package management utility that tracks installed packages on a Linux
-system. It features dependency support, package groups, install and uninstall
-hooks, and the ability to sync your local machine with a remote ftp server to
-automatically upgrade packages. Pacman packages are a zipped tar format.
-
-Since version 3.0.0, pacman has been the frontend to linkman:libalpm[3], the
-``Arch Linux Package Management'' library. This library allows alternative
-front ends to be written (for instance, a GUI front end).
-
-
-Operations
-----------
-*-D, \--database*::
-	Modify the package database. This options allows you to modify certain
-	attributes of the installed packages in pacman's database. At the
-	moment, you can only change the install reason using '\--asdeps' and
-	'\--asexplicit' options.
-
-*-Q, \--query*::
-	Query the package database. This operation allows you to view installed
-	packages and their files, as well as meta-information about individual
-	packages (dependencies, conflicts, install date, build date, size). This
-	can be run against the local package database or can be used on
-	individual '.tar.gz' packages. In the first case, if no package names
-	are provided in the command line, all installed packages will be
-	queried. Additionally, various filters can be applied on the package
-	list. See <<QO,Query Options>> below.
-
-*-R, \--remove*::
-	Remove package(s) from the system. Groups can also be specified to be
-	removed, in which case every package in that group will be removed.
-	Files belonging to the specified package will be deleted, and the
-	database will be updated. Most configuration files will be saved
-	with a `.pacsave` extension unless the '\--nosave' option is used.
-	See <<RO,Remove Options>> below.
-
-*-S, \--sync*::
-	Synchronize packages. Packages are installed directly from the ftp
-	servers, including all dependencies required to run the packages. For
-	example, `pacman -S qt` will download and install qt and all the
-	packages it depends on. If a package name exists in more than one repo, the
-	repo can be explicitly specified to clarify the package to install:
-	`pacman -S testing/qt`. You can also specify version requirements:
-	`pacman -S "bash>=3.2"`. (Quotes are needed, otherwise your shell
-	interprets ">" as redirection to file.)
-+
-In addition to packages, groups can be specified as well. For example, if
-gnome is a defined package group, then `pacman -S gnome` will install every
-package in the gnome group, as well as the dependencies of those packages.
-+
-Packages which provide other packages are also handled. For example, `pacman -S
-foo` will first look for a foo package. If foo is not found, packages which
-provide the same functionality as foo will be searched for. If any package is
-found, it will be installed.
-+
-You can also use `pacman -Su` to upgrade all packages that are out of date. See
-<<SO,Sync Options>> below. When upgrading, pacman performs version comparison
-to determine which packages need upgrading. This behavior operates as follows:
-
-  Alphanumeric:
-    1.0a < 1.0alpha < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0
-  Numeric:
-    1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
-+
-Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
-overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
-specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
-greater than `1:3.6-1`.
-
-*-T, \--deptest*::
-	Check dependencies; this is useful in scripts such as makepkg to check
-	installed packages. This operation will check each dependency specified and
-	return a list of those which are not currently satisfied on the system.
-	This operation accepts no other options. Example usage: `pacman -T qt
-	"bash>=3.2"`.
-
-*-U, \--upgrade*::
-	Upgrade or add package(s) to the system and install the required
-	dependencies from sync repos. Either a URL or file path can be
-	specified. This is a ``remove-then-add'' process. See <<UO,Upgrade
-	Options>> below; also see <<HCF,Handling Config Files>> for an explanation
-	on how pacman takes care of config files.
-
-*-V, \--version*::
-	Display version and exit.
-
-*-h, \--help*::
-	Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
-	then the general syntax is shown.
-
-
-Options
--------
-*-b, \--dbpath* <'path'>::
-	Specify an alternative database location (a typical default is
-	``{localstatedir}/lib/pacman'').  This should not be used unless you know what you are
-	doing. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root path is
-	not automatically prepended.
-
-*-r, \--root* <'path'>::
-	Specify an alternative installation root (default is ``/''). This should
-	not be used as a way to install software into ``/usr/local'' instead of
-	``/usr''. This option is used if you want to install a package on a
-	temporary mounted partition which is "owned" by another system.
-	*NOTE*: if database path or logfile are not specified on either the
-	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
-	be inside this root path.
-
-*-v, \--verbose*::
-	Output paths such as as the Root, Conf File, DB Path, Cache Dirs, etc.
-
-*\--arch* <'arch'>::
-	Specify an alternate architecture.
-
-*\--cachedir* <'dir'>::
-	Specify an alternative package cache location (a typical default is
-	``{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg''). Multiple cache directories can be specified,
-	and they are tried in the order they are passed to pacman. *NOTE*: this
-	is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
-
-*\--config* <'file'>::
-	Specify an alternate configuration file.
-
-*\--debug*::
-	Display debug messages. When reporting bugs, this option is recommended
-	to be used.
-
-*\--logfile* <'file'>::
-	Specify an alternate log file. This is an absolute path, regardless of
-	the installation root setting.
-
-*\--noconfirm*::
-	Bypass any and all ``Are you sure?'' messages. It's not a good idea to do
-	this unless you want to run pacman from a script.
-
-Transaction Options (apply to '-S', '-R' and '-U')
---------------------------------------------------
-*-d, \--nodeps*::
-	Skips dependency version checks. Package names are still checked. Normally,
-	pacman will always check a package's dependency fields to ensure that all
-	dependencies are installed and there are no package conflicts in the
-	system. Specify this option twice to skip all dependency checks.
-
-*-k, \--dbonly*::
-	Adds/Removes the database entry only, leaves all files in place.
-
-*\--noprogressbar*::
-	Do not show a progress bar when downloading files. This can be useful
-	for scripts that call pacman and capture the output.
-
-*\--noscriptlet*::
-	If an install scriptlet exists, do not execute it. Do not use this
-	unless you know what you are doing.
-
-*-p, \--print*::
-	Only print the targets instead of performing the actual operation (sync,
-	remove or upgrade). Use '\--print-format' to specify how targets are
-	displayed. The default format string is "%l", which displays URLs with
-	'-S', filenames with '-U' and pkgname-pkgver with '-R'.
-
-*\--print-format* <'format'>::
-	Specify a printf-like format to control the output of the '\--print'
-	operation. The possible attributes are: %n for pkgname, %v for pkgver,
-	%l for location, %r for repo and %s for size.
-
-Upgrade Options (apply to '-S' and '-U')[[UO]]
---------------------------------------------
-*-f, \--force*::
-	Bypass file conflict checks and overwrite conflicting files. If the
-	package that is about to be installed contains files that are already
-	installed, this option will cause all those files to be overwritten.
-	This option should be used with care, ideally not at all.
-
-*\--asdeps*::
-	Install packages non-explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason
-	to be installed as a dependency. This is useful for makepkg and other
-	build from source tools that need to install dependencies before building
-	the package.
-
-*\--asexplicit*::
-	Install packages explicitly; in other words, fake their install reason to
-	be explicitly installed. This is useful if you want to mark a dependency
-	as explicitly installed so it will not be removed by the '\--recursive'
-	remove operation.
-
-*\--ignore* <'package'>::
-	Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of package even if there is one
-	available. Multiple packages can be specified by separating them
-	with a comma.
-
-*\--ignoregroup* <'group'>::
-	Directs pacman to ignore upgrades of all packages in 'group' even if
-	there is one available. Multiple groups can be specified by
-	separating them with a comma.
-
-Query Options[[QO]]
--------------------
-*-c, \--changelog*::
-	View the ChangeLog of a package if it exists.
-
-*-d, \--deps*::
-	Restrict or filter output to packages installed as dependencies. This
-	option can be combined with '-t' for listing real orphans - packages that
-	were installed as dependencies but are no longer required by any
-	installed package.
-
-*-e, \--explicit*::
-	Restrict or filter output to explicitly installed packages. This option
-	can be combined with '-t' to list explicitly installed packages which
-	are not required by any other package.
-
-*-g, \--groups*::
-	Display all packages that are members of a named group. If a name is not
-	specified, list all grouped packages.
-
-*-i, \--info*::
-	Display information on a given package. The '-p' option can be used if
-	querying a package file instead of the local database. Passing two
-	'\--info' or '-i' flags will also display the list of backup files and
-	their modification states.
-
-*-k \--check*::
-	Check that all files owned by the given package(s) are present on the
-	system. If packages are not specified or filter flags are not provided,
-	check all installed packages.
-
-*-l, \--list*::
-	List all files owned by a given package. Multiple packages can be
-	specified on the command line.
-
-*-m, \--foreign*::
-	Restrict or filter output to packages that were not found in the sync
-	database(s).  Typically these are packages that were downloaded manually
-	and installed with '\--upgrade'.
-
-*-o, \--owns* <'file'>::
-	Search for packages that own the specified file(s). The path can be
-	relative or absolute and one or more files can be specified.
-
-*-p, \--file*::
-	Signifies that the package supplied on the command line is a file and
-	not an entry in the database. The file will be decompressed and queried.
-	This is useful in combination with '\--info' and '\--list'.
-
-*-q, \--quiet*::
-	Show less information for certain query operations. (This is useful when
-	pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
-	names and not version, group, and description information; owns will
-	only show package names instead of "file is owned by pkg" messages; group
-	will only show package names and omit group names; list will only show
-	files and omit package names; check will only show pairs of package names
-	and missing files; a bare query will only show package names
-	rather than names and versions.
-
-*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
-	Search each locally-installed package for names or descriptions that
-	match `regexp`. When including multiple search terms, only packages
-	with descriptions matching ALL of those terms are returned.
-
-*-t, \--unrequired*::
-	Restrict or filter output to packages not required by any currently
-	installed package.
-
-*-u, \--upgrades*::
-	Restrict or filter output to packages that are out of date on the local
-	system. (Only package versions are used to find outdated packages,
-	replacements are not checked here.) This option works best if the sync
-	database is refreshed using '-Sy'.
-
-
-Remove Options[[RO]]
---------------------
-*-c, \--cascade*::
-	Remove all target packages, as well as all packages that depend on one
-	or more target packages. This operation is recursive, and must be used
-	with care since it can remove many potentially needed packages.
-
-*-n, \--nosave*::
-	Instructs pacman to ignore file backup designations. Normally, when a
-	file is removed from the system the database is checked to see if the
-	file should be renamed with a ``.pacsave'' extension.
-
-*-s, \--recursive*::
-	Remove each target specified including all of their dependencies, provided
-	that (A) they are not required by other packages; and (B) they were not
-	explicitly installed by the user. This operation is recursive and analogous
-	to a backwards '\--sync' operation, and helps keep a clean system without
-	orphans. If you want to omit condition (B), pass this option twice.
-
-*-u, \--unneeded*::
-	Removes targets that are not required by any other packages.
-	This is mostly useful when removing a group without using the '-c' option,
-	to avoid breaking any dependencies.
-
-
-Sync Options[[SO]]
-------------------
-*-c, \--clean*::
-	Remove packages that are no longer installed from the cache as well as
-	currently unused sync databases to free up disk space. When pacman
-	downloads packages, it saves them in a cache directory. In addition,
-	databases are saved for every sync DB you download from, and are not
-	deleted even if they are removed from the configuration file
-	linkman:pacman.conf[5]. Use one '\--clean' switch to only remove
-	packages that are no longer installed; use two to remove all packages
-	from the cache. In both cases, you will have a yes or no option to
-	remove packages and/or unused downloaded databases.
-+
-If you use a network shared cache, see the 'CleanMethod' option in
-linkman:pacman.conf[5].
-
-*-g, \--groups*::
-	Display all the members for each package group specified. If no group
-	names are provided, all groups will be listed; pass the flag twice to
-	view all groups and their members.
-
-*-i, \--info*::
-	Display information on a given sync database package. Passing two '\--info'
-	or '-i' flags will also display those packages in all repositories that
-	depend on this package.
-
-*-l, \--list*::
-	List all packages in the specified repositories. Multiple repositories
-	can be specified on the command line.
-
-*-q, \--quiet*::
-	Show less information for certain sync operations. (This is useful when
-	pacman's output is processed in a script.) Search will only show package
-	names and not repo, version, group, and description information; list
-	will only show package names and omit databases and versions; group will
-	only show package names and omit group names.
-
-*-s, \--search* <'regexp'>::
-	This will search each package in the sync databases for names or
-	descriptions that match `regexp`. When you include multiple search
-	terms, only packages with descriptions matching ALL of those terms will
-	be returned.
-
-*-u, \--sysupgrade*::
-	Upgrades all packages that are out of date. Each currently-installed
-	package will be examined and upgraded if a newer package exists. A
-	report of all packages to upgrade will be presented and  the operation
-	will not proceed without user confirmation. Dependencies are
-	automatically resolved at this level and will be installed/upgraded if
-	necessary. Pass this option twice to enable package downgrade; in this
-	case pacman will select sync packages whose version does not match with
-	the local version. This can be useful when the user switches from a testing
-	repo to a stable one. Additional targets can also be specified manually, so
-	that '-Su foo' will do a system upgrade and install/upgrade the foo package in
-	the same operation.
-
-*-w, \--downloadonly*::
-	Retrieve all packages from the server, but do not install/upgrade anything.
-
-*-y, \--refresh*::
-	Download a fresh copy of the master package list from the server(s)
-	defined in linkman:pacman.conf[5]. This should typically be used each time
-	you use	'\--sysupgrade' or '-u'. Passing two '\--refresh' or '-y' flags
-	will force a refresh of all package lists even if they appear to be up
-	to date.
-
-*\--needed*::
-	Don't reinstall the targets that are already up to date.
-
-
-Handling Config Files[[HCF]]
-----------------------------
-Pacman uses the same logic as rpm to determine action against files that are
-designated to be backed up. During an upgrade, 3 md5 hashes are used for each
-backup file to determine the required action: one for the original file
-installed, one for the new file that's about to be installed, and one for the
-actual file existing on the filesystem. After comparing these 3 hashes, the
-follow scenarios can result:
-
-original=X, current=X, new=X::
-	All three files are the same, so overwrites are not an issue. Install the
-	new file.
-
-original=X, current=X, new=Y::
-	The current file is the same as the original but the new one differs.
-	Since the user did not ever modify the file, and the new one may contain
-	improvements or bugfixes, install the new file.
-
-original=X, current=Y, new=X::
-	Both package versions contain the exact same file, but the one on the
-	filesystem has  been  modified. Leave the current file in place.
-
-original=X, current=Y, new=Y::
-	The new file is identical to the current file. Install the new file.
-
-original=X, current=Y, new=Z::
-	All three files are different, so install the new file with a '.pacnew'
-	extension and warn the user. The user must then manually merge any
-	necessary changes into the original file.
-
-
-Examples
---------
-
-pacman -Ss ne.hack::
-	Search for regexp "ne.hack" in package database.
-
-pacman -S gpm::
-	Download and install gpm including dependencies.
-
-pacman -U /home/user/ceofhack-0.6-1-x86_64.pkg.tar.gz::
-	Install ceofhack-0.6-1 package from a local file.
-
-pacman -Syu::
-	Update package list and upgrade all packages afterwards.
-
-pacman -Syu gpm::
-	Update package list, upgrade all packages, and then install gpm if it
-	wasn't already installed.
-
-Configuration
--------------
-See linkman:pacman.conf[5] for more details on configuring pacman using the
-'pacman.conf' file.
-
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman.conf[5], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/pacman.conf.5.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+pacman.conf(5)
+==============
+
+Name
+----
+pacman.conf - pacman package manager configuration file
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+Pacman, using linkman:libalpm[3], will attempt to read pacman.conf each time it
+is invoked. This configuration file is divided into sections or repositories.
+Each section defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching
+for packages in '\--sync' mode. The exception to this is the options section,
+which defines global options.
+
+Comments are only supported by beginning a line with the hash (#) symbol.
+Comments cannot begin in the middle of a line.
+
+
+Example
+-------
+
+--------
+#
+# pacman.conf
+#
+[options]
+NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow
+NoUpgrade = etc/fstab
+
+[core]
+Include = /etc/pacman.d/core
+
+[custom]
+Server = file:///home/pkgs
+--------
+
+NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
+directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
+work.
+
+
+Options
+-------
+*RootDir =* /path/to/root/dir::
+	Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
+	used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
+	which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
+	*NOTE*: If database path or log file are not specified on either the
+	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
+	be inside this root path.
+
+*DBPath =* /path/to/db/dir::
+	Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory. The
+	default is +{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/+. Most users will not need to set
+	this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
+	path is not automatically prepended.
+
+*CacheDir =* /path/to/cache/dir::
+	Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. The
+	default is +{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/+. Multiple cache directories can be
+	specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
+	file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
+	to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
+	path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
+
+*HookDir =* /path/to/hook/dir::
+	Add directories to search for alpm hooks in addition to the system hook
+	directory (+{datarootdir}/libalpm/hooks/+).  The default is
+	+{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/hooks+.  Multiple directories can be specified with
+	hooks in later directories taking precedence over hooks in earlier
+	directories.  *NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not
+	automatically prepended.  For more information on the alpm hooks, see
+	linkman:alpm-hooks[5].
+
+*GPGDir =* /path/to/gpg/dir::
+	Overrides the default location of the directory containing configuration
+	files for GnuPG. The default is +{sysconfdir}/pacman.d/gnupg/+.
+	This directory should contain two files: `pubring.gpg` and `trustdb.gpg`.
+	`pubring.gpg` holds the public keys of all packagers. `trustdb.gpg`
+	contains a so-called trust database, which specifies that the keys are
+	authentic and trusted.
+	*NOTE*: this is an absolute path, the root path is not automatically
+	prepended.
+
+*LogFile =* /path/to/log/file::
+	Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. The default
+	is +{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log+. This is an absolute path and the root directory
+	is not prepended.
+
+*HoldPkg =* package ...::
+	If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
+	pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding. Shell-style glob
+	patterns are allowed.
+
+*IgnorePkg =* package ...::
+	Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
+	a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are allowed.
+
+*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
+	Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
+	group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'. Shell-style glob patterns are
+	allowed.
+
+*Include =* /path/to/config/file::
+	Include another configuration file. This file can include repositories or
+	general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
+	expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
+
+*Architecture =* auto &| i686 &| x86_64 | ...::
+	If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages with the given
+	architectures (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
+	use the system architecture, provided via ``uname -m''. If unset, no
+	architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: Packages with the special
+	architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
+	architecture independent.
+
+*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
+	If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
+	All instances of `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. If present,
+	instances of `%o` will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
+	``.part'' extension, which allows programs like wget to do file resumes
+	properly.
+	+
+	This option is useful for users who experience problems with built-in
+	HTTP/FTP support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
+	utilities like wget.
+
+*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
+	All files listed with a `NoUpgrade` directive will never be touched during
+	a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
+	'.pacnew' extension.
+	These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
+	leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
+	are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
+	an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
+	files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
+	ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
+
+*NoExtract =* file ...::
+	All files listed with a `NoExtract` directive will never be extracted from
+	a package into the filesystem. This can be useful when you don't want part
+	of a package to be installed. For example, if your httpd root uses an
+	'index.php', then you would not want the 'index.html' file to be extracted
+	from the 'apache' package.
+	These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
+	leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them. Shell-style glob patterns
+	are allowed. It is possible to invert matches by prepending a file with
+	an exclamation mark. Inverted files will result in previously blacklisted
+	files being whitelisted again. Subsequent matches will override previous
+	ones. A leading literal exclamation mark or backslash needs to be escaped.
+
+*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
+	If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
+	packages that are no longer installed (not present in the local database).
+	If set to `KeepCurrent`, '-Sc' will clean outdated packages (not present in
+	any sync database).
+	The second behavior is useful when the package cache is shared among
+	multiple machines, where the local databases are usually different, but the
+	sync databases in use could be the same. If both values are specified,
+	packages are only cleaned if not installed locally and not present in any
+	known sync database.
+
+*SigLevel =* ...::
+	Set the default signature verification level. For more information, see
+	<<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
+
+*LocalFileSigLevel =* ...::
+	Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
+	operation on a local file. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
+
+*RemoteFileSigLevel =* ...::
+	Set the signature verification level for installing packages using the "-U"
+	operation on a remote file URL. Uses the value from SigLevel as the default.
+
+*UseSyslog*::
+	Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
+	+{localstatedir}/log/messages+ or equivalent.
+
+*Color*::
+	Automatically enable colors only when pacman's output is on a tty.
+
+*NoProgressBar*::
+	Disables progress bars. This is useful for terminals which do
+	not support escape characters.
+
+*CheckSpace*::
+	Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
+	installing packages.
+
+*VerbosePkgLists*::
+	Displays name, version and size of target packages formatted
+	as a table for upgrade, sync and remove operations.
+
+*DisableDownloadTimeout*::
+	Disable defaults for low speed limit and timeout on downloads. Use this
+	if you have issues downloading files with proxy and/or security gateway.
+
+*ParallelDownloads =* ...::
+	Specifies number of concurrent download streams. The value needs to be a
+	positive integer. If this config option is not set then only one download
+	stream is used (i.e. downloads happen sequentially).
+
+
+Repository Sections
+-------------------
+Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
+the packages can be found. The section name is defined by the string within
+square brackets (the two above are 'core'  and  'custom'). Repository names
+must be unique and the name 'local' is reserved for the database of installed
+packages. Locations are defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL
+naming structure. If you want to use a local directory, you can specify the
+full path with a ``file://'' prefix, as shown above.
+
+A common way to define DB locations utilizes the 'Include' directive. For each
+repository defined in the configuration file, a single 'Include' directive can
+contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
+
+--------
+[core]
+# use this server first
+Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
+# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
+Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
+--------
+
+The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
+listed first will take precedence over those listed later in the file when
+packages in two repositories have identical names, regardless of version
+number.
+
+*Include =* path::
+	Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
+	general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
+	expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
+
+*Server =* url::
+	A full URL to a location where the database, packages, and signatures (if
+	available) for this repository can be found.
++
+During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
+current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
+directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
+the `$arch` variable to the first (or only) value of the `Architecture` option,
+so the same mirrorfile can even be used for different architectures.
+
+*SigLevel =* ...::
+	Set the signature verification level for this repository. For more
+	information, see <<SC,Package and Database Signature Checking>> below.
+
+*Usage =* ...::
+	Set the usage level for this repository. This option takes a list of tokens
+	which must be at least one of the following:
+		*Sync*;;
+			Enables refreshes for this repository.
+		*Search*;;
+			Enables searching for this repository.
+		*Install*;;
+			Enables installation of packages from this repository during a '\--sync'
+			operation.
+		*Upgrade*;;
+			Allows this repository to be a valid source of packages when performing
+			a '\--sysupgrade'.
+		*All*;;
+			Enables all of the above features for the repository. This is the default
+			if not specified.
++
+Note that an enabled repository can be operated on explicitly, regardless of the Usage
+level set.
+
+
+Package and Database Signature Checking[[SC]]
+---------------------------------------------
+The 'SigLevel' directive is valid in both the `[options]` and repository
+sections. If used in `[options]`, it sets a default value for any repository
+that does not provide the setting.
+
+* If set to *Never*, no signature checking will take place.
+* If set to *Optional* , signatures will be checked when present, but unsigned
+  databases and packages will also be accepted.
+* If set to *Required*, signatures will be required on all packages and
+  databases.
+
+Alternatively, you can get more fine-grained control by combining some of
+the options and prefixes described below. All options in a config file are
+processed in top-to-bottom, left-to-right fashion, where later options override
+and/or supplement earlier ones. If 'SigLevel' is specified in a repository
+section, the starting value is that from the `[options]` section, or the
+built-in system default as shown below if not specified.
+
+The options are split into two main groups, described below. Terms used such as
+``marginally trusted'' are terms used by GnuPG, for more information please
+consult linkman:gpg[1].
+
+When to Check::
+	These options control if and when signature checks should take place.
+
+	*Never*;;
+		All signature checking is suppressed, even if signatures are present.
+
+	*Optional* (default);;
+		Signatures are checked if present; absence of a signature is not an
+		error. An invalid signature is a fatal error, as is a signature from a
+		key not in the keyring.
+
+	*Required*;;
+		Signatures are required; absence of a signature or an invalid signature
+		is a fatal error, as is a signature from a key not in the keyring.
+
+What is Allowed::
+	These options control what signatures are viewed as permissible. Note that
+	neither of these options allows acceptance of invalid or expired
+	signatures, or those from revoked keys.
+
+	*TrustedOnly* (default);;
+		If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring and fully trusted;
+		marginal trust does not meet this criteria.
+
+	*TrustAll*;;
+		If a signature is checked, it must be in the keyring, but is not
+		required to be assigned a trust level (e.g., unknown or marginal
+		trust).
+
+Options in both groups can additionally be prefixed with either *Package* or
+*Database*, which will cause it to only take effect on the specified object
+type. For example, `PackageTrustAll` would allow marginal and unknown trust
+level signatures for packages.
+
+The built-in default is the following:
+
+--------
+SigLevel = Optional TrustedOnly
+--------
+
+
+Using Your Own Repository
+-------------------------
+If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate
+your own custom local repository than install them all with the '\--upgrade'
+option. All you need to do is generate a compressed package database in the
+directory with these packages so pacman can find it when run with '\--refresh'.
+
+	repo-add /home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz /home/pkgs/*.pkg.tar.gz
+
+The above command will generate a compressed database named
+'/home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz'. Note that the database must be of the form
+'\{treename\}.db.tar.{ext}', where '\{treename\}' is the name of the section
+defined in the configuration file and '\{ext\}' is a valid compression type as
+documented in linkman:repo-add[8]. That's it! Now configure your custom section
+in the configuration file as shown in the config example above. Pacman will now
+use your package repository. If you add new packages to the repository,
+remember to re-generate the database and use pacman's '\--refresh' option.
+
+For more information on the repo-add command, see ``repo-add \--help'' or
+linkman:repo-add[8].
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:pacman[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/pacman.conf.5.txt

@@ -1,232 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-pacman.conf(5)
-==============
-
-Name
-----
-pacman.conf - pacman package manager configuration file
-
-
-Synopsis
---------
-{sysconfdir}/pacman.conf
-
-
-Description
------------
-Pacman, using linkman:libalpm[3], will attempt to read pacman.conf each time it
-is invoked. This configuration file is divided into sections or repositories.
-Each section defines a package repository that pacman can use when searching
-for packages in '\--sync' mode. The exception to this is the options section,
-which defines global options.
-
-
-Example
--------
-
---------
-#
-# pacman.conf
-#
-[options]
-NoUpgrade = etc/passwd etc/group etc/shadow
-NoUpgrade = etc/fstab
-
-[core]
-Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/core
-
-[custom]
-Server = file:///home/pkgs
---------
-
-NOTE: Each directive must be in CamelCase. If the case isn't respected, the
-directive won't be recognized. For example. noupgrade or NOUPGRADE will not
-work.
-
-Options
--------
-*RootDir =* path/to/root::
-	Set the default root directory for pacman to install to. This option is
-	used if you want to install a package on a temporary mounted partition
-	which is "owned" by another system, or for a chroot install.
-	*NOTE*: If database path or logfile are not specified on either the
-	command line or in linkman:pacman.conf[5], their default location will
-	be inside this root path.
-
-*DBPath =* path/to/db/dir::
-	Overrides the default location of the toplevel database directory.  A
-	typical default is ``{localstatedir}/lib/pacman/''. Most users will not need to set
-	this option. *NOTE*: if specified, this is an absolute path and the root
-	path is not automatically prepended.
-
-*CacheDir =* path/to/cache/dir::
-	Overrides the default location of the package cache directory. A typical
-	default is ``{localstatedir}/cache/pacman/pkg/''. Multiple cache directories can be
-	specified, and they are tried in the order they are listed in the config
-	file. If a file is not found in any cache directory, it will be downloaded
-	to the first cache directory with write access. *NOTE*: this is an absolute
-	path, the root path is not automatically prepended.
-
-
-*LogFile =* '/path/to/file'::
-	Overrides the default location of the pacman log file. A typical default
-	is ``{localstatedir}/log/pacman.log''. This is an absolute path and the root directory
-	is not prepended.
-
-*HoldPkg =* package ...::
-	If a user tries to '\--remove' a package that's listed in `HoldPkg`,
-	pacman will ask for confirmation before proceeding.
-
-*IgnorePkg =* package ...::
-	Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for this package when performing
-	a '\--sysupgrade'.
-
-*SyncFirst =* package ...::
-	Instructs pacman to check for newer version of these packages before any
-	sync operation. The user will have the choice to either cancel the current
-	operation and upgrade these packages first or go on with the current
-	operation. This option is typically used with the 'pacman' package.
-	*NOTE*: when a `SyncFirst` transaction takes place, no command line flags
-	(e.g. '\--force') are honored. If this is not ideal, disabling `SyncFirst`
-	and performing a manual sync of the involved packages may be required.
-
-*IgnoreGroup =* group ...::
-	Instructs pacman to ignore any upgrades for all packages in this
-	group when performing a '\--sysupgrade'.
-
-*Include =* path::
-	Include another config file. This file can include repositories or
-	general configuration options. Wildcards in the specified paths will get
-	expanded based on linkman:glob[7] rules.
-
-*Architecture =* auto | i686 | x86_64 | ...::
-	If set, pacman will only allow installation of packages of the given
-	architecture (e.g. 'i686', 'x86_64', etc). The special value 'auto' will
-	use the system architecture, provided by in ``uname -m''.  If unset, no
-	architecture checks are made. *NOTE*: packages with the special
-	architecture 'any' can always be installed, as they are meant to be
-	architecture independent.
-
-*XferCommand =* /path/to/command %u::
-	If set, an external program will be used to download all remote files.
-	All instances of `%u` will be replaced with the download URL. If present,
-	instances of `%o` will be replaced with the local filename, plus a
-	``.part'' extension, which allows programs like wget to do file resumes
-	properly.
-	+
-	This option is useful for users who experience problems with built-in
-	http/ftp support, or need the more advanced proxy support that comes with
-	utilities like wget.
-
-*NoUpgrade =* file ...::
-	All files listed with a `NoUpgrade` directive will never be touched during
-	a package install/upgrade, and the new files will be installed with a
-	'.pacnew' extension.
-	These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
-	leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
-
-*NoExtract =* file ...::
-	All files listed with a `NoExtract` directive will never be extracted from
-	a package into the filesystem. This can be useful when you don't want part
-	of a package to be installed. For example, if your httpd root uses an
-	'index.php', then you would not want the 'index.html' file to be extracted
-	from the 'apache' package.
-	These files refer to files in the package archive, so do not include the
-	leading slash (the RootDir) when specifying them.
-
-*CleanMethod =* KeepInstalled &| KeepCurrent::
-	If set to `KeepInstalled` (the default), the '-Sc' operation will clean
-	packages that are no longer installed (not present in the local database).
-	If set to `KeepCurrent`, '-Sc' will clean outdated packages (not present in
-	any sync database).
-	The second behavior is useful when the package cache is shared among
-	multiple machines, where the local databases are usually different, but the
-	sync databases in use could be the same. If both values are specified,
-	packages are only cleaned if not installed locally and not present in any
-	known sync database.
-
-*UseSyslog*::
-	Log action messages through syslog(). This will insert log entries into
-	``{localstatedir}/log/messages'' or equivalent.
-
-*ShowSize*::
-	Display the size of individual packages for '\--sync' and '\--query' modes.
-
-*UseDelta*::
-	Download delta files instead of complete packages if possible.  Requires
-	the xdelta3 program to be installed.
-
-*TotalDownload*::
-	When downloading, display the amount downloaded, download rate, ETA,
-	and completed percentage of the entire download list rather
-	than the percent of each individual download target. The progress
-	bar is still based solely on the current file download.
-
-*CheckSpace*::
-	Performs an approximate check for adequate available disk space before
-	installing packages.
-
-Repository Sections
--------------------
-Each repository section defines a section name and at least one location where
-the packages can be found. The section name is defined by the string within
-square brackets (the two above are 'current'  and  'custom'). Locations are
-defined with the 'Server' directive and follow a URL naming structure. If you
-want to use a local directory, you can specify the full path with a ``file://''
-prefix, as shown above.
-
-A common way to define DB locations utilizes the 'Include' directive. For each
-repository defined in the configuration file, a single 'Include' directive can
-contain a file that lists the servers for that repository.
-
---------
-[core]
-# use this repository first
-Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/core/os/arch
-# next use servers as defined in the mirrorlist below
-Include = {sysconfdir}/pacman.d/mirrorlist
---------
-
-During parsing, pacman will define the `$repo` variable to the name of the
-current section. This is often utilized in files specified using the 'Include'
-directive so all repositories can use the same mirrorfile. pacman also defines
-the `$arch` variable to the value of `Architecture`, so the same mirrorfile can
-even be used for different architectures.
-
---------
-Server = ftp://ftp.archlinux.org/$repo/os/$arch
---------
-
-The order of repositories in the configuration files matters; repositories
-listed first will take precedence over those listed later in the file when
-packages in two repositories have identical names, regardless of version
-number.
-
-Using Your Own Repository
--------------------------
-If you have numerous custom packages of your own, it is often easier to generate
-your own custom local repository than install them all with the '\--upgrade'
-option. All you need to do is generate a compressed package database in the
-directory with these packages so pacman can find it when run with '\--refresh'.
-
-	repo-add /home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz /home/pkgs/*.pkg.tar.gz
-
-The above command will generate a compressed database named
-'/home/pkgs/custom.db.tar.gz'. Note that the database must be of the form
-'{treename}.db.tar.gz', where '{treename}' is the name of the section defined in
-the configuration file. That's it! Now configure your custom section in the
-configuration file as shown in the config example above. Pacman will now use your
-package repository. If you add new packages to the repository, remember to
-re-generate the database and use pacman's '\--refresh' option.
-
-For more information on the repo-add command, see ``repo-add \--help'' or
-linkman:repo-add[8].
-
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:pacman[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/repo-add.8.asciidoc

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+repo-add(8)
+==========
+
+Name
+----
+repo-add - package database maintenance utility
+
+
+Synopsis
+--------
+'repo-add' [options] <path-to-db> <package> [<package> ...]
+
+'repo-remove' [options] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename> ...]
+
+
+Description
+-----------
+'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' are two scripts to help build a package database for
+packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
+
+'repo-add' will update a package database by reading a built package file.
+Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
+
+If a matching ``.sig'' file is found alongside a package file, the signature
+will automatically be embedded into the database.
+
+'repo-remove' will update a package database by removing the package name
+specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
+on the command line.
+
+A package database is a tar file, optionally compressed. Valid extensions are
+``.db'' followed by an archive extension of ``.tar'', ``.tar.gz'', ``.tar.bz2'',
+``.tar.xz'', or ``.tar.Z''. The file does not need to exist, but all parent
+directories must exist.
+
+
+Common Options
+--------------
+*-q, \--quiet*::
+	Force this program to keep quiet and run silently except for warning and
+	error messages.
+
+*-s, \--sign*::
+	Generate a PGP signature file using GnuPG. This will execute `gpg
+	--detach-sign --use-agent` on the generated database to generate a detached
+	signature file, using the GPG agent if it is available. The signature file
+	will be the entire filename of the database with a ``.sig'' extension.
+
+*-k, \--key* <key>::
+	Specify a key to use when signing packages. Can also be specified using
+	the GPGKEY environmental variable. If not specified in either location, the
+	default key from the keyring will be used.
+
+*-v, \--verify*::
+	Verify the PGP signature of the database before updating the database.
+	If the signature is invalid, an error is produced and the update does not
+	proceed.
+
+*\--nocolor*::
+	Remove color from 'repo-add' and 'repo-remove' output.
+
+
+repo-add Options
+----------------
+*-n, \--new*::
+	Only add packages that are not already in the database.  Warnings will be
+	printed upon detection of existing packages, but they will not be re-added.
+
+*-R, \--remove*::
+	Remove old package files from the disk when updating their entry in the
+	database.
+
+*\--include-sigs*::
+	Include package PGP signatures in the repository database (if available)
+
+Example
+-------
+'repo-add' foo.db.tar.xz <pkg1> [<pkg2> ...]
+
+This creates two separate databases; a smaller database ``foo.db.tar.xz'' used by
+pacman and a large database containing package file lists ``foo.files.tar.xz'' for
+use by other utilities. While pacman can use the large database (if renamed with a
+db.tar* extension), there is currently no additional benefit for the larger download.
+
+
+See Also
+--------
+linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
+
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

doc/repo-add.8.txt

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
-repo-add(8)
-==========
-
-Name
-----
-repo-add - package database maintenance utility
-
-Synopsis
---------
-repo-add [-d] [-f] [-q] <path-to-db> <package1> [<package2> ...]
-
-repo-remove [-q] <path-to-db> <packagename> [<packagename2> ...]
-
-
-Description
------------
-repo-add and repo-remove are two scripts to help build a package database for
-packages built with linkman:makepkg[8] and installed with linkman:pacman[8].
-
-repo-add will update a package database by reading a built package file.
-Multiple packages to add can be specified on the command line.
-
-repo-remove will update a package database by removing the package name
-specified on the command line. Multiple packages to remove can be specified
-on the command line.
-
-
-Options
--------
-*-d, \--delta*::
-	Automatically generate and add a delta file between the old entry and the
-	new one, if the old package file is found next to the new one.
-
-*-f, \--files*::
-	Tells repo-add also to create and include a list of the files in the
-	specified packages. This is useful for creating databases listing all files
-	in a given sync repository for tools that may use this information.
-
-*-q, \--quiet*::
-	Force this program to keep quiet and run silent except for warning and
-	error messages.
-
-See Also
---------
-linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:pacman[8]
-
-include::footer.txt[]

doc/submitting-patches.asciidoc

@@ -8,45 +8,49 @@ please try to follow as much as you can.
 NOTE: Some of this is paraphrased from the kernel documentation's
 "SubmittingPatches" file.
 
+
 Getting the most recent source
 ------------------------------
-
 Patches need to be submitted in GIT format and are best if they are against the
 latest version of the code. There are several helpful tutorials for getting
 started with GIT if you have not worked with it before.
 
-* http://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
-* http://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
+* https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/docs/gittutorial.html
+* https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Super_Quick_Git_Guide
 
 The pacman code can be fetched using the following command:
 
-    git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git
+	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
 
 
 Creating your patch
 -------------------
 
 --
-* use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
+* Use `git commit -s` for creating a commit of your changes.
 
 The -s allows you to credit yourself by adding a "Signed Off By" line to
 indicate who has "signed" the patch - who has approved it.
 
-    Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
+	Signed-off-by: Aaron Griffin <aaron@archlinux.org>
 
 Please use your real name and email address. Feel free to "scramble" the
 address if you're afraid of spam.
 
 * Describe your patch.
 
-It helps if you describe the overview and goals  of the patch in the git commit
+It helps if you describe the overview and goals of the patch in the git commit
 log.  This allows others to see what you intended so as to compare it to what
 was actually done, and allows better feedback.
 
 * Use `git format-patch` to create patches.
 
 Your commit message will be shown above the patch by default when you will use
-`git-format-patch`, including the signoff line.
+`git format-patch`, including the signoff line.  Sets of multiple patches that
+need extra explanation beyond the commit messages may include additional notes
+in a cover letter.  Individual patches may include additional notes between the
+"---" following the commit message and the beginning of the diff.
+
 --
 
 Submitting your patch
@@ -56,7 +60,7 @@ Submitting your patch
 * Send the patch to the pacman-dev mailing list
 
 The mailing list is the primary queue for review and acceptance.  Here you
-will get feedback, and let me know the details of your patch.
+will get feedback, and let the reviewers know the details of your patch.
 
 * No MIME, no links, no compression, no attachments.  Just plain text.
 
@@ -65,8 +69,10 @@ reasons for this.  First, it makes them easier to read with any mail reader,
 it allows easier review "at a glance", and most importantly, it allows people
 to comment on exact lines of the patch in reply emails.
 
-`git send-email` allows you to send git formatted patches in plain text easily
-and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.
+`git send-email` allows you to send Git-formatted patches in plain text easily
+and is the preferred method for submission to the mailing list.  Mail clients,
+including Gmail's web interface, have a tendency to break patches by wrapping
+lines and/or adjusting whitespace and should be avoided.
 
 --
 
@@ -86,13 +92,10 @@ looked at it yet.
 * Respond to feedback
 
 When you do get feedback, it usually merits a response, whether this be a
-resubmit of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
-clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to see
+resubmission of the patch with corrections or a follow-up email asking for
+clarifications. When neither of these occurs, don't expect your patch to get
 further review. The all-volunteer staff don't have time to fix up patches that
-aren't their own.
+aren't their own.  When resubmitting patches, update the subject line to reflect
+the version number ('[PATCHv2]'), and send it as a reply to the original thread.
 
 --
-
-/////
-vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
-/////

doc/translation-help.asciidoc

@@ -2,19 +2,17 @@ Pacman - Translating
 ====================
 
 This document is here to guide you in helping translate pacman messages,
-libalpm messages, and the manpages for the entire pacman package.
+libalpm messages, and the manual pages for the entire pacman package.
 
-We are currently using http://www.transifex.net/[Transifex] as the translation
+We are currently using https://www.transifex.com/[Transifex] as the translation
 platform for pacman and libalpm. You will need to sign up for an account there
 and then register with a translation team on the
-http://www.transifex.net/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
+https://www.transifex.com/projects/p/archlinux-pacman/[pacman project page].
 
 NOTE: This may be old information due to our switch to Transifex, but the
 gettext website is a very useful guide to read before embarking on translation
 work, as it describes many of the commands in more detail than I will here:
-http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[].  In
-addition, this site presents a small tutorial that I found useful:
-http://oriya.sarovar.org/docs/gettext/[].
+https://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/manual/html_node/gettext.html[].
 
 
 Translating Messages
@@ -23,17 +21,33 @@ Translating Messages
 Overview
 ~~~~~~~~
 
-There are two separate message catalogs in pacman- one for the backend
-(libalpm) and one for the frontend (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
+There are two separate message catalogs in pacman: one for the back-end
+(libalpm) and one for the front-end (pacman and scripts). These correspond to
 the `lib/libalpm/po` and `po` directories in the pacman source, respectively.
 
 Translation message files are a specially formatted text file containing the
 original message and the corresponding translation. These po files can then
-either be hand edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
+either be hand-edited, or modified with a tool such as poedit, gtranslator or
 kbabel. Using a translation tool tends to make the job easier.
 
 Please read up on Transifex usage using the
-http://help.transifex.net/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
+https://docs.transifex.com/[Transifex Help] if you are not familiar.
+
+Transifex provides a command-line client to help with translations.  Here is
+an example set of commands if you have a source code checkout and are not
+worried about any local translations being overwritten. The .tx/ directory is
+checked into the git repository so is preconfigured with the two project
+resources (See `tx status` output for a quick overview).
+
+	tx pull -f
+	poedit po/<mylang>.po
+	poedit lib/libalpm/po/<mylang>.po
+	tx push -t -l <mylang>
+
+Or to just push one of the two available resources:
+
+	tx push -r archlinux-pacman.pacman-pot -t -l <mylang>
+	tx push -r archlinux-pacman.libalpm-pot -t -l <mylang>
 
 See the <<Notes,Notes>> section for additional hints on translating.
 
@@ -46,8 +60,8 @@ mailing list asking for translations. This email will have a prefix of
 *[translation]* for anyone looking to set up an email filter.
 
 At this time, the latest `.po` language files will be made available at the
-Transifex project page.  Each language will have two files available (backend
-and frontend). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
+Transifex project page.  Each language will have two files available (back-end
+and front-end). Translators interested in helping are encouraged to use the
 features of Transifex to let others know they are currently translating their
 language.
 
@@ -64,7 +78,7 @@ Incremental Updates
 If you have more advanced needs you will have to get a copy of the pacman
 repository.
 
-    git clone git://projects.archlinux.org/pacman.git pacman
+	git clone https://gitlab.archlinux.org/pacman/pacman.git
 
 Next, you will need to run `./autogen.sh` and `./configure` in the base
 directory to generate the correct Makefiles. At this point, all necessary
@@ -76,20 +90,20 @@ We need to first update the main message catalog file. Navigate into either the
 work on first, and execute the following command.  If you are working in the
 `po/` tree, replace 'libalpm.pot' with 'pacman.pot':
 
-    make libalpm.pot-update
+	make libalpm.pot-update
 
 Next, update your specific language's translation file:
 
-    make <po file>-update
+	make <po file>-update
 
 At this point, you can do the translation. To submit your changes, either email
 the new `.po` file to the mailing-list with *[translation]* in the subject, or
-submit a GIT-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
+submit a Git-formatted patch (please do not include any `.pot` file changes).
 
 As a shortcut, all translation files (including `.pot` files) can be updated
 with the following command:
 
-    make update-po
+	make update-po
 
 Adding a New Language
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -115,35 +129,25 @@ Notes[[Notes]]
 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
 
 msgid and msgstr 'variables' can be on as many lines as necessary. Line breaks
-are ignored- if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
+are ignored; if you need a literal line break, use an `\n` in your string. The
 following two translations are equivalent:
 
-    msgstr "This is a test translation"
+	msgstr "This is a test translation"
 
-    msgstr ""
-    "This is a test translation"
+	msgstr ""
+	"This is a test translation"
 
-If you want to test the translation (for example, the frontend one):
+If you want to test the translation (for example, the front-end one):
 
-    rm *.gmo stamp-po
-    make
-    cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
+	rm *.gmo stamp-po
+	make
+	cp <lang code>.gmo /usr/share/locale/<lang code>/LC_MESSAGES/pacman.mo
 
 
 Translating Manpages
 --------------------
-
-There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manpages in the
-pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
-someone has experience with i18n manpages and how to best include them with our
+There are currently no efforts underway to include translated manual pages in
+the pacman codebase. However, this is not to say translations are unwelcome. If
+someone has experience with i18n man pages and how to best include them with our
 source, please contact the pacman-dev mailing list at
 mailto:pacman-dev@archlinux.org[].
-
-Some community efforts have been made to translate manpages, and these can be
-found in the link:http://aur.archlinux.org[AUR] (Arch User Repository). Please
-check there first before undergoing a translation effort to ensure you are not
-duplicating efforts.
-
-/////
-vim: set ts=2 sw=2 syntax=asciidoc et:
-/////

doc/vercmp.8.asciidoc

@@ -1,17 +1,14 @@
-/////
-vim:set ts=4 sw=4 syntax=asciidoc noet:
-/////
 vercmp(8)
 =========
 
 Name
 ----
-vercmp - version comparsion utility
+vercmp - version comparison utility
 
 
 Synopsis
 --------
-'vercmp' <version1> <version2>
+'vercmp' [-h] [--help] <version1> <version2>
 
 
 Description
@@ -23,24 +20,31 @@ numbers. It outputs values as follows:
 *  = 0 : if ver1 == ver2
 *  > 0 : if ver1 > ver2
 
-Version comparsion operates as follows:
+Version comparison operates as follows:
 
   Alphanumeric:
-    1.0a < 1.0alpha < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0
+    1.0a < 1.0b < 1.0beta < 1.0p < 1.0pre < 1.0rc < 1.0 < 1.0.a < 1.0.1
   Numeric:
     1 < 1.0 < 1.1 < 1.1.1 < 1.2 < 2.0 < 3.0.0
 
 Additionally, version strings can have an 'epoch' value defined that will
-overrule any version comparison (unless the epoch values are equal). This is
+overrule any version comparison, unless the epoch values are equal. This is
 specified in an `epoch:version-rel` format. For example, `2:1.0-1` is always
 greater than `1:3.6-1`.
 
+Keep in mind that the 'pkgrel' is only compared if it is available on both
+versions given to this tool. For example, comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5` will
+yield 0; comparing `1.5-1` and `1.5-2` will yield < 0 as expected. This is
+mainly for supporting versioned dependencies that do not include the 'pkgrel'.
+
 
 Options
 -------
 *-h, \--help*::
-	Display syntax for the given operation. If no operation was supplied
-	then the general syntax is shown.
+
+	Display summary of the available return codes. Must be the first option
+	specified.
+
 
 Examples
 --------
@@ -60,12 +64,9 @@ Examples
   $ vercmp 4.34 1:001
   -1
 
-Configuration
--------------
-There is none.
 
 See Also
 --------
 linkman:pacman[8], linkman:makepkg[8], linkman:libalpm[3]
 
-include::footer.txt[]
+include::footer.asciidoc[]

etc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-dist_sysconf_DATA = makepkg.conf pacman.conf
-EXTRA_DIST = makepkg.conf.in pacman.conf.in
-
-# Files that should be removed, but which Automake does not know.
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(dist_sysconf_DATA)
-
-#### Taken from the autoconf scripts Makefile.am ####
-edit = sed \
-	-e 's|@sysconfdir[@]|$(sysconfdir)|g' \
-	-e 's|@localstatedir[@]|$(localstatedir)|g' \
-	-e 's|@prefix[@]|$(prefix)|g' \
-	-e 's|@PACKAGE_VERSION[@]|$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|g' \
-	-e 's|@PACKAGE_NAME[@]|$(PACKAGE_NAME)|g' \
-	-e 's|@PKGEXT[@]|$(PKGEXT)|g' \
-	-e 's|@SRCEXT[@]|$(SRCEXT)|g' \
-	-e 's|@STRIP_BINARIES[@]|$(STRIP_BINARIES)|g' \
-	-e 's|@STRIP_SHARED[@]|$(STRIP_SHARED)|g' \
-	-e 's|@STRIP_STATIC[@]|$(STRIP_STATIC)|g' \
-	-e 's|@CARCH[@]|$(CARCH)|g' \
-	-e 's|@CHOST[@]|$(CHOST)|g' \
-	-e 's|@ARCHSWITCH[@]|$(ARCHSWITCH)|g' \
-	-e 's|@CARCHFLAGS[@]|$(CARCHFLAGS)|g' \
-	-e 's|@ROOTDIR[@]|$(ROOTDIR)|g'
-
-$(dist_sysconf_DATA): Makefile
-	@echo '    ' GEN $@;
-	@rm -f $@ $@.tmp
-	@$(edit) `test -f ./$@.in || echo $(srcdir)/`$@.in >$@.tmp
-	@mv $@.tmp $@
-
-makepkg.conf: $(srcdir)/makepkg.conf.in
-pacman.conf: $(srcdir)/pacman.conf.in
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

etc/makepkg.conf.in

@@ -1,3 +1,4 @@
+#!/hint/bash
 #
 # @sysconfdir@/makepkg.conf
 #
@@ -8,16 +9,25 @@
 #
 #-- The download utilities that makepkg should use to acquire sources
 #  Format: 'protocol::agent'
-DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
-          'http::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
-          'https::/usr/bin/wget -c -t 3 --waitretry=3 --no-check-certificate -O %o %u'
-          'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync -z %u %o'
+DLAGENTS=('file::/usr/bin/curl -gqC - -o %o %u'
+          'ftp::/usr/bin/curl -gqfC - --ftp-pasv --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+          'http::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+          'https::/usr/bin/curl -gqb "" -fLC - --retry 3 --retry-delay 3 -o %o %u'
+          'rsync::/usr/bin/rsync --no-motd -z %u %o'
           'scp::/usr/bin/scp -C %u %o')
 
 # Other common tools:
 # /usr/bin/snarf
 # /usr/bin/lftpget -c
-# /usr/bin/curl
+# /usr/bin/wget
+
+#-- The package required by makepkg to download VCS sources
+#  Format: 'protocol::package'
+VCSCLIENTS=('bzr::bzr'
+            'fossil::fossil'
+            'git::git'
+            'hg::mercurial'
+            'svn::subversion')
 
 #########################################################################
 # ARCHITECTURE, COMPILE FLAGS
@@ -26,53 +36,63 @@ DLAGENTS=('ftp::/usr/bin/wget -c --passive-ftp -t 3 --waitretry=3 -O %o %u'
 CARCH="@CARCH@"
 CHOST="@CHOST@"
 
-#-- Exclusive: will only run on @CARCH@
-# -march (or -mcpu) builds exclusively for an architecture
-# -mtune optimizes for an architecture, but builds for whole processor family
-CFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
-CXXFLAGS="@CARCHFLAGS@-mtune=generic -O2 -pipe"
+#-- Compiler and Linker Flags
+#CPPFLAGS=""
+#CFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
+#CXXFLAGS="-O2 -pipe"
 #LDFLAGS=""
+#RUSTFLAGS="-C opt-level=2"
 #-- Make Flags: change this for DistCC/SMP systems
 #MAKEFLAGS="-j2"
+#-- Debugging flags
+#DEBUG_CFLAGS="-g"
+#DEBUG_CXXFLAGS="-g"
+#DEBUG_RUSTFLAGS="-C debuginfo=2"
 
 #########################################################################
 # BUILD ENVIRONMENT
 #########################################################################
 #
-# Defaults: BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check)
+# Makepkg defaults: BUILDENV=(!distcc !color !ccache check !sign)
 #  A negated environment option will do the opposite of the comments below.
 #
-#-- fakeroot: Allow building packages as a non-root user
 #-- distcc:   Use the Distributed C/C++/ObjC compiler
 #-- color:    Colorize output messages
 #-- ccache:   Use ccache to cache compilation
 #-- check:    Run the check() function if present in the PKGBUILD
+#-- sign:     Generate PGP signature file
 #
-BUILDENV=(fakeroot !distcc color !ccache check)
+BUILDENV=(!distcc color !ccache check !sign)
 #
 #-- If using DistCC, your MAKEFLAGS will also need modification. In addition,
 #-- specify a space-delimited list of hosts running in the DistCC cluster.
 #DISTCC_HOSTS=""
+#
+#-- Specify a directory for package building.
+#BUILDDIR=/tmp/makepkg
 
 #########################################################################
 # GLOBAL PACKAGE OPTIONS
 #   These are default values for the options=() settings
 #########################################################################
 #
-# Default: OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
+# Makepkg defaults: OPTIONS=(!strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs !zipman !purge !debug !lto)
 #  A negated option will do the opposite of the comments below.
 #
-#-- strip:     Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
-#-- docs:      Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
-#-- libtool:   Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
-#-- emptydirs: Leave empty directories in packages
-#-- zipman:    Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
-#-- purge:     Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
+#-- strip:      Strip symbols from binaries/libraries
+#-- docs:       Save doc directories specified by DOC_DIRS
+#-- libtool:    Leave libtool (.la) files in packages
+#-- staticlibs: Leave static library (.a) files in packages
+#-- emptydirs:  Leave empty directories in packages
+#-- zipman:     Compress manual (man and info) pages in MAN_DIRS with gzip
+#-- purge:      Remove files specified by PURGE_TARGETS
+#-- debug:      Add debugging flags as specified in DEBUG_* variables
+#-- lto:        Add compile flags for building with link time optimization
 #
-OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool emptydirs zipman purge)
+OPTIONS=(strip docs libtool staticlibs emptydirs zipman purge !debug !lto)
 
-#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: md5, sha1, sha256, sha384, sha512
-INTEGRITY_CHECK=(md5)
+#-- File integrity checks to use. Valid: ck, md5, sha1, sha224, sha256, sha384, sha512, b2
+INTEGRITY_CHECK=(ck)
 #-- Options to be used when stripping binaries. See `man strip' for details.
 STRIP_BINARIES="@STRIP_BINARIES@"
 #-- Options to be used when stripping shared libraries. See `man strip' for details.
@@ -85,6 +105,8 @@ MAN_DIRS=({usr{,/local}{,/share},opt/*}/{man,info})
 DOC_DIRS=(usr/{,local/}{,share/}{doc,gtk-doc} opt/*/{doc,gtk-doc})
 #-- Files to be removed from all packages (if purge is specified)
 PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
+#-- Directory to store source code in for debug packages
+DBGSRCDIR="/usr/src/debug"
 
 #########################################################################
 # PACKAGE OUTPUT
@@ -98,17 +120,37 @@ PURGE_TARGETS=(usr/{,share}/info/dir .packlist *.pod)
 #SRCDEST=/home/sources
 #-- Source packages: specify a fixed directory where all src packages will be placed
 #SRCPKGDEST=/home/srcpackages
+#-- Log files: specify a fixed directory where all log files will be placed
+#LOGDEST=/home/makepkglogs
 #-- Packager: name/email of the person or organization building packages
 #PACKAGER="John Doe <john@doe.com>"
+#-- Specify a key to use for package signing
+#GPGKEY=""
+
+#########################################################################
+# COMPRESSION DEFAULTS
+#########################################################################
+#
+COMPRESSGZ=(gzip -c -f -n)
+COMPRESSBZ2=(bzip2 -c -f)
+COMPRESSXZ=(xz -c -z -)
+COMPRESSZST=(zstd -c -z -q -)
+COMPRESSLRZ=(lrzip -q)
+COMPRESSLZO=(lzop -q)
+COMPRESSZ=(compress -c -f)
+COMPRESSLZ4=(lz4 -q)
+COMPRESSLZ=(lzip -c -f)
 
 #########################################################################
 # EXTENSION DEFAULTS
 #########################################################################
 #
-# WARNING: Do NOT modify these variables unless you know what you are
-#          doing.
-#
 PKGEXT='@PKGEXT@'
 SRCEXT='@SRCEXT@'
 
-# vim: set ft=sh ts=2 sw=2 et:
+#########################################################################
+# OTHER
+#########################################################################
+#
+#-- Command used to run pacman as root, instead of trying sudo and su
+PACMAN_AUTH=()

etc/pacman.conf.in

@@ -13,11 +13,11 @@
 #DBPath      = @localstatedir@/lib/pacman/
 #CacheDir    = @localstatedir@/cache/pacman/pkg/
 #LogFile     = @localstatedir@/log/pacman.log
+#GPGDir      = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/gnupg/
+#HookDir     = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/hooks/
 HoldPkg     = pacman glibc
-# If upgrades are available for these packages they will be asked for first
-SyncFirst   = pacman
+#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -L -C - -f -o %o %u
 #XferCommand = /usr/bin/wget --passive-ftp -c -O %o %u
-#XferCommand = /usr/bin/curl -C - -f %u > %o
 #CleanMethod = KeepInstalled
 Architecture = auto
 
@@ -28,12 +28,18 @@ Architecture = auto
 #NoUpgrade   =
 #NoExtract   =
 
-# Misc options (all disabled by default)
+# Misc options
 #UseSyslog
-#ShowSize
-#UseDelta
-#TotalDownload
-#CheckSpace
+#Color
+#NoProgressBar
+CheckSpace
+#VerbosePkgLists
+ParallelDownloads = 5
+
+# PGP signature checking
+#SigLevel = Optional
+#LocalFileSigLevel = Optional
+#RemoteFileSigLevel = Optional
 
 #
 # REPOSITORIES
@@ -59,6 +65,7 @@ Architecture = auto
 # servers immediately after the header and they will be used before the
 # default mirrors.
 #[core]
+#SigLevel = Required
 #Server = ftp://ftp.example.com/foobar/$repo/os/$arch/
 # The file referenced here should contain a list of 'Server = ' lines.
 #Include = @sysconfdir@/pacman.d/mirrorlist
@@ -66,5 +73,5 @@ Architecture = auto
 # An example of a custom package repository.  See the pacman manpage for
 # tips on creating your own repositories.
 #[custom]
+#SigLevel = Optional TrustAll
 #Server = file:///home/custompkgs
-

install-sh

@@ -1,524 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2010-02-06.18; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
-  trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
-  trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
-  trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
-  trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names starting with `-'.
-  case $src in
-    -*) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    dst=$dst_arg
-    # Protect names starting with `-'.
-    case $dst in
-      -*) dst=./$dst;;
-    esac
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	-*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test -z "$d" && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:

lib/libalpm/.gitignore

@@ -2,3 +2,4 @@
 .libs
 *.lo
 *.la
+libalpm.pc

lib/libalpm/Makefile.am

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnu
-
-SUBDIRS = po
-
-lib_LTLIBRARIES = libalpm.la
-include_HEADERS = alpm_list.h alpm.h
-
-DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"@localedir@\" @DEFS@
-
-AM_CFLAGS = -pedantic -D_GNU_SOURCE
-
-if ENABLE_VISIBILITY_CC
-if DARWIN
-AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=hidden
-else
-AM_CFLAGS += -fvisibility=internal
-endif
-endif
-if ENABLE_GNU89_INLINE_CC
-AM_CFLAGS += -fgnu89-inline
-endif
-
-libalpm_la_SOURCES = \
-	add.h add.c \
-	alpm.h alpm.c \
-	alpm_list.h alpm_list.c \
-	backup.h backup.c \
-	be_local.c \
-	be_package.c \
-	be_sync.c \
-	conflict.h conflict.c \
-	db.h db.c \
-	delta.h delta.c \
-	deps.h deps.c \
-	diskspace.h diskspace.c \
-	dload.h dload.c \
-	error.c \
-	graph.h \
-	group.h group.c \
-	handle.h handle.c \
-	log.h log.c \
-	package.h package.c \
-	pkghash.h pkghash.c \
-	remove.h remove.c \
-	sync.h sync.c \
-	trans.h trans.c \
-	util.h util.c \
-	version.c
-
-if !HAVE_LIBSSL
-libalpm_la_SOURCES += \
-	md5.h md5.c
-endif
-
-libalpm_la_LDFLAGS = -no-undefined -version-info $(LIB_VERSION_INFO)
-libalpm_la_LIBADD = $(LTLIBINTL)
-
-# vim:set ts=2 sw=2 noet:

lib/libalpm/add.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  add.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,15 +17,13 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef _ALPM_ADD_H
-#define _ALPM_ADD_H
+#ifndef ALPM_ADD_H
+#define ALPM_ADD_H
 
 #include "db.h"
 #include "alpm_list.h"
 #include "trans.h"
 
-int _alpm_upgrade_packages(pmtrans_t *trans, pmdb_t *db);
+int _alpm_upgrade_packages(alpm_handle_t *handle);
 
-#endif /* _ALPM_ADD_H */
-
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+#endif /* ALPM_ADD_H */

lib/libalpm/alpm.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -21,89 +21,124 @@
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
-#include "config.h"
-
-/* connection caching setup */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
-#include <fetch.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
+#include <curl/curl.h>
 #endif
 
 /* libalpm */
 #include "alpm.h"
 #include "alpm_list.h"
 #include "handle.h"
+#include "log.h"
 #include "util.h"
 
-/* Globals */
-enum _pmerrno_t pm_errno SYMEXPORT;
-
-/** \addtogroup alpm_interface Interface Functions
- * @brief Functions to initialize and release libalpm
- * @{
- */
-
-/** Initializes the library.  This must be called before any other
- * functions are called.
- * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
- */
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_initialize(void)
+alpm_handle_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_initialize(const char *root, const char *dbpath,
+		alpm_errno_t *err)
 {
-	ASSERT(handle == NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NOT_NULL, -1));
+	alpm_errno_t myerr;
+	const char *lf = "db.lck";
+	char *hookdir;
+	size_t lockfilelen;
+	alpm_handle_t *myhandle = _alpm_handle_new();
 
-	handle = _alpm_handle_new();
-	if(handle == NULL) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1);
+	if(myhandle == NULL) {
+		goto nomem;
 	}
-	if(_alpm_db_register_local() == NULL) {
-		/* error code should be set */
-		_alpm_handle_free(handle);
-		handle = NULL;
-		return(-1);
+	if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(root, &(myhandle->root), 1))) {
+		goto cleanup;
 	}
+	if((myerr = _alpm_set_directory_option(dbpath, &(myhandle->dbpath), 1))) {
+		goto cleanup;
+	}
+
+	/* to concatenate myhandle->root (ends with a slash) with SYSHOOKDIR (starts
+	 * with a slash) correctly, we skip SYSHOOKDIR[0]; the regular +1 therefore
+	 * disappears from the allocation */
+	MALLOC(hookdir, strlen(myhandle->root) + strlen(SYSHOOKDIR), goto nomem);
+	sprintf(hookdir, "%s%s", myhandle->root, &SYSHOOKDIR[1]);
+	myhandle->hookdirs = alpm_list_add(NULL, hookdir);
+
+	/* set default database extension */
+	STRDUP(myhandle->dbext, ".db", goto nomem);
+
+	lockfilelen = strlen(myhandle->dbpath) + strlen(lf) + 1;
+	MALLOC(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, goto nomem);
+	snprintf(myhandle->lockfile, lockfilelen, "%s%s", myhandle->dbpath, lf);
+
+	if(_alpm_db_register_local(myhandle) == NULL) {
+		myerr = myhandle->pm_errno;
+		goto cleanup;
+	}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
+	curl_global_init(CURL_GLOBAL_ALL);
+	myhandle->curlm = curl_multi_init();
+#endif
+
+	myhandle->parallel_downloads = 1;
 
 #ifdef ENABLE_NLS
 	bindtextdomain("libalpm", LOCALEDIR);
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
-	fetchConnectionCacheInit(5, 1);
-#endif
+	return myhandle;
 
-	return(0);
+nomem:
+	myerr = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
+cleanup:
+	_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
+	if(err) {
+		*err = myerr;
+	}
+	return NULL;
 }
 
-/** Release the library.  This should be the last alpm call you make.
- * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
- */
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(void)
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_release(alpm_handle_t *myhandle)
 {
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
+	int ret = 0;
+	alpm_db_t *db;
 
-	ASSERT(handle != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_HANDLE_NULL, -1));
+	CHECK_HANDLE(myhandle, return -1);
 
-	if(alpm_db_unregister_all() == -1) {
-		return(-1);
+	/* close local database */
+	db = myhandle->db_local;
+	if(db) {
+		db->ops->unregister(db);
+		myhandle->db_local = NULL;
 	}
 
-	_alpm_handle_free(handle);
-	handle = NULL;
+	if(alpm_unregister_all_syncdbs(myhandle) == -1) {
+		ret = -1;
+	}
 
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBFETCH
-	fetchConnectionCacheClose();
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
+	curl_multi_cleanup(myhandle->curlm);
+	curl_global_cleanup();
+	FREELIST(myhandle->server_errors);
 #endif
 
-	return(0);
+	_alpm_handle_unlock(myhandle);
+	_alpm_handle_free(myhandle);
+
+	return ret;
 }
 
-/** @} */
-
-/** @defgroup alpm_misc Miscellaneous Functions
- * @brief Various libalpm functions
- */
-
-/* Get the version of library */
-const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void) {
-	return(LIB_VERSION);
+const char SYMEXPORT *alpm_version(void)
+{
+	return LIB_VERSION;
 }
 
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_capabilities(void)
+{
+	return 0
+#ifdef ENABLE_NLS
+		| ALPM_CAPABILITY_NLS
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBCURL
+		| ALPM_CAPABILITY_DOWNLOADER
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_LIBGPGME
+		| ALPM_CAPABILITY_SIGNATURES
+#endif
+		| 0;
+}

lib/libalpm/alpm_list.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm_list.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -20,32 +20,19 @@
 
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
+ * any other libalpm headers.
+ */
 
 /* libalpm */
 #include "alpm_list.h"
 
 /* check exported library symbols with: nm -C -D <lib> */
 #define SYMEXPORT __attribute__((visibility("default")))
-#define SYMHIDDEN __attribute__((visibility("internal")))
-
-/**
- * @addtogroup alpm_list List Functions
- * @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
- *
- * These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
- * type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
- * publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
- *
- * @{ */
 
 /* Allocation */
 
-/**
- * @brief Free a list, but not the contained data.
- *
- * @param list the list to free
- */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *it = list;
@@ -57,80 +44,77 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list)
 	}
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Free the internal data of a list structure.
- *
- * @param list the list to free
- * @param fn   a free function for the internal data
- */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *it = list;
 
-	while(it) {
-		if(fn && it->data) {
-			fn(it->data);
+	if(fn) {
+		while(it) {
+			if(it->data) {
+				fn(it->data);
+			}
+			it = it->next;
 		}
-		it = it->next;
 	}
 }
 
 
 /* Mutators */
 
-/**
- * @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
- *
- * @param list the list to add to
- * @param data the new item to be added to the list
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data)
 {
-	alpm_list_t *ptr, *lp;
+	alpm_list_append(&list, data);
+	return list;
+}
 
-	ptr = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *ptr;
+
+	ptr = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
 	if(ptr == NULL) {
-		return(list);
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	ptr->data = data;
 	ptr->next = NULL;
 
 	/* Special case: the input list is empty */
-	if(list == NULL) {
+	if(*list == NULL) {
+		*list = ptr;
 		ptr->prev = ptr;
-		return(ptr);
+	} else {
+		alpm_list_t *lp = alpm_list_last(*list);
+		lp->next = ptr;
+		ptr->prev = lp;
+		(*list)->prev = ptr;
 	}
 
-	lp = alpm_list_last(list);
-	lp->next = ptr;
-	ptr->prev = lp;
-	list->prev = ptr;
-
-	return(list);
+	return ptr;
+}
+
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data)
+{
+	alpm_list_t *ret;
+	char *dup;
+	if((dup = strdup(data)) && (ret = alpm_list_append(list, dup))) {
+		return ret;
+	} else {
+		free(dup);
+		return NULL;
+	}
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
- *
- * @param list the list to add to
- * @param data the new item to be added to the list
- * @param fn   the comparison function to use to determine order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
 	if(!fn || !list) {
-		return(alpm_list_add(list, data));
+		return alpm_list_add(list, data);
 	} else {
 		alpm_list_t *add = NULL, *prev = NULL, *next = list;
 
-		add = calloc(1, sizeof(alpm_list_t));
+		add = malloc(sizeof(alpm_list_t));
 		if(add == NULL) {
-			return(list);
+			return list;
 		}
 		add->data = data;
 
@@ -146,43 +130,32 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_
 			add->prev = list->prev; /* list != NULL */
 			add->next = list;
 			list->prev = add;
-			return(add);
+			return add;
 		} else if(next == NULL) { /* another special case: add last element */
 			add->prev = prev;
 			add->next = NULL;
 			prev->next = add;
 			list->prev = add;
-			return(list);
+			return list;
 		} else {
 			add->prev = prev;
 			add->next = next;
 			next->prev = add;
 			prev->next = add;
-			return(list);
+			return list;
 		}
 	}
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Join two lists.
- * The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
- * calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
- * passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
- *
- * @param first  the first list
- * @param second the second list
- *
- * @return the resultant joined list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
 {
 	alpm_list_t *tmp;
 
-	if (first == NULL) {
-		return(second);
+	if(first == NULL) {
+		return second;
 	}
-	if (second == NULL) {
-		return(first);
+	if(second == NULL) {
+		return first;
 	}
 	/* tmp is the last element of the first list */
 	tmp = first->prev;
@@ -193,28 +166,26 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second)
 	/* set the back reference to the tail */
 	second->prev = tmp;
 
-	return(first);
+	return first;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
- *
- * @param left  the first list
- * @param right the second list
- * @param fn    comparison function for determining merge order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
-alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right,
+		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
-	alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp;
+	alpm_list_t *newlist, *lp, *tail_ptr, *left_tail_ptr, *right_tail_ptr;
 
-	if (left == NULL)
+	if(left == NULL) {
 		return right;
-	if (right == NULL)
+	}
+	if(right == NULL) {
 		return left;
+	}
 
-	if (fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
+	/* Save tail node pointers for future use */
+	left_tail_ptr = left->prev;
+	right_tail_ptr = right->prev;
+
+	if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
 		newlist = left;
 		left = left->next;
 	}
@@ -226,8 +197,8 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
 	newlist->next = NULL;
 	lp = newlist;
 
-	while ((left != NULL) && (right != NULL)) {
-		if (fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
+	while((left != NULL) && (right != NULL)) {
+		if(fn(left->data, right->data) <= 0) {
 			lp->next = left;
 			left->prev = lp;
 			left = left->next;
@@ -240,65 +211,55 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, a
 		lp = lp->next;
 		lp->next = NULL;
 	}
-	if (left != NULL) {
+	if(left != NULL) {
 		lp->next = left;
 		left->prev = lp;
+		tail_ptr = left_tail_ptr;
 	}
-	else if (right != NULL) {
+	else if(right != NULL) {
 		lp->next = right;
 		right->prev = lp;
+		tail_ptr = right_tail_ptr;
+	}
+	else {
+		tail_ptr = lp;
 	}
 
-	/* Find our tail pointer
-	 * TODO maintain this in the algorithm itself */
-	lp = newlist;
-	while(lp && lp->next) {
-		lp = lp->next;
-	}
-	newlist->prev = lp;
+	newlist->prev = tail_ptr;
 
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
- *
- * @param list the list to sort
- * @param n    the size of the list
- * @param fn   the comparison function for determining order
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
-alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
+alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
+		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
-	if (n > 1) {
-		alpm_list_t *left = list;
-		alpm_list_t *lastleft = alpm_list_nth(list, n/2 - 1);
-		alpm_list_t *right = lastleft->next;
-		/* terminate first list */
-		lastleft->next = NULL;
+	if(n > 1) {
+		size_t half = n / 2;
+		size_t i = half - 1;
+		alpm_list_t *left = list, *lastleft = list, *right;
 
-		left = alpm_list_msort(left, n/2, fn);
-		right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - (n/2), fn);
+		while(i--) {
+			lastleft = lastleft->next;
+		}
+		right = lastleft->next;
+
+		/* tidy new lists */
+		lastleft->next = NULL;
+		right->prev = left->prev;
+		left->prev = lastleft;
+
+		left = alpm_list_msort(left, half, fn);
+		right = alpm_list_msort(right, n - half, fn);
 		list = alpm_list_mmerge(left, right, fn);
 	}
-	return(list);
+	return list;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Remove an item from the list.
- * item is not freed; this is the respnsiblity of the caller.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param item the item to remove from the list
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		alpm_list_t *item)
 {
 	if(haystack == NULL || item == NULL) {
-		return(haystack);
+		return haystack;
 	}
 
 	if(item == haystack) {
@@ -328,20 +289,9 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		}
 	}
 
-	return(haystack);
+	return haystack;
 }
 
-
-/**
- * @brief Remove an item from the list.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
- * @param fn       the comparison function for searching
- * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data)
 {
@@ -352,7 +302,7 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 	}
 
 	if(needle == NULL) {
-		return(haystack);
+		return haystack;
 	}
 
 	while(i) {
@@ -373,123 +323,90 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		}
 	}
 
-	return(haystack);
+	return haystack;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Remove a string from a list.
- *
- * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
- * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
- * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
- *
- * @return the resultant list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const char *needle, char **data)
 {
-	return(alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
-				(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data));
+	return alpm_list_remove(haystack, (const void *)needle,
+			(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp, (void **)data);
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
- *
- * This does NOT copy data members.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
 		if(!alpm_list_find_ptr(newlist, lp->data)) {
-			newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
+			if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
+				alpm_list_free(newlist);
+				return NULL;
+			}
 		}
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Copy a string list, including data.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
-		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, strdup(lp->data));
+		if(alpm_list_append_strdup(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
+			FREELIST(newlist);
+			return NULL;
+		}
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
-		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
+		if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
+			alpm_list_free(newlist);
+			return NULL;
+		}
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
- * Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
- * and should also be of constant size.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- * @param size the size of each data element
- *
- * @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list,
 		size_t size)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = list;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL;
 	while(lp) {
-		void *newdata = calloc(1, size);
+		void *newdata = malloc(size);
 		if(newdata) {
 			memcpy(newdata, lp->data, size);
-			newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, newdata);
+			if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, newdata) == NULL) {
+				free(newdata);
+				FREELIST(newlist);
+				return NULL;
+			}
 			lp = lp->next;
+		} else {
+			FREELIST(newlist);
+			return NULL;
 		}
 	}
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
- *
- * @param list the list to copy
- *
- * @return a new list in reverse order
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp;
 	alpm_list_t *newlist = NULL, *backup;
 
 	if(list == NULL) {
-		return(NULL);
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	lp = alpm_list_last(list);
@@ -498,102 +415,56 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list)
 	list->prev = NULL;
 
 	while(lp) {
-		newlist = alpm_list_add(newlist, lp->data);
+		if(alpm_list_append(&newlist, lp->data) == NULL) {
+			alpm_list_free(newlist);
+			return NULL;
+		}
 		lp = lp->prev;
 	}
 	list->prev = backup; /* restore tail pointer */
-	return(newlist);
+	return newlist;
 }
 
 /* Accessors */
 
-/**
- * @brief Get the first element of a list.
- *
- * @param list the list
- *
- * @return the first element in the list
- */
-inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list)
-{
-	if(list) {
-		return((alpm_list_t*)list);
-	} else {
-		return(NULL);
-	}
-}
-
-/**
- * @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
- *
- * @param list the list
- * @param n    the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
- *
- * @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *i = list;
 	while(n--) {
 		i = i->next;
 	}
-	return((alpm_list_t*)i);
+	return (alpm_list_t *)i;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Get the next element of a list.
- *
- * @param node the list node
- *
- * @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
- */
 inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *node)
 {
 	if(node) {
-		return(node->next);
+		return node->next;
 	} else {
-		return(NULL);
+		return NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+inline alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list)
+{
+	if(list && list->prev->next) {
+		return list->prev;
+	} else {
+		return NULL;
 	}
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Get the last item in the list.
- *
- * @param list the list
- *
- * @return the last element in the list
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	if(list) {
-		return(list->prev);
+		return list->prev;
 	} else {
-		return(NULL);
+		return NULL;
 	}
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Get the data member of a list node.
- *
- * @param node the list node
- *
- * @return the contained data, or NULL if none
- */
-void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *node)
-{
-	if(node == NULL) return(NULL);
-	return(node->data);
-}
-
 /* Misc */
 
-/**
- * @brief Get the number of items in a list.
- *
- * @param list the list
- *
- * @return the number of list items
- */
 size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
 {
 	size_t i = 0;
@@ -602,81 +473,41 @@ size_t SYMEXPORT alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list)
 		++i;
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
-	return(i);
+	return i;
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Find an item in a list.
- *
- * @param needle   the item to search
- * @param haystack the list
- * @param fn       the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
 void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp = haystack;
 	while(lp) {
 		if(lp->data && fn(lp->data, needle) == 0) {
-			return(lp->data);
+			return lp->data;
 		}
 		lp = lp->next;
 	}
-	return(NULL);
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 /* trivial helper function for alpm_list_find_ptr */
 static int ptr_cmp(const void *p, const void *q)
 {
-	return(p != q);
+	return (p != q);
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Find an item in a list.
- *
- * Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
- *
- * @param needle   the data to search for (== comparison)
- * @param haystack the list
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle)
+void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
+		const void *needle)
 {
-	return(alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp));
+	return alpm_list_find(haystack, needle, ptr_cmp);
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Find a string in a list.
- *
- * @param needle   the string to search for
- * @param haystack the list
- *
- * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
- */
 char SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack,
 		const char *needle)
 {
-	return((char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void*)needle,
-				(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp));
+	return (char *)alpm_list_find(haystack, (const void *)needle,
+			(alpm_list_fn_cmp)strcmp);
 }
 
-/**
- * @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
- *
- * The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
- * `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
- * list.
- *
- * @param left      the first list
- * @param right     the second list
- * @param fn        the comparison function
- * @param onlyleft  pointer to the first result list
- * @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
- *
- */
 void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 		const alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn,
 		alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright)
@@ -688,7 +519,7 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 		return;
 	}
 
-	while (l != NULL && r != NULL) {
+	while(l != NULL && r != NULL) {
 		int cmp = fn(l->data, r->data);
 		if(cmp < 0) {
 			if(onlyleft) {
@@ -706,13 +537,13 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 			r = r->next;
 		}
 	}
-	while (l != NULL) {
+	while(l != NULL) {
 		if(onlyleft) {
 			*onlyleft = alpm_list_add(*onlyleft, l->data);
 		}
 		l = l->next;
 	}
-	while (r != NULL) {
+	while(r != NULL) {
 		if(onlyright) {
 			*onlyright = alpm_list_add(*onlyright, r->data);
 		}
@@ -721,15 +552,6 @@ void SYMEXPORT alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left,
 }
 
 
-/**
- * @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
- *
- * @param lhs the first list
- * @param rhs the second list
- * @param fn  the comparison function
- *
- * @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
- */
 alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
 		const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn)
 {
@@ -745,9 +567,26 @@ alpm_list_t SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs,
 
 	alpm_list_free(left);
 	alpm_list_free(right);
-	return(ret);
+	return ret;
 }
 
-/** @} */
+void SYMEXPORT *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n,
+		size_t size)
+{
+	size_t i;
+	const alpm_list_t *item;
+	char *array;
 
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+	if(n == 0) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	array = malloc(n * size);
+	if(array == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
+	}
+	for(i = 0, item = list; i < n && item; i++, item = item->next) {
+		memcpy(array + i * size, item->data, size);
+	}
+	return array;
+}

lib/libalpm/alpm_list.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  alpm_list.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,74 +17,363 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef _ALPM_LIST_H
-#define _ALPM_LIST_H
+
+
+#ifndef ALPM_LIST_H
+#define ALPM_LIST_H
 
 #include <stdlib.h> /* size_t */
 
+/* Note: alpm_list.{c,h} are intended to be standalone files. Do not include
+ * any other libalpm headers.
+ */
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 extern "C" {
 #endif
 
 /**
- * @brief Linked list type used by libalpm.
+ * @ingroup libalpm
+ * @addtogroup libalpm_list libalpm_list(3)
+ * @brief Functions to manipulate alpm_list_t lists.
+ *
+ * These functions are designed to create, destroy, and modify lists of
+ * type alpm_list_t. This is an internal list type used by libalpm that is
+ * publicly exposed for use by frontends if desired.
  *
  * It is exposed so front ends can use it to prevent the need to reimplement
  * lists of their own; however, it is not required that the front end uses
  * it.
+ * @{
  */
-typedef struct __alpm_list_t {
+
+/** A doubly linked list */
+typedef struct _alpm_list_t {
 	/** data held by the list node */
 	void *data;
 	/** pointer to the previous node */
-	struct __alpm_list_t *prev;
+	struct _alpm_list_t *prev;
 	/** pointer to the next node */
-	struct __alpm_list_t *next;
+	struct _alpm_list_t *next;
 } alpm_list_t;
 
+/** Frees a list and its contents */
 #define FREELIST(p) do { alpm_list_free_inner(p, free); alpm_list_free(p); p = NULL; } while(0)
 
-typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void *); /* item deallocation callback */
-typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *); /* item comparison callback */
+/** item deallocation callback.
+ * @param item the item to free
+ */
+typedef void (*alpm_list_fn_free)(void * item);
+
+/** item comparison callback */
+typedef int (*alpm_list_fn_cmp)(const void *, const void *);
 
 /* allocation */
+
+/** Free a list, but not the contained data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to free
+ */
 void alpm_list_free(alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/** Free the internal data of a list structure but not the list itself.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to free
+ * @param fn a free function for the internal data
+ */
 void alpm_list_free_inner(alpm_list_t *list, alpm_list_fn_free fn);
 
 /* item mutators */
+
+/** Add a new item to the end of the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add(alpm_list_t *list, void *data);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Add a new item to the end of the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ *
+ * @return the newly added item
+ */
+alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append(alpm_list_t **list, void *data);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Duplicate and append a string to a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to append to
+ * @param data the string to duplicate and append
+ *
+ * @return the newly added item
+ */
+alpm_list_t *alpm_list_append_strdup(alpm_list_t **list, const char *data);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Add items to a list in sorted order.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to add to
+ * @param data the new item to be added to the list
+ * @param fn   the comparison function to use to determine order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_add_sorted(alpm_list_t *list, void *data, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Join two lists.
+ * The two lists must be independent. Do not free the original lists after
+ * calling this function, as this is not a copy operation. The list pointers
+ * passed in should be considered invalid after calling this function.
+ *
+ * @param first  the first list
+ * @param second the second list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant joined list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_join(alpm_list_t *first, alpm_list_t *second);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Merge the two sorted sublists into one sorted list.
+ *
+ * @param left  the first list
+ * @param right the second list
+ * @param fn    comparison function for determining merge order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_mmerge(alpm_list_t *left, alpm_list_t *right, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Sort a list of size `n` using mergesort algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to sort
+ * @param n    the size of the list
+ * @param fn   the comparison function for determining order
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_msort(alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Remove an item from the list.
+ * item is not freed; this is the responsibility of the caller.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param item the item to remove from the list
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_item(alpm_list_t *haystack, alpm_list_t *item);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Remove an item from the list.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
+ * @param fn       the comparison function for searching
+ * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove(alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, void **data);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Remove a string from a list.
+ *
+ * @param haystack the list to remove the item from
+ * @param needle   the data member of the item we're removing
+ * @param data     output parameter containing data of the removed item
+ *
+ * @return the resultant list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_str(alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle, char **data);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Create a new list without any duplicates.
+ *
+ * This does NOT copy data members.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a new list containing non-duplicate items
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_remove_dupes(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a string list, including data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_strdup(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list, without copying data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list and copy the data.
+ * Note that the data elements to be copied should not contain pointers
+ * and should also be of constant size.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ * @param size the size of each data element
+ *
+ * @return a copy of the original list, data copied as well
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_copy_data(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Create a new list in reverse order.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ *
+ * @return a new list in reverse order
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_reverse(alpm_list_t *list);
 
 /* item accessors */
-alpm_list_t *alpm_list_first(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+
+/**
+ * @brief Return nth element from list (starting from 0).
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ * @param n    the index of the item to find (n < alpm_list_count(list) IS needed)
+ *
+ * @return an alpm_list_t node for index `n`
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_nth(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the next element of a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list node
+ *
+ * @return the next element, or NULL when no more elements exist
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_next(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the previous element of a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list head
+ *
+ * @return the previous element, or NULL when no previous element exist
+ */
+alpm_list_t *alpm_list_previous(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the last item in the list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ *
+ * @return the last element in the list
+ */
 alpm_list_t *alpm_list_last(const alpm_list_t *list);
-void *alpm_list_getdata(const alpm_list_t *entry);
 
 /* misc */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Get the number of items in a list.
+ *
+ * @param list the list
+ *
+ * @return the number of list items
+ */
 size_t alpm_list_count(const alpm_list_t *list);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Find an item in a list.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the item to search
+ * @param haystack the list
+ * @param fn       the comparison function for searching (!= NULL)
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 void *alpm_list_find(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Find an item in a list.
+ *
+ * Search for the item whose data matches that of the `needle`.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the data to search for (== comparison)
+ * @param haystack the list
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 void *alpm_list_find_ptr(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const void *needle);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Find a string in a list.
+ *
+ * @param needle   the string to search for
+ * @param haystack the list
+ *
+ * @return `needle` if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
 char *alpm_list_find_str(const alpm_list_t *haystack, const char *needle);
-alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Find the differences between list `left` and list `right`
+ *
+ * The two lists must be sorted. Items only in list `left` are added to the
+ * `onlyleft` list. Items only in list `right` are added to the `onlyright`
+ * list.
+ *
+ * @param left      the first list
+ * @param right     the second list
+ * @param fn        the comparison function
+ * @param onlyleft  pointer to the first result list
+ * @param onlyright pointer to the second result list
+ *
+ */
 void alpm_list_diff_sorted(const alpm_list_t *left, const alpm_list_t *right,
 		alpm_list_fn_cmp fn, alpm_list_t **onlyleft, alpm_list_t **onlyright);
 
+/**
+ * @brief Find the items in list `lhs` that are not present in list `rhs`.
+ *
+ * @param lhs the first list
+ * @param rhs the second list
+ * @param fn  the comparison function
+ *
+ * @return a list containing all items in `lhs` not present in `rhs`
+ */
+
+alpm_list_t *alpm_list_diff(const alpm_list_t *lhs, const alpm_list_t *rhs, alpm_list_fn_cmp fn);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Copy a list and data into a standard C array of fixed length.
+ * Note that the data elements are shallow copied so any contained pointers
+ * will point to the original data.
+ *
+ * @param list the list to copy
+ * @param n    the size of the list
+ * @param size the size of each data element
+ *
+ * @return an array version of the original list, data copied as well
+ */
+void *alpm_list_to_array(const alpm_list_t *list, size_t n, size_t size);
+
+/* End of alpm_list */
+/** @} */
+
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 }
 #endif
-#endif /* _ALPM_LIST_H */
-
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+#endif /* ALPM_LIST_H */

lib/libalpm/backup.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  backup.c
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Aurelien Foret <orelien@chez.com>
  *  Copyright (c) 2005 by Christian Hamar <krics@linuxforum.hu>
@@ -21,8 +21,6 @@
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
-#include "config.h"
-
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
@@ -32,82 +30,71 @@
 #include "log.h"
 #include "util.h"
 
-/* split a backup string "file\thash" into two strings : file and hash */
-static int backup_split(const char *string, char **file, char **hash)
+/* split a backup string "file\thash" into the relevant components */
+int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup)
 {
-	char *str = strdup(string);
-	char *ptr;
+	char *str, *ptr;
+
+	STRDUP(str, string, return -1);
 
 	/* tab delimiter */
-	ptr = strchr(str, '\t');
+	ptr = str ? strchr(str, '\t') : NULL;
 	if(ptr == NULL) {
-		if(file) {
-			*file = str;
-		} else {
-			/* don't need our dup as the fname wasn't requested, so free it */
-			FREE(str);
-		}
-		return(0);
+		(*backup)->name = str;
+		(*backup)->hash = NULL;
+		return 0;
 	}
 	*ptr = '\0';
 	ptr++;
 	/* now str points to the filename and ptr points to the hash */
-	if(file) {
-		*file = strdup(str);
-	}
-	if(hash) {
-		*hash = strdup(ptr);
-	}
+	STRDUP((*backup)->name, str, FREE(str); return -1);
+	STRDUP((*backup)->hash, ptr, FREE((*backup)->name); FREE(str); return -1);
 	FREE(str);
-	return(1);
+	return 0;
 }
 
-char *_alpm_backup_file(const char *string)
-{
-	char *file = NULL;
-	backup_split(string, &file, NULL);
-	return(file);
-}
-
-char *_alpm_backup_hash(const char *string)
-{
-	char *hash = NULL;
-	backup_split(string, NULL, &hash);
-	return(hash);
-}
-
-/* Look for a filename in a pmpkg_t.backup list.  If we find it,
- * then we return the md5 hash (parsed from the same line)
+/* Look for a filename in a alpm_pkg_t.backup list. If we find it,
+ * then we return the full backup entry.
  */
-char *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, const alpm_list_t *backup)
+alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
 	const alpm_list_t *lp;
 
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
-
-	if(file == NULL || backup == NULL) {
-		return(NULL);
+	if(file == NULL || pkg == NULL) {
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
-	/* run through the backup list and parse out the hash for our file */
-	for(lp = backup; lp; lp = lp->next) {
-		char *filename = NULL;
-		char *hash = NULL;
+	for(lp = alpm_pkg_get_backup(pkg); lp; lp = lp->next) {
+		alpm_backup_t *backup = lp->data;
 
-		/* no hash found */
-		if(!backup_split((char *)lp->data, &filename, &hash)) {
-			FREE(filename);
-			continue;
+		if(strcmp(file, backup->name) == 0) {
+			return backup;
 		}
-		if(strcmp(file, filename) == 0) {
-			FREE(filename);
-			return(hash);
-		}
-		FREE(filename);
-		FREE(hash);
 	}
 
-	return(NULL);
+	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup)
+{
+	ASSERT(backup != NULL, return);
+	FREE(backup->name);
+	FREE(backup->hash);
+	FREE(backup);
+}
+
+alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup)
+{
+	alpm_backup_t *newbackup;
+	CALLOC(newbackup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return NULL);
+
+	STRDUP(newbackup->name, backup->name, goto error);
+	STRDUP(newbackup->hash, backup->hash, goto error);
+
+	return newbackup;
+
+error:
+	free(newbackup->name);
+	free(newbackup);
+	return NULL;
+}

lib/libalpm/backup.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  backup.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,15 +17,15 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef _ALPM_BACKUP_H
-#define _ALPM_BACKUP_H
+#ifndef ALPM_BACKUP_H
+#define ALPM_BACKUP_H
 
 #include "alpm_list.h"
+#include "alpm.h"
 
-char *_alpm_backup_file(const char *string);
-char *_alpm_backup_hash(const char *string);
-char *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, const alpm_list_t *backup);
+int _alpm_split_backup(const char *string, alpm_backup_t **backup);
+alpm_backup_t *_alpm_needbackup(const char *file, alpm_pkg_t *pkg);
+void _alpm_backup_free(alpm_backup_t *backup);
+alpm_backup_t *_alpm_backup_dup(const alpm_backup_t *backup);
 
-#endif /* _ALPM_BACKUP_H */
-
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+#endif /* ALPM_BACKUP_H */

lib/libalpm/base64.c

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+ *  RFC 1521 base64 encoding/decoding
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
+ *
+ *  This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
+ *  Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
+ *
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+/*
+ *  Pacman Notes:
+ *
+ *  Taken from the PolarSSL project at www.polarssl.org under terms of the
+ *  GPL. This is from version 0.14.2 of the library, and has been modified
+ *  as following, which may be helpful for future updates:
+ *  * remove "polarssl/config.h" include
+ *  * change include from "polarssl/base64.h" to "base64.h"
+ *  * removal of SELF_TEST code
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "base64.h"
+
+#if 0
+static const unsigned char base64_enc_map[64] =
+{
+    'A', 'B', 'C', 'D', 'E', 'F', 'G', 'H', 'I', 'J',
+    'K', 'L', 'M', 'N', 'O', 'P', 'Q', 'R', 'S', 'T',
+    'U', 'V', 'W', 'X', 'Y', 'Z', 'a', 'b', 'c', 'd',
+    'e', 'f', 'g', 'h', 'i', 'j', 'k', 'l', 'm', 'n',
+    'o', 'p', 'q', 'r', 's', 't', 'u', 'v', 'w', 'x',
+    'y', 'z', '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7',
+    '8', '9', '+', '/'
+};
+#endif
+
+static const unsigned char base64_dec_map[128] =
+{
+    127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
+    127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
+    127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
+    127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,
+    127, 127, 127,  62, 127, 127, 127,  63,  52,  53,
+     54,  55,  56,  57,  58,  59,  60,  61, 127, 127,
+    127,  64, 127, 127, 127,   0,   1,   2,   3,   4,
+      5,   6,   7,   8,   9,  10,  11,  12,  13,  14,
+     15,  16,  17,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  23,  24,
+     25, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127,  26,  27,  28,
+     29,  30,  31,  32,  33,  34,  35,  36,  37,  38,
+     39,  40,  41,  42,  43,  44,  45,  46,  47,  48,
+     49,  50,  51, 127, 127, 127, 127, 127
+};
+
+#if 0
+/*
+ * Encode a buffer into base64 format
+ */
+int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
+                   const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
+{
+    size_t i, n;
+    int C1, C2, C3;
+    unsigned char *p;
+
+    if( slen == 0 )
+        return( 0 );
+
+    n = (slen << 3) / 6;
+
+    switch( (slen << 3) - (n * 6) )
+    {
+        case  2: n += 3; break;
+        case  4: n += 2; break;
+        default: break;
+    }
+
+    if( *dlen < n + 1 )
+    {
+        *dlen = n + 1;
+        return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
+    }
+
+    n = (slen / 3) * 3;
+
+    for( i = 0, p = dst; i < n; i += 3 )
+    {
+        C1 = *src++;
+        C2 = *src++;
+        C3 = *src++;
+
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 &  3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C2 & 15) << 2) + (C3 >> 6)) & 0x3F];
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[C3 & 0x3F];
+    }
+
+    if( i < slen )
+    {
+        C1 = *src++;
+        C2 = ((i + 1) < slen) ? *src++ : 0;
+
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[(C1 >> 2) & 0x3F];
+        *p++ = base64_enc_map[(((C1 & 3) << 4) + (C2 >> 4)) & 0x3F];
+
+        if( (i + 1) < slen )
+             *p++ = base64_enc_map[((C2 & 15) << 2) & 0x3F];
+        else *p++ = '=';
+
+        *p++ = '=';
+    }
+
+    *dlen = p - dst;
+    *p = 0;
+
+    return( 0 );
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Decode a base64-formatted buffer
+ */
+int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
+                   const unsigned char *src, size_t slen )
+{
+    size_t i, n;
+    uint32_t j, x;
+    unsigned char *p;
+
+    for( i = j = n = 0; i < slen; i++ )
+    {
+        if( ( slen - i ) >= 2 &&
+            src[i] == '\r' && src[i + 1] == '\n' )
+            continue;
+
+        if( src[i] == '\n' )
+            continue;
+
+        if( src[i] == '=' && ++j > 2 )
+            return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
+
+        if( src[i] > 127 || base64_dec_map[src[i]] == 127 )
+            return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
+
+        if( base64_dec_map[src[i]] < 64 && j != 0 )
+            return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER );
+
+        n++;
+    }
+
+    if( n == 0 )
+        return( 0 );
+
+    n = ((n * 6) + 7) >> 3;
+
+    if( *dlen < n )
+    {
+        *dlen = n;
+        return( POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL );
+    }
+
+   for( j = 3, n = x = 0, p = dst; i > 0; i--, src++ )
+   {
+        if( *src == '\r' || *src == '\n' )
+            continue;
+
+        j -= ( base64_dec_map[*src] == 64 );
+        x  = (x << 6) | ( base64_dec_map[*src] & 0x3F );
+
+        if( ++n == 4 )
+        {
+            n = 0;
+            if( j > 0 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >> 16 );
+            if( j > 1 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x >>  8 );
+            if( j > 2 ) *p++ = (unsigned char)( x       );
+        }
+    }
+
+    *dlen = p - dst;
+
+    return( 0 );
+}

lib/libalpm/base64.h

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/**
+ * \file base64.h
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 2006-2010, Brainspark B.V.
+ *
+ *  This file is part of PolarSSL (http://www.polarssl.org)
+ *  Lead Maintainer: Paul Bakker <polarssl_maintainer at polarssl.org>
+ *
+ *  All rights reserved.
+ *
+ *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ *  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ *  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
+ *  (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ *  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ *  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ *  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ *  GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+ */
+
+#ifndef BASE64_H
+#define BASE64_H
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL               -0x0010  /**< Output buffer too small. */
+#define POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_CHARACTER              -0x0012  /**< Invalid character in input. */
+
+#if 0
+/**
+ * \brief          Encode a buffer into base64 format
+ *
+ * \param dst      destination buffer
+ * \param dlen     size of the buffer
+ * \param src      source buffer
+ * \param slen     amount of data to be encoded
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, or POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL.
+ *                 *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ *                 of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ *
+ * \note           Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
+ *                 required buffer size in *dlen
+ */
+int base64_encode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
+                   const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * \brief          Decode a base64-formatted buffer
+ *
+ * \param dst      destination buffer
+ * \param dlen     size of the buffer
+ * \param src      source buffer
+ * \param slen     amount of data to be decoded
+ *
+ * \return         0 if successful, POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL, or
+ *                 POLARSSL_ERR_BASE64_INVALID_DATA if the input data is not
+ *                 correct. *dlen is always updated to reflect the amount
+ *                 of data that has (or would have) been written.
+ *
+ * \note           Call this function with *dlen = 0 to obtain the
+ *                 required buffer size in *dlen
+ */
+int base64_decode( unsigned char *dst, size_t *dlen,
+                   const unsigned char *src, size_t slen );
+
+#endif /* base64.h */

lib/libalpm/be_package.c

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
- *  be_package.c
+ *  be_package.c : backend for packages
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
 
-#include "config.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <string.h>
-#include <limits.h>
 #include <errno.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
 
 /* libarchive */
 #include <archive.h>
@@ -32,10 +32,20 @@
 
 /* libalpm */
 #include "alpm_list.h"
+#include "alpm.h"
+#include "libarchive-compat.h"
 #include "util.h"
 #include "log.h"
+#include "handle.h"
 #include "package.h"
-#include "deps.h" /* _alpm_splitdep */
+#include "deps.h"
+#include "filelist.h"
+#include "util.h"
+
+struct package_changelog {
+	struct archive *archive;
+	int fd;
+};
 
 /**
  * Open a package changelog for reading. Similar to fopen in functionality,
@@ -43,40 +53,45 @@
  * @param pkg the package (file) to read the changelog
  * @return a 'file stream' to the package changelog
  */
-static void *_package_changelog_open(pmpkg_t *pkg)
+static void *_package_changelog_open(alpm_pkg_t *pkg)
 {
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
+	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return NULL);
 
-	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, return(NULL));
-
-	struct archive *archive = NULL;
+	struct package_changelog *changelog;
+	struct archive *archive;
 	struct archive_entry *entry;
 	const char *pkgfile = pkg->origin_data.file;
+	struct stat buf;
+	int fd;
 
-	if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
-	}
-
-	archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
-	archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
-
-	if (archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
-				ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
+	fd = _alpm_open_archive(pkg->handle, pkgfile, &buf,
+			&archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
+	if(fd < 0) {
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	while(archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
 		const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
 
 		if(strcmp(entry_name, ".CHANGELOG") == 0) {
-			return(archive);
+			changelog = malloc(sizeof(struct package_changelog));
+			if(!changelog) {
+				pkg->handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_MEMORY;
+				_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
+				close(fd);
+				return NULL;
+			}
+			changelog->archive = archive;
+			changelog->fd = fd;
+			return changelog;
 		}
 	}
 	/* we didn't find a changelog */
-	archive_read_finish(archive);
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
+	close(fd);
 	errno = ENOENT;
 
-	return(NULL);
+	return NULL;
 }
 
 /**
@@ -89,26 +104,18 @@ static void *_package_changelog_open(pmpkg_t *pkg)
  * @return the number of characters read, or 0 if there is no more data
  */
 static size_t _package_changelog_read(void *ptr, size_t size,
-		const pmpkg_t *pkg, const void *fp)
+		const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
 {
-	ssize_t sret = archive_read_data((struct archive*)fp, ptr, size);
+	struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
+	ssize_t sret = archive_read_data(changelog->archive, ptr, size);
 	/* Report error (negative values) */
 	if(sret < 0) {
-		pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
-		return(0);
+		RET_ERR(pkg->handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, 0);
 	} else {
-		return((size_t)sret);
+		return (size_t)sret;
 	}
 }
 
-/*
-static int _package_changelog_feof(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
-{
-	// note: this doesn't quite work, no feof in libarchive
-	return( archive_read_data((struct archive*)fp, NULL, 0) );
-}
-*/
-
 /**
  * Close a package changelog for reading. Similar to fclose in functionality,
  * except that the 'file stream' is from an archive.
@@ -116,17 +123,21 @@ static int _package_changelog_feof(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
  * @param fp a 'file stream' to the package changelog
  * @return whether closing the package changelog stream was successful
  */
-static int _package_changelog_close(const pmpkg_t *pkg, void *fp)
+static int _package_changelog_close(const alpm_pkg_t UNUSED *pkg, void *fp)
 {
-	return( archive_read_finish((struct archive *)fp) );
+	int ret;
+	struct package_changelog *changelog = fp;
+	ret = _alpm_archive_read_free(changelog->archive);
+	close(changelog->fd);
+	free(changelog);
+	return ret;
 }
 
 /** Package file operations struct accessor. We implement this as a method
- * rather than a static struct as in be_files because we want to reuse the
- * majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and add only a few operations of
- * our own on top.
+ * because we want to reuse the majority of the default_pkg_ops struct and
+ * add only a few operations of our own on top.
  */
-static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
+static const struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
 {
 	static struct pkg_operations file_pkg_ops;
 	static int file_pkg_ops_initialized = 0;
@@ -137,262 +148,644 @@ static struct pkg_operations *get_file_pkg_ops(void)
 		file_pkg_ops.changelog_close = _package_changelog_close;
 		file_pkg_ops_initialized = 1;
 	}
-	return(&file_pkg_ops);
+	return &file_pkg_ops;
 }
 
 /**
- * Parses the package description file for a package into a pmpkg_t struct.
+ * Parses the package description file for a package into a alpm_pkg_t struct.
  * @param archive the archive to read from, pointed at the .PKGINFO entry
- * @param newpkg an empty pmpkg_t struct to fill with package info
+ * @param newpkg an empty alpm_pkg_t struct to fill with package info
  *
- * @return 0 on success, 1 on error
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on error
  */
-static int parse_descfile(struct archive *a, pmpkg_t *newpkg)
+static int parse_descfile(alpm_handle_t *handle, struct archive *a, alpm_pkg_t *newpkg)
 {
 	char *ptr = NULL;
 	char *key = NULL;
-	int linenum = 0;
-	struct archive_read_buffer buf;
+	int ret, linenum = 0;
+	struct archive_read_buffer buf = {0};
 
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
-
-	memset(&buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
 	/* 512K for a line length seems reasonable */
 	buf.max_line_size = 512 * 1024;
 
 	/* loop until we reach EOF or other error */
-	while(_alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
-		char *line = _alpm_strtrim(buf.line);
+	while((ret = _alpm_archive_fgets(a, &buf)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
+		size_t len = _alpm_strip_newline(buf.line, buf.real_line_size);
 
 		linenum++;
-		if(strlen(line) == 0 || line[0] == '#') {
+		key = buf.line;
+		if(len == 0 || key[0] == '#') {
 			continue;
 		}
-		ptr = line;
-		key = strsep(&ptr, "=");
-		if(key == NULL || ptr == NULL) {
-			_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
-								newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
+		/* line is always in this format: "key = value"
+		 * we can be sure the " = " exists, so look for that */
+		ptr = memchr(key, ' ', len);
+		if(!ptr || (size_t)(ptr - key + 2) > len || memcmp(ptr, " = ", 3) != 0) {
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
+					"%s: syntax error in description file line %d\n",
+					newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", linenum);
 		} else {
-			key = _alpm_strtrim(key);
-			while(*ptr == ' ') ptr++;
-			ptr = _alpm_strtrim(ptr);
+			/* NULL the end of the key portion, move ptr to start of value */
+			*ptr = '\0';
+			ptr += 3;
 			if(strcmp(key, "pkgname") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->name, ptr, return -1);
 				newpkg->name_hash = _alpm_hash_sdbm(newpkg->name);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgbase") == 0) {
-				/* not used atm */
+				STRDUP(newpkg->base, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgver") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->version, ptr, return -1);
+			} else if(strcmp(key, "basever") == 0) {
+				/* not used atm */
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "pkgdesc") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->desc, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "group") == 0) {
-				newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, strdup(ptr));
+				char *tmp = NULL;
+				STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
+				newpkg->groups = alpm_list_add(newpkg->groups, tmp);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "url") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->url, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "license") == 0) {
-				newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, strdup(ptr));
+				char *tmp = NULL;
+				STRDUP(tmp, ptr, return -1);
+				newpkg->licenses = alpm_list_add(newpkg->licenses, tmp);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "builddate") == 0) {
 				newpkg->builddate = _alpm_parsedate(ptr);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "packager") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->packager, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "arch") == 0) {
-				STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, -1));
+				STRDUP(newpkg->arch, ptr, return -1);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "size") == 0) {
 				/* size in the raw package is uncompressed (installed) size */
-				newpkg->isize = atol(ptr);
+				newpkg->isize = _alpm_strtoofft(ptr);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "depend") == 0) {
-				pmdepend_t *dep = _alpm_splitdep(ptr);
+				alpm_depend_t *dep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
 				newpkg->depends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->depends, dep);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "optdepend") == 0) {
-				newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, strdup(ptr));
+				alpm_depend_t *optdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->optdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->optdepends, optdep);
+			} else if(strcmp(key, "makedepend") == 0) {
+				alpm_depend_t *makedep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->makedepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->makedepends, makedep);
+			} else if(strcmp(key, "checkdepend") == 0) {
+				alpm_depend_t *checkdep = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->checkdepends = alpm_list_add(newpkg->checkdepends, checkdep);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "conflict") == 0) {
-				newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, strdup(ptr));
+				alpm_depend_t *conflict = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->conflicts = alpm_list_add(newpkg->conflicts, conflict);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "replaces") == 0) {
-				newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, strdup(ptr));
+				alpm_depend_t *replace = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->replaces = alpm_list_add(newpkg->replaces, replace);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "provides") == 0) {
-				newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, strdup(ptr));
+				alpm_depend_t *provide = alpm_dep_from_string(ptr);
+				newpkg->provides = alpm_list_add(newpkg->provides, provide);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "backup") == 0) {
-				newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, strdup(ptr));
+				alpm_backup_t *backup;
+				CALLOC(backup, 1, sizeof(alpm_backup_t), return -1);
+				STRDUP(backup->name, ptr, FREE(backup); return -1);
+				newpkg->backup = alpm_list_add(newpkg->backup, backup);
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "force") == 0) {
 				/* deprecated, skip it */
 			} else if(strcmp(key, "makepkgopt") == 0) {
 				/* not used atm */
 			} else {
-				_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "%s: unknown key '%s' in description file line %d\n",
 									newpkg->name ? newpkg->name : "error", key, linenum);
 			}
 		}
-		line[0] = '\0';
+	}
+	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF) {
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "error parsing package descfile\n");
+		return -1;
 	}
 
-	return(0);
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /**
- * Load a package and create the corresponding pmpkg_t struct.
+ * Validate a package.
+ * @param handle the context handle
  * @param pkgfile path to the package file
- * @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
- *             through the full archive
- * @return An information filled pmpkg_t struct
+ * @param syncpkg package object to load verification data from (md5sum,
+ * sha256sum, and/or base64 signature)
+ * @param level the required level of signature verification
+ * @param sigdata signature data from the package to pass back
+ * @param validation successful validations performed on the package file
+ * @return 0 if package is fully valid, -1 and pm_errno otherwise
  */
-static pmpkg_t *pkg_load(const char *pkgfile, int full)
+int _alpm_pkg_validate_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
+		const char *pkgfile, alpm_pkg_t *syncpkg, int level,
+		alpm_siglist_t **sigdata, int *validation)
 {
-	int ret = ARCHIVE_OK;
-	int config = 0;
-	struct archive *archive;
-	struct archive_entry *entry;
-	pmpkg_t *newpkg = NULL;
-	struct stat st;
-
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
+	int has_sig;
+	handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_OK;
 
 	if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
+		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1);
 	}
 
-	if(stat(pkgfile, &st) != 0) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
+	/* attempt to access the package file, ensure it exists */
+	if(_alpm_access(handle, NULL, pkgfile, R_OK) != 0) {
+		if(errno == ENOENT) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
+		} else if(errno == EACCES) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
+		} else {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
+		}
+		return -1;
 	}
 
-	if((archive = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, NULL);
+	/* can we get away with skipping checksums? */
+	has_sig = 0;
+	if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
+		if(syncpkg && syncpkg->base64_sig) {
+			has_sig = 1;
+		} else {
+			char *sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, pkgfile);
+			if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
+				has_sig = 1;
+			}
+			free(sigpath);
+		}
 	}
 
-	archive_read_support_compression_all(archive);
-	archive_read_support_format_all(archive);
+	if(syncpkg && (!has_sig || !syncpkg->base64_sig)) {
+		if(syncpkg->md5sum && !syncpkg->sha256sum) {
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "md5sum: %s\n", syncpkg->md5sum);
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking md5sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
+			if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->md5sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM) != 0) {
+				RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
+			}
+			if(validation) {
+				*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_MD5SUM;
+			}
+		}
 
-	if (archive_read_open_filename(archive, pkgfile,
-				ARCHIVE_DEFAULT_BYTES_PER_BLOCK) != ARCHIVE_OK) {
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_PKG_OPEN, NULL);
+		if(syncpkg->sha256sum) {
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sha256sum: %s\n", syncpkg->sha256sum);
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "checking sha256sum for %s\n", pkgfile);
+			if(_alpm_test_checksum(pkgfile, syncpkg->sha256sum, ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM) != 0) {
+				RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_CHECKSUM, -1);
+			}
+			if(validation) {
+				*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SHA256SUM;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* even if we don't have a sig, run the check code if level tells us to */
+	if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
+		const char *sig = syncpkg ? syncpkg->base64_sig : NULL;
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "sig data: %s\n", sig ? sig : "<from .sig>");
+		if(!has_sig && !(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL)) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_MISSING_SIG;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if(_alpm_check_pgp_helper(handle, pkgfile, sig,
+					level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_OPTIONAL, level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_MARGINAL_OK,
+					level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE_UNKNOWN_OK, sigdata)) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID_SIG;
+			return -1;
+		}
+		if(validation && has_sig) {
+			*validation |= ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_SIGNATURE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(validation && !*validation) {
+		*validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Handle the existence of simple paths for _alpm_load_pkg_internal()
+ * @param pkg package to change
+ * @param path path to examine
+ * @return 0 if path doesn't match any rule, 1 if it has been handled
+ */
+static int handle_simple_path(alpm_pkg_t *pkg, const char *path)
+{
+	if(strcmp(path, ".INSTALL") == 0) {
+		pkg->scriptlet = 1;
+		return 1;
+	} else if(*path == '.') {
+		/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
+		 * already been handled (for future possibilities) */
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a file to the files list for pkg.
+ *
+ * @param pkg package to add the file to
+ * @param files_size size of pkg->files.files
+ * @param entry archive entry of the file to add to the list
+ * @param path path of the file to be added
+ * @return <0 on error, 0 on success
+ */
+static int add_entry_to_files_list(alpm_filelist_t *filelist,
+		size_t *files_size, struct archive_entry *entry, const char *path)
+{
+	const size_t files_count = filelist->count;
+	alpm_file_t *current_file;
+	mode_t type;
+	size_t pathlen;
+
+	if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&filelist->files,
+				files_size, (files_count + 1) * sizeof(alpm_file_t))) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	type = archive_entry_filetype(entry);
+
+	pathlen = strlen(path);
+
+	current_file = filelist->files + files_count;
+
+	/* mtree paths don't contain a tailing slash, those we get from
+	 * the archive directly do (expensive way)
+	 * Other code relies on it to detect directories so add it here.*/
+	if(type == AE_IFDIR && path[pathlen - 1] != '/') {
+		/* 2 = 1 for / + 1 for \0 */
+		char *newpath;
+		MALLOC(newpath, pathlen + 2, return -1);
+		strcpy(newpath, path);
+		newpath[pathlen] = '/';
+		newpath[pathlen + 1] = '\0';
+		current_file->name = newpath;
+	} else {
+		STRDUP(current_file->name, path, return -1);
+	}
+	current_file->size = archive_entry_size(entry);
+	current_file->mode = archive_entry_mode(entry);
+	filelist->count++;
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Generate a new file list from an mtree file and add it to the package.
+ * An existing file list will be free()d first.
+ *
+ * archive should point to an archive struct which is already at the
+ * position of the mtree's header.
+ *
+ * @param handle
+ * @param pkg package to add the file list to
+ * @param archive archive containing the mtree
+ * @return 0 on success, <0 on error
+ */
+static int build_filelist_from_mtree(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_pkg_t *pkg, struct archive *archive)
+{
+	int ret = 0;
+	size_t i;
+	size_t mtree_maxsize = 0;
+	size_t mtree_cursize = 0;
+	size_t files_size = 0; /* we clean up the existing array so this is fine */
+	char *mtree_data = NULL;
+	struct archive *mtree;
+	struct archive_entry *mtree_entry = NULL;
+	alpm_filelist_t filelist = {0};
+
+	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
+			"found mtree for package %s, getting file list\n", pkg->filename);
+
+	/* create a new archive to parse the mtree and load it from archive into memory */
+	/* TODO: split this into a function */
+	if((mtree = archive_read_new()) == NULL) {
+		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+	}
+
+	_alpm_archive_read_support_filter_all(mtree);
+	archive_read_support_format_mtree(mtree);
+
+	/* TODO: split this into a function */
+	while(1) {
+		ssize_t size;
+
+		if(!_alpm_greedy_grow((void **)&mtree_data, &mtree_maxsize, mtree_cursize + ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
+			goto error;
+		}
+
+		size = archive_read_data(archive, mtree_data + mtree_cursize, ALPM_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+		if(size < 0) {
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
+					pkg->filename, archive_error_string(archive));
+			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+		}
+		if(size == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		mtree_cursize += size;
+	}
+
+	if(archive_read_open_memory(mtree, mtree_data, mtree_cursize)) {
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
+				_("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
+				pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
+		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+	}
+
+	while((ret = archive_read_next_header(mtree, &mtree_entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
+		const char *path = archive_entry_pathname(mtree_entry);
+
+		/* strip leading "./" from path entries */
+		if(path[0] == '.' && path[1] == '/') {
+			path += 2;
+		}
+
+		if(handle_simple_path(pkg, path)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if(add_entry_to_files_list(&filelist, &files_size, mtree_entry, path) < 0) {
+			goto error;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, _("error while reading mtree of package %s: %s\n"),
+				pkg->filename, archive_error_string(mtree));
+		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
+	}
+
+	/* throw away any files we loaded directly from the archive */
+	for(i = 0; i < pkg->files.count; i++) {
+		free(pkg->files.files[i].name);
+	}
+	free(pkg->files.files);
+
+	/* copy over new filelist */
+	memcpy(&pkg->files, &filelist, sizeof(alpm_filelist_t));
+
+	free(mtree_data);
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
+	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "finished mtree reading for %s\n", pkg->filename);
+	return 0;
+error:
+	/* throw away any files we loaded from the mtree */
+	for(i = 0; i < filelist.count; i++) {
+		free(filelist.files[i].name);
+	}
+	free(filelist.files);
+
+	free(mtree_data);
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(mtree);
+	return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Load a package and create the corresponding alpm_pkg_t struct.
+ * @param handle the context handle
+ * @param pkgfile path to the package file
+ * @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
+ * through the full archive
+ */
+alpm_pkg_t *_alpm_pkg_load_internal(alpm_handle_t *handle,
+		const char *pkgfile, int full)
+{
+	int ret, fd;
+	int config = 0;
+	int hit_mtree = 0;
+	struct archive *archive;
+	struct archive_entry *entry;
+	alpm_pkg_t *newpkg;
+	struct stat st;
+	size_t files_size = 0;
+
+	if(pkgfile == NULL || strlen(pkgfile) == 0) {
+		RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, NULL);
+	}
+
+	fd = _alpm_open_archive(handle, pkgfile, &st, &archive, ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN);
+	if(fd < 0) {
+		if(errno == ENOENT) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_NOT_FOUND;
+		} else if(errno == EACCES) {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_BADPERMS;
+		} else {
+			handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_OPEN;
+		}
+		return NULL;
 	}
 
 	newpkg = _alpm_pkg_new();
 	if(newpkg == NULL) {
-		archive_read_finish(archive);
-		RET_ERR(PM_ERR_MEMORY, NULL);
+		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error);
 	}
-
-	newpkg->filename = strdup(pkgfile);
+	STRDUP(newpkg->filename, pkgfile, GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_MEMORY, error));
 	newpkg->size = st.st_size;
 
-	_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
+	_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG, "starting package load for %s\n", pkgfile);
 
 	/* If full is false, only read through the archive until we find our needed
 	 * metadata. If it is true, read through the entire archive, which serves
-	 * as a verfication of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
+	 * as a verification of integrity and allows us to create the filelist. */
 	while((ret = archive_read_next_header(archive, &entry)) == ARCHIVE_OK) {
 		const char *entry_name = archive_entry_pathname(entry);
 
 		if(strcmp(entry_name, ".PKGINFO") == 0) {
 			/* parse the info file */
-			if(parse_descfile(archive, newpkg) != 0) {
-				_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
+			if(parse_descfile(handle, archive, newpkg) != 0) {
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("could not parse package description file in %s\n"),
 						pkgfile);
 				goto pkg_invalid;
 			}
 			if(newpkg->name == NULL || strlen(newpkg->name) == 0) {
-				_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package name in %s\n"), pkgfile);
 				goto pkg_invalid;
 			}
 			if(newpkg->version == NULL || strlen(newpkg->version) == 0) {
-				_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
+				goto pkg_invalid;
+			}
+			if(strchr(newpkg->version, '-') == NULL) {
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("invalid package version in %s\n"), pkgfile);
 				goto pkg_invalid;
 			}
 			config = 1;
 			continue;
-		} else if(strcmp(entry_name,  ".INSTALL") == 0) {
-			newpkg->scriptlet = 1;
-		} else if(*entry_name == '.') {
-			/* for now, ignore all files starting with '.' that haven't
-			 * already been handled (for future possibilities) */
-		} else if(full) {
-			/* Keep track of all files for filelist generation */
-			newpkg->files = alpm_list_add(newpkg->files, strdup(entry_name));
+		} else if(full && strcmp(entry_name, ".MTREE") == 0) {
+			/* building the file list: cheap way
+			 * get the filelist from the mtree file rather than scanning
+			 * the whole archive  */
+			hit_mtree = build_filelist_from_mtree(handle, newpkg, archive) == 0;
+			continue;
+		} else if(handle_simple_path(newpkg, entry_name)) {
+			continue;
+		} else if(full && !hit_mtree) {
+			/* building the file list: expensive way */
+			if(add_entry_to_files_list(&newpkg->files, &files_size, entry, entry_name) < 0) {
+				goto error;
+			}
 		}
 
 		if(archive_read_data_skip(archive)) {
-			_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
 					pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
-			pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
-			goto error;
+			GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
 		}
 
 		/* if we are not doing a full read, see if we have all we need */
-		if(!full && config) {
+		if((!full || hit_mtree) && config) {
 			break;
 		}
 	}
 
-	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occured */
-		_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
+	if(ret != ARCHIVE_EOF && ret != ARCHIVE_OK) { /* An error occurred */
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("error while reading package %s: %s\n"),
 				pkgfile, archive_error_string(archive));
-		pm_errno = PM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE;
-		goto error;
+		GOTO_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_LIBARCHIVE, error);
 	}
 
 	if(!config) {
-		_alpm_log(PM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
+		_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("missing package metadata in %s\n"), pkgfile);
 		goto pkg_invalid;
 	}
 
-	archive_read_finish(archive);
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
+	close(fd);
 
 	/* internal fields for package struct */
-	newpkg->origin = PKG_FROM_FILE;
-	/* TODO eventually kill/move this? */
-	newpkg->origin_data.file = strdup(pkgfile);
+	newpkg->origin = ALPM_PKG_FROM_FILE;
+	STRDUP(newpkg->origin_data.file, pkgfile, goto error);
 	newpkg->ops = get_file_pkg_ops();
+	newpkg->handle = handle;
+	newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC | INFRQ_SCRIPTLET;
+	newpkg->validation = ALPM_PKG_VALIDATION_NONE;
 
 	if(full) {
-		/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
-		_alpm_log(PM_LOG_DEBUG, "sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
-		newpkg->files = alpm_list_msort(newpkg->files, alpm_list_count(newpkg->files),
-				_alpm_str_cmp);
-		newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_ALL;
-	} else {
-		/* get rid of any partial filelist we may have collected, it is invalid */
-		FREELIST(newpkg->files);
-		newpkg->infolevel = INFRQ_BASE | INFRQ_DESC;
+		if(newpkg->files.files) {
+			/* attempt to hand back any memory we don't need */
+			REALLOC(newpkg->files.files, sizeof(alpm_file_t) * newpkg->files.count, (void)0);
+			/* "checking for conflicts" requires a sorted list, ensure that here */
+			_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_DEBUG,
+					"sorting package filelist for %s\n", pkgfile);
+
+			_alpm_filelist_sort(&newpkg->files);
+		}
+		newpkg->infolevel |= INFRQ_FILES;
 	}
 
-	return(newpkg);
+	return newpkg;
 
 pkg_invalid:
-	pm_errno = PM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
+	handle->pm_errno = ALPM_ERR_PKG_INVALID;
 error:
 	_alpm_pkg_free(newpkg);
-	archive_read_finish(archive);
-
-	return(NULL);
-}
-
-/** Create a package from a file.
- * If full is false, the archive is read only until all necessary
- * metadata is found. If it is true, the entire archive is read, which
- * serves as a verfication of integrity and the filelist can be created.
- * @param filename location of the package tarball
- * @param full whether to stop the load after metadata is read or continue
- *             through the full archive
- * @param pkg address of the package pointer
- * @return 0 on success, -1 on error (pm_errno is set accordingly)
- */
-int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(const char *filename, int full, pmpkg_t **pkg)
-{
-	ALPM_LOG_FUNC;
-
-	/* Sanity checks */
-	ASSERT(filename != NULL && strlen(filename) != 0,
-			RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
-	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(PM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
-
-	*pkg = pkg_load(filename, full);
-	if(*pkg == NULL) {
-		/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
-		return(-1);
+	_alpm_archive_read_free(archive);
+	if(fd >= 0) {
+		close(fd);
 	}
 
-	return(0);
+	return NULL;
 }
 
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+/* adopted limit from repo-add */
+#define MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE 16384
+
+static int read_sigfile(const char *sigpath, unsigned char **sig)
+{
+	struct stat st;
+	FILE *fp;
+
+	if((fp = fopen(sigpath, "rb")) == NULL) {
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	if(fstat(fileno(fp), &st) != 0 || st.st_size > MAX_SIGFILE_SIZE) {
+		fclose(fp);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	MALLOC(*sig, st.st_size, fclose(fp); return -1);
+
+	if(fread(*sig, st.st_size, 1, fp) != 1) {
+		free(*sig);
+		fclose(fp);
+		return -1;
+	}
+
+	fclose(fp);
+	return st.st_size;
+}
+
+int SYMEXPORT alpm_pkg_load(alpm_handle_t *handle, const char *filename, int full,
+		int level, alpm_pkg_t **pkg)
+{
+	int validation = 0;
+	char *sigpath;
+	alpm_pkg_t *pkg_temp;
+	char *packager;
+
+	CHECK_HANDLE(handle, return -1);
+	ASSERT(pkg != NULL, RET_ERR(handle, ALPM_ERR_WRONG_ARGS, -1));
+
+	sigpath = _alpm_sigpath(handle, filename);
+	if(sigpath && !_alpm_access(handle, NULL, sigpath, R_OK)) {
+		if(level & ALPM_SIG_PACKAGE) {
+			alpm_list_t *keys = NULL;
+			int fail = 0;
+			unsigned char *sig = NULL;
+			int len = read_sigfile(sigpath, &sig);
+
+			if(len == -1) {
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR,
+					_("failed to read signature file: %s\n"), sigpath);
+				free(sigpath);
+				return -1;
+			}
+
+			if(alpm_extract_keyid(handle, filename, sig, len, &keys) == 0) {
+				alpm_list_t *k;
+				for(k = keys; k; k = k->next) {
+					char *key = k->data;
+					if(_alpm_key_in_keychain(handle, key) == 0) {
+						pkg_temp = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
+						if(pkg_temp) {
+							packager = pkg_temp->packager;
+
+						} else {
+							packager = NULL;
+						}
+						if(_alpm_key_import(handle, packager, key) == -1) {
+							fail = 1;
+						}
+						_alpm_pkg_free(pkg_temp);
+					}
+				}
+				FREELIST(keys);
+			}
+
+			free(sig);
+
+			if(fail) {
+				_alpm_log(handle, ALPM_LOG_ERROR, _("required key missing from keyring\n"));
+				free(sigpath);
+				return -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	free(sigpath);
+
+	if(_alpm_pkg_validate_internal(handle, filename, NULL, level, NULL,
+				&validation) == -1) {
+		/* pm_errno is set by pkg_validate */
+		return -1;
+	}
+	*pkg = _alpm_pkg_load_internal(handle, filename, full);
+	if(*pkg == NULL) {
+		/* pm_errno is set by pkg_load */
+		return -1;
+	}
+	(*pkg)->validation = validation;
+
+	return 0;
+}

lib/libalpm/conflict.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
  *  conflict.h
  *
- *  Copyright (c) 2006-2011 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
+ *  Copyright (c) 2006-2021 Pacman Development Team <pacman-dev@archlinux.org>
  *  Copyright (c) 2002-2006 by Judd Vinet <jvinet@zeroflux.org>
  *
  *  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -17,36 +17,17 @@
  *  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
  *  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
  */
-#ifndef _ALPM_CONFLICT_H
-#define _ALPM_CONFLICT_H
+#ifndef ALPM_CONFLICT_H
+#define ALPM_CONFLICT_H
 
 #include "alpm.h"
 #include "db.h"
 #include "package.h"
 
-struct __pmconflict_t {
-	char *package1;
-	char *package2;
-	char *reason;
-};
+alpm_conflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const alpm_conflict_t *conflict);
+alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle, alpm_list_t *packages);
+alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(alpm_db_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
+alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(alpm_handle_t *handle,
+		alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
 
-struct __pmfileconflict_t {
-	char *target;
-	pmfileconflicttype_t type;
-	char *file;
-	char *ctarget;
-};
-
-pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_new(const char *package1, const char *package2, const char *reason);
-pmconflict_t *_alpm_conflict_dup(const pmconflict_t *conflict);
-void _alpm_conflict_free(pmconflict_t *conflict);
-alpm_list_t *_alpm_innerconflicts(alpm_list_t *packages);
-alpm_list_t *_alpm_outerconflicts(pmdb_t *db, alpm_list_t *packages);
-alpm_list_t *_alpm_db_find_fileconflicts(pmdb_t *db, pmtrans_t *trans,
-					 alpm_list_t *upgrade, alpm_list_t *remove);
-
-void _alpm_fileconflict_free(pmfileconflict_t *conflict);
-
-#endif /* _ALPM_CONFLICT_H */
-
-/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 noet: */
+#endif /* ALPM_CONFLICT_H */